TD WATERHOUSE GROUP INC
S-1/A, 1999-06-17
SECURITY & COMMODITY BROKERS, DEALERS, EXCHANGES & SERVICES
Previous: VERITAS SOFTWARE CORP /DE/, S-1, 1999-06-17
Next: TD WATERHOUSE GROUP INC, 8-A12B, 1999-06-17



<PAGE>   1


     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 17, 1999

                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-77521
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                      ------------------------------------

                         PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                       TO

                                    Form S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                   UNDER THE
                             SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                      ------------------------------------
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
            DELAWARE                              6791                             13-4056516
(State or other jurisdiction of       (Primary Standard Industrial              (I.R.S. Employer
 incorporation or organization)       Classification Code Number)            Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                                100 WALL STREET
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
                                 (212) 806-3500
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                      ------------------------------------
                              STEPHEN D. MCDONALD
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
                                100 WALL STREET
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005
                                 (212) 806-3500
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                      ------------------------------------

                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
       LEE MEYERSON, ESQ.               R. GLENN BUMSTEAD, ESQ.              STEPHEN L. BURNS, ESQ.
   SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT            SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT,             CRAVATH, SWAINE & MOORE
      425 LEXINGTON AVENUE           GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY              WORLDWIDE PLAZA
    NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017           THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK               825 EIGHTH AVENUE
         (212) 455-2000                 TORONTO DOMINION CENTRE             NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10019
                                        TORONTO, ONTARIO M5K 1A2                 (212) 474-1000
                                             (416) 982-8345
</TABLE>

                      ------------------------------------
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
    If the delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434 under the Securities Act, check the following box. [ ]
                      ------------------------------------
    The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration
Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY
NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER
TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.


                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 17, 1999


                               32,000,000 Shares
                                      LOGO
                                      LOGO

                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.

                                  Common Stock
                            ------------------------

    We are offering 20,800,000 shares of our common stock in the United States
through a syndicate of U.S. underwriters, 8,000,000 shares in Canada through a
syndicate of Canadian underwriters, and 3,200,000 shares outside of the United
States and Canada through a syndicate of international managers. The
underwriters and managers have an option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to
4,800,000 additional shares to cover over-allotments.


    Prior to these offerings, there has not been a public market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $20.00 and
$24.00 per share. Our common stock has been approved for listing on The New York
Stock Exchange, and has been conditionally approved for listing on The Toronto
Stock Exchange, under the symbol "TWE."


    INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" STARTING ON
PAGE 8.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       UNDERWRITING
                                                         PRICE TO      DISCOUNTS AND    PROCEEDS TO
                                                          PUBLIC        COMMISSIONS    TD WATERHOUSE
                                                       -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Per Share............................................        $             $                 $
Total................................................     $              $               $
</TABLE>

     We expect to deliver the shares of common stock on or about           ,
1999.

     Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this
prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.

                            ------------------------

                           Joint Global Coordinators

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON                                         TD SECURITIES
                        -------------------------------

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON                                         TD SECURITIES

                      GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                    SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
                                              MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER

                The date of this prospectus is           , 1999.
<PAGE>   3

                                 TD WATERHOUSE,
                             A GLOBAL ONLINE BROKER


    [Graphic Picture: Computer Screen Showing TD Waterhouse Logo and Globe.]



<PAGE>   4

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PAGE
                                           ----
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary.....................       2
Risk Factors...........................       8
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements...........................      18
Use of Proceeds........................      19
Dividend Policy........................      20
Dilution...............................      20
Capitalization.........................      21
Selected Financial and Other Data......      22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Results of Operations and Financial
  Condition............................      24
The Reorganization.....................      40
Business...............................      43
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PAGE
                                           ----
<S>                                     <C>
Management.............................      65
Principal Stockholder..................      75
Description of Capital Stock...........      79
Certain Anti-Takeover and
  Other Provisions.....................      83
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........      88
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
  Consequences To Non-U.S. Holders.....      89
Underwriting...........................      91
Legal Matters..........................      95
Experts................................      95
Additional Information.................      95
Index to Financial Statements..........     F-1
</TABLE>


                      ------------------------------------

     YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT. WE HAVE
NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT. THIS
DOCUMENT MAY ONLY BE USED WHERE IT IS LEGAL TO SELL THESE SECURITIES. THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT MAY ONLY BE ACCURATE ON THE DATE OF THIS
DOCUMENT, REGARDLESS OF THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF THIS DOCUMENT OR ANY SALE OF
COMMON STOCK.


                      ------------------------------------
                     DEALER PROSPECTUS DELIVERY OBLIGATION

     UNTIL      , 1999 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERINGS), ALL
DEALERS THAT EFFECT TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERINGS, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS
IN ADDITION TO THE DEALER'S OBLIGATIONS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
AN UNDERWRITER AND WITH RESPECT TO UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                                        1
<PAGE>   5

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The following section summarizes information presented later in this
prospectus. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, and particularly
the "Risk Factors" section, before investing in our common stock.

     Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus refers to TD Waterhouse Group,
Inc. and its subsidiaries after giving effect to the reorganization that will
take place in connection with these offerings. In the reorganization, The
Toronto-Dominion Bank, which currently owns all of our common stock, will
transfer to TD Waterhouse all of TD Bank's discount brokerage businesses outside
the U.S. All of the financial and other information in this prospectus has been
restated to reflect this reorganization (which is described in detail later in
this prospectus under the caption "The Reorganization") as if it had occurred at
the beginning of the periods shown or discussed. Unless otherwise indicated, all
references in this prospectus to "dollars" or "$" are to U.S. dollars.

                                  THE COMPANY

     TD Waterhouse is one of the largest discount brokers in the world.
Leveraging our technological expertise, we have become one of the premier global
online brokers and a leading provider of online investing services and related
financial products. We have:

     -  the second largest discount brokerage operations globally with over 2.6
        million customer accounts, including approximately 1.9 million active
        accounts, and more than $105 billion in customer assets under
        administration as of April 30, 1999;

     -  the third largest online discount brokerage operations globally by
        trading volume and customer assets;

     -  a significant international presence with operations in the U.S.,
        Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom and Hong Kong;

     -  the second largest global branch network of any discount broker with
        over 200 branches worldwide and an additional 40 branches planned by the
        end of 2000; and

     -  complemented our internal growth with a targeted acquisition program
        that has included the acquisition and integration of six companies since
        1993, with over 570,000 customer accounts.

     We specialize in providing financial services to individual retail
investors who manage their own investments and personal finances and to
fee-based independent investment advisors. Customers in our major markets are
able to utilize our services 24 hours a day, seven days a week through a variety
of delivery channels, including the Internet and other electronic channels as
well as our extensive network of branches and service centers. At April 30,
1999, approximately 855,000 of our customer accounts were enabled for online
trading, and for the most recent fiscal quarter ended April 30, 1999,
approximately 59% of our average daily trading volume of 118,000 trades were
conducted online.

     We provide our customers with a broad range of brokerage, mutual fund,
banking and other consumer financial products and services on an integrated
basis. Our mutual fund offerings include over 9,600 mutual funds from over 525
fund families. At April 30, 1999, our customers had invested approximately $23
billion in these mutual funds through us, including over $6.7 billion in
proprietary funds that we advise. In addition to clearing for our own customer
accounts, we also provide correspondent clearing services for a number of other
broker-dealers.


     Through our affiliates, Waterhouse National Bank and TD Bank, we provide
our customers with fully integrated banking services, including insured money
market accounts (which had over $3.6 billion in deposits at April 30, 1999),
credit cards, checking, ATM access, insured certificates of deposit and other
banking products. To date, our revenues and net income from banking products and
services provided through our affiliates have not been material, but we believe
that our ability to offer our customers a full line of financial products and
services which includes these consumer banking products and services is a
significant competitive factor in attracting and retaining our customers. We
also provide our customers with a broad array


                                        2
<PAGE>   6

of investment news, research reports and personal investment management tools
(such as portfolio tracking and mutual fund and stock screening programs).

RECENT OPERATING PERFORMANCE

     We have achieved substantial growth in recent years in a number of key
operating statistics, with customer accounts, average trades per day and
customer assets for the six months ended April 30, 1999 increasing 42%, 117% and
73%, respectively, from the comparable period in 1998. Our financial performance
over this period also strengthened, with significant growth in revenues and net
income.

     -  Total revenues for the six months ended April 30, 1999 were a record
        $464 million, up 65% from $282 million for the comparable period in
        1998; and

     -  Net income for the six months ended April 30, 1999 was a record $50.0
        million, up 135% from $21.3 million for the comparable period in 1998.

     We have generated this growth while maintaining or improving operating
margins. For the six months ended April 30, 1999, our pre-tax operating margin
excluding goodwill was 24%, compared to 22% for the comparable period in 1998.

     According to estimates compiled by industry analysts, our market share of
online trading activity in the U.S. was approximately 12% in the first calendar
quarter of 1999. This ranks us third in the U.S. and globally based on online
trading volume. In Canada, we were the first in the industry to offer online
trading in 1992 and the first to offer Internet-based trading in 1996. We
continue to be the market leader in Canadian discount brokerage, with a market
share based on client assets of approximately 50% of the total market as of
December 31, 1998, which we believe is more than double that of our nearest
discount brokerage competitor. In addition, we had a market share for the
calendar year 1998 of approximately 18% of total retail listed market orders,
ranking us number one in the Canadian retail brokerage industry.

     In the U.S., we have been recognized as a leading provider of low-cost,
high quality financial services. In both 1997 and 1998, SmartMoney magazine
named us "America's #1 Discount Broker," and ranked our online trading service
#1 in 1998. In 1999, SmartMoney ranked us as the #2 overall discount broker and
#1 in both the Breadth of Products and the Extra Services categories. In October
1998, Kiplinger's magazine ranked us as the best discount broker for mutual
funds.

OUR STRATEGY

     The discount brokerage industry has grown rapidly over the past decade,
with the largest portion of this growth coming from the significant increase in
online brokerage activity. According to data compiled by International Data
Corporation, since the introduction of Internet access for online brokerage
services in 1996, the number of online brokerage accounts has increased to an
estimated 1.5 million at the end of 1996, 3.5 million at the end of 1997 and 6.4
million at the end of 1998, representing approximately $324 billion in assets.
Online trading is estimated to have reached an average of over 499,000 trades
per day during the first quarter of 1999 and now accounts for an estimated 25%
of all retail stock trades in the U.S.

     Our strategy to date has focused on increasing our share of this growing
market, and particularly the important online trading segment, through a
combination of the following elements:

     -  offering our customers a broad range of financial products and services;

     -  providing a choice of diverse and integrated delivery channels to our
        customers, including Internet, direct dial-up and touch-tone telephone
        access, as well as our extensive network of branch offices;

     -  investing in advanced technology solutions and leveraging selected
        strategic partnerships;

     -  maintaining a commitment to high-quality customer service; and

     -  offering highly competitive pricing.

                                        3
<PAGE>   7

     Our ongoing business strategy focuses on positioning us to take advantage
of the current industry dynamics by leveraging our position as the world's
second largest discount brokerage firm. Key elements of our strategy include:

     -  building brand awareness on a global basis;

     -  expanding our products and services;

     -  building customer assets by focusing on high growth, profitable market
        segments;

     -  leveraging our technological expertise to enhance our customers'
        experience and empower them to better manage their investments;

     -  continuing our international expansion both in existing markets and into
        attractive new markets; and

     -  enhancing our financial performance by building key businesses, focusing
        on low cost distribution and continuing to integrate and extract
        economies of scale from acquisitions.

                      ------------------------------------

     Our principal executive offices are located at 100 Wall Street, New York,
NY 10005, and our telephone number is (212) 806-3500.

                                        4
<PAGE>   8

                                  THE OFFERING


<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
Common stock offered:
  U.S. offering.............................    20,800,000 shares
  Canadian offering.........................    8,000,000 shares
  International offering....................    3,200,000 shares
     Total..................................    32,000,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding following the
  offerings.................................    365,000,000 shares
Use of proceeds.............................    We intend to use approximately $443 million
                                                of the estimated net proceeds of the
                                                offerings for investments in technology and
                                                systems upgrades, increases in our
                                                advertising and marketing budget and other
                                                working capital and general corporate
                                                purposes. The exact amount and timing of
                                                such expenditures, however, will depend upon
                                                a number of factors, including growth in
                                                customers and trading activity, market
                                                conditions and technological developments,
                                                and accordingly, management will have broad
                                                discretion in allocating the proceeds from
                                                the offerings for specific purposes. We may
                                                also use a portion of the net proceeds to
                                                finance acquisitions of other companies,
                                                although we do not currently have any
                                                pending or proposed significant
                                                acquisitions.
                                                In addition, we intend to use approximately
                                                $221 million of the remaining net proceeds
                                                to repay certain intercompany debt to TD
                                                Bank and to redeem shares of the preferred
                                                stock of several of our subsidiaries held by
                                                TD Bank.
NYSE and TSE listing symbol.................    TWE
</TABLE>


     The share totals listed above do not include 4,800,000 additional shares
that will be offered by us if the underwriters and managers exercise their
over-allotment option in full. Some of the disclosure in this prospectus will be
different if the underwriters and managers exercise this option. Unless we state
otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters and
managers will not exercise this option.


     In addition, the number of shares of common stock shown in this prospectus
as outstanding following the offerings includes           shares which are
issuable upon exchange of the exchangeable preference shares held by TD Bank
(see "The Reorganization"), and excludes 32,850,000 shares to be reserved for
issuance pursuant to employee incentive and stock option plans.


                                        5
<PAGE>   9

                      SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

     The following table presents the results of the Waterhouse Securities
Group, our U.S.-based operations that were acquired at the end of fiscal year
1996, and the Green Line Group, our Canada-based operations, as stand-alone
operations in fiscal years 1994 and 1995 and as combined operations thereafter.
Pro forma 1996 accounts have been prepared to present the combined results of
operations as if the acquisition of the Waterhouse Securities Group occurred as
of the beginning of fiscal year 1996. The data presented for the six months
ended April 30, 1998 and April 30, 1999 are unaudited. See "Selected Financial
and Other Data," "The Reorganization" and our combined financial statements and
the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1994                       1995                1996          1997         1998
                                     -----------------------   ------------------------    PRO FORMA    HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL
                                       CANADA        U.S.        CANADA        U.S.        COMBINED      COMBINED     COMBINED
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------    ---------    ----------   -----------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues
 Commissions and fees..............   $77,398      $83,917      $64,833      $113,881      $ 270,505    $ 313,572    $   409,432
 Mutual fund and related revenue...        --        6,018        5,831         9,286         23,515       35,762         59,022
 Net interest revenue..............    26,604       13,056       28,660        18,888         53,085       68,874        117,733
 Other.............................     9,863        1,603       14,493         1,375         23,681       28,424         28,274
                                      -------      -------      -------      --------      ---------    ---------    -----------
   TOTAL REVENUES..................   113,865      104,594      113,817       143,430        370,786      446,632        614,461
                                      -------      -------      -------      --------      ---------    ---------    -----------
Expenses
 Employee compensation and
   benefits........................    35,136       32,272       31,414        43,259        107,137      138,261        183,377
 Execution and clearing costs......    18,312       11,983       17,219        14,989         47,510       63,316         95,523
 Occupancy and equipment...........     8,555       10,223       10,221        12,992         44,413       43,485         56,596
 Advertising and marketing.........     3,120        4,677        3,572         9,441         14,439       18,511         33,184
 Communications....................     7,330        4,189        6,718         6,032         19,154       22,981         30,809
 Amortization of goodwill..........     1,638           --        1,623            --         21,121       21,630         33,000
 Professional fees.................     4,172        2,480        5,799         4,095         15,034       14,871         15,350
 Other.............................    15,219        9,477       11,313        13,969         34,311       44,956         63,144
                                      -------      -------      -------      --------      ---------    ---------    -----------
   TOTAL EXPENSES..................    93,482       75,301       87,879       104,777        303,119      368,011        510,983
                                      -------      -------      -------      --------      ---------    ---------    -----------
Income before income taxes.........    20,383       29,293       25,938        38,653         67,667       78,621        103,478
Income tax provision...............     9,689       11,731       12,127        15,228         41,363       42,416         54,765
                                      -------      -------      -------      --------      ---------    ---------    -----------
   NET INCOME......................   $10,694      $17,562      $13,811      $ 23,425      $  26,304    $  36,205    $    48,713
                                      =======      =======      =======      ========      =========    =========    ===========
Pro forma basic and diluted
 earnings per share................                                                                                  $      0.15
                                                                                                                     ===========
Shares used to compute pro forma
 per share data (1)................                                                                                  333,000,000
                                                                                                                     ===========

<CAPTION>
                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                            APRIL 30,
                                     ------------------------
                                        1998         1999
                                     HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL
                                      COMBINED     COMBINED
                                     ----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues
 Commissions and fees..............  $ 192,112    $   328,678
 Mutual fund and related revenue...     23,386         43,595
 Net interest revenue..............     52,668         73,315
 Other.............................     13,745         18,445
                                     ---------    -----------
   TOTAL REVENUES..................    281,911        464,033
                                     ---------    -----------
Expenses
 Employee compensation and
   benefits........................     88,560        130,321
 Execution and clearing costs......     41,450         68,103
 Occupancy and equipment...........     26,396         36,801
 Advertising and marketing.........     15,819         24,056
 Communications....................     13,916         22,716
 Amortization of goodwill..........     15,363         18,563
 Professional fees.................      7,194         10,248
 Other.............................     26,925         60,211
                                     ---------    -----------
   TOTAL EXPENSES..................    235,623        371,019
                                     ---------    -----------
Income before income taxes.........     46,288         93,014
Income tax provision...............     24,954         42,985
                                     ---------    -----------
   NET INCOME......................  $  21,334    $    50,029
                                     =========    ===========
Pro forma basic and diluted
 earnings per share................               $      0.15
                                                  ===========
Shares used to compute pro forma
 per share data (1)................               333,000,000
                                                  ===========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1994                       1995                 1996          1997         1998
                                 -----------------------   ------------------------    PRO FORMA     HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL
                                   CANADA        U.S.        CANADA        U.S.         COMBINED      COMBINED     COMBINED
                                 ----------   ----------   ----------   -----------    ----------    ----------   ----------
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>          <C>
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Pre-tax operating margin,
 excluding goodwill............      19.3%        28.0%        24.2%        26.9%           23.9%         22.4%        22.2%
Average commissions per revenue
 trade.........................   $  62.42     $  46.77     $  47.42     $  45.61      $    47.72    $    39.73   $    28.82
Advertising and marketing
 expense per new account.......   $  40.05     $  57.00     $  42.93     $ 104.39      $    58.76    $    57.16   $    62.55
Average trades per day
 Electronic....................        650          209          970        1,645           5,415        11,200       28,621
 Total.........................      6,488        6,431        6,532        8,774          23,197        32,471       56,173
Total accounts.................    335,000      363,000      358,000      455,000       1,028,000     1,373,000    2,302,000
Total active accounts(2).......    235,000      171,000      251,000      251,000         708,000       960,000    1,609,000
Number of new accounts.........     78,000       82,000       83,000       90,000         246,000       324,000      531,000
Total customer assets (in
 billions).....................   $    9.2     $    7.3     $   11.0     $   11.6      $     28.7    $     42.0   $     75.9
Total employees................        990          655          916        1,023           2,773         3,006        4,217
Total branches.................         24           66           27           73             119           144          192

<CAPTION>
                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                        APRIL 30,
                                 -----------------------
                                    1998         1999
                                 HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL
                                  COMBINED     COMBINED
                                 ----------   ----------
<S>                              <C>          <C>
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Pre-tax operating margin,
 excluding goodwill............       21.9%        24.0%
Average commissions per revenue
 trade.........................  $    31.60   $    23.56
Advertising and marketing
 expense per new account.......  $    59.68   $    57.25
Average trades per day
 Electronic....................      23,971       68,016
 Total.........................      49,903      108,140
Total accounts.................   1,856,000    2,640,000
Total active accounts(2).......   1,258,000    1,884,000
Number of new accounts.........     265,000      420,000
Total customer assets (in
 billions).....................  $     61.2   $    106.1
Total employees................       3,786        5,310
Total branches.................         177          210
</TABLE>

- ---------------


(1) Shares used to compute pro forma per share data for the year ended October
    31, 1998 and the six months ended April 30, 1999 represent common stock
    outstanding immediately after the reorganization described elsewhere in this
    prospectus but before the offerings. The shares include         shares of
    common stock issuable on the exchange of the exchangeable preference shares
    of our Canadian subsidiary to be issued to TD Bank in the reorganization.


(2) Active accounts are accounts that had purchase, sale or other activity
    during the previous calendar quarter.

                                        6
<PAGE>   10


     The following table sets forth selected data from the Combined Statement of
Financial Condition as of April 30, 1999 and as adjusted to give effect to (1)
the reorganization, (2) the sale of 32 million shares of common stock by us in
the offering at an average initial public offering price of $22.00 per share
(the mid-point of the range of estimated initial public offering prices set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after the deduction of the
underwriting discounts and estimated expenses payable by us in the offering and
(3) the application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."



     This table should be read in conjunction with our historical combined
financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     APRIL 30, 1999
                                                                -------------------------
                                                                  ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                ----------    -----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>
COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents...................................    $  671,286    $1,114,286
Securities owned, at market value...........................        63,407        63,407
Receivable from customers...................................     5,096,753     5,096,753
Total assets................................................     7,628,382     8,071,382
Deposits received for securities loaned.....................     3,780,347     3,780,347
Payable to customers........................................     2,010,910     2,010,910
Equity......................................................     1,190,407     1,649,407
</TABLE>


                                        7
<PAGE>   11

                                  RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider the risks described below before making a
decision to invest in our company. There may be additional risks that we do not
currently know of or that we currently deem immaterial based on the information
available to us. Our business, financial condition or results of operations
could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, resulting in a
decline in the trading price of our common stock, and you could lose all or part
of your investment.

OUR BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED BY MARKET VOLATILITY AND OTHER SECURITIES INDUSTRY
RISKS

     Our revenues are derived primarily from securities brokerage and related
services, and we expect this business to continue to account for almost all of
our revenues. We, like other securities firms, are directly affected by economic
and political conditions, broad trends in business and finance and changes in
the conditions of the securities markets in which our customers trade. Over the
past several years the securities markets in the U.S. and Canada (which are the
principal trading markets for most of our customers) have fluctuated
considerably. A downturn in either of these markets would adversely affect our
operating results. Recently, the markets for technology and Internet-related
stocks have been especially volatile, and a significant downturn would have an
even greater effect on us because a substantial portion of our customers invest
in these types of stocks. In previous major stock market declines, many firms in
the securities industry suffered financial losses, and the level of individual
investor trading activity decreased after these events. When trading volume is
low, our profitability would likely be adversely affected because a significant
portion of our costs do not vary with revenue. For these reasons, severe market
fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and operating results. Some of our competitors with more diversified
business lines might withstand such a downturn in the securities industry better
than we would. See "-- We Face Substantial Competition Which Could Reduce Our
Market Share and Harm Our Financial Performance."

OUR BUSINESS RELIES HEAVILY ON COMPUTERS AND OTHER ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS AND
CAPACITY CONSTRAINTS AND FAILURES OF THESE SYSTEMS COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS

     We receive and process a majority of our trade orders through electronic
means such as the Internet, dial-up links to our private computer networks and
touch-tone telephones. In addition, we execute all of our trades through a
series of computerized processing systems and links to third parties. Thus, we
depend heavily on the capacity and reliability of the electronic systems
supporting this type of trading. Heavy use of our systems during peak trading
times or at times of unusual market volatility could cause our systems to
operate slowly or even to fail for periods of time. Recently, we have
experienced periods of extremely high trading volume and substantial volatility
in the securities markets. On several occasions during these periods, the volume
and volatility of trading activity caused individual system components or
processes to fail, resulting in the temporary unavailability of our web site for
electronic trading. On some other occasions, high trading volume has caused
significant delays in executing trading orders, resulting in some customers'
orders being executed at prices they did not anticipate. We cannot assure you
that these events will not occur again in the future. These occurrences are
dissatisfying to our customers, who may file formal complaints with us or
industry regulatory organizations, initiate regulatory inquiries or proceedings,
file lawsuits against us, switch brokerage firms or cease online trading
altogether. See "Business -- Legal and Administrative Proceedings." While we
constantly monitor system loads and performance and regularly implement system
upgrades to handle predicted increases in trading volume and volatility, we
cannot assure you that we will be able to accurately predict such future volume
increases or volatility or that our systems will be able to accommodate such
volume increases or volatility without failure or degradation.

     Our electronic systems are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from
human error, natural disasters, power loss, sabotage, computer viruses and
similar events or the loss of support services from third parties.

     As our business expands, we also face risks relating to the need to expand
and upgrade our transaction processing systems, network infrastructure and other
aspects of our technology. While many of our systems are designed to be scalable
(that is, to accommodate additional growth without redesign or replacement), we
may

                                        8
<PAGE>   12

nevertheless need to make significant investments in additional hardware and
software to accommodate growth. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will
be able to predict accurately the timing or rate of such growth, or expand and
upgrade our systems and infrastructure on a timely basis.

WE OPERATE IN A HIGHLY REGULATED INDUSTRY AND COMPLIANCE FAILURES COULD
ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS

     The securities industry in the U.S., Canada and the other jurisdictions in
which we operate is subject to extensive regulation covering all aspects of the
securities business, including:

     -  registration of offices and personnel;

     -  sales methods;

     -  acceptance and execution of customer orders;

     -  handling of customer funds and securities;

     -  trading practices;

     -  capital structure;

     -  record keeping;

     -  conduct of directors, officers and employees; and

     -  supervision.

     As a clearing broker, we have to comply with additional laws and rules.
These include rules relating to possession and control of customer funds and
securities, margin lending and execution and settlement of transactions. See "--
Our Clearing Operations Expose Us to Potential Liability for Clearing Errors and
Other Risks That Could Adversely Affect Us."

     The various governmental authorities and industry self-regulatory
organizations that supervise and regulate us generally have broad enforcement
powers to censure, fine, issue cease-and-desist orders or suspend or expel us or
any of our officers or employees who violate applicable laws or regulations. Our
ability to comply with all applicable laws and rules is largely dependent on our
establishment and maintenance of compliance and reporting systems, as well as
our ability to attract and retain qualified compliance and other personnel. We
could be subject to disciplinary or other regulatory or legal actions in the
future due to noncompliance. In addition, it is possible that any past
noncompliance could subject us to future civil lawsuits, the outcome of which
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating
results.

     Recently, various regulatory and enforcement agencies have been reviewing
systems capacity, customer access, best execution practices, and other service
issues as they relate to the discount and online brokerage industry, including
TD Waterhouse. These could result in enforcement actions, new regulations, or
the retroactive application of existing regulations, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating
results. See "Business -- Legal and Administrative Proceedings."

     In addition, we use the Internet as a major distribution channel to provide
products and services to our customers. Due to the increasing popularity of the
Internet, it is possible that new laws and regulations may be adopted dealing
with such issues as user privacy, content and pricing. Such laws and regulations
might increase our cost of using, or limit our ability to use, the Internet as a
distribution channel, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.

THE FUTURE SUCCESS OF OUR ONLINE BROKERAGE BUSINESS WILL DEPEND ON THE CONTINUED
DEVELOPMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF THE INTERNET INFRASTRUCTURE

     The Internet has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience,
significant growth in the number of users and amount of traffic. Our future
success will depend upon the development and maintenance of the Internet's
infrastructure to cope with this increased traffic. This will require a reliable
network backbone with

                                        9
<PAGE>   13

the necessary speed, data capacity and security, and the timely development of
complementary products, such as high speed modems, for providing reliable
Internet access and services.

     Many Internet service providers, which provide our customers with access to
the Internet, and other suppliers of Internet systems and components have
experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to
portions of their infrastructure and other technical problems and could face
similar outages and delays in the future. Such outages and delays are likely to
affect the level of Internet usage and the processing of transactions on our web
site and are not within our control. In addition, the Internet could lose its
viability due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards to
handle increased levels of activity or due to increased government regulation.
The adoption of new standards or government regulation may require us to incur
substantial data processing development and compliance costs.

WE FACE SUBSTANTIAL COMPETITION WHICH COULD REDUCE OUR MARKET SHARE AND HARM OUR
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

     The market for brokerage services is rapidly evolving and intensely
competitive. We expect competition to continue and intensify in the future. We
face direct competition from other discount brokerage firms, many of which
provide touch-tone telephone and online brokerage services but do not maintain
significant branch networks. This may result in those other firms having a lower
cost structure and an ability to charge lower commissions.

     We also encounter competition from established full commission brokerage
firms whose pricing and Internet strategies are continuing to evolve and who
could elect to market the same types of services that we offer. Recently,
Merrill Lynch, the largest U.S. brokerage firm, announced plans to provide
discounted online brokerage services to its customers by December 1999. In
addition, we compete with financial institutions, mutual fund sponsors and other
organizations, some of which provide (or may in the future provide) electronic
and other discount brokerage services.

     Some of our competitors have certain advantages over us, including:

     -  longer operating histories and greater financial, technical, marketing
        and other resources;

     -  a wider range of services and financial products;

     -  greater name recognition and larger customer bases;

     -  more extensive promotional activities, better terms and lower prices
        available to customers; and

     -  cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to
        enhance services and products.

     Increased financial profit levels within the securities industry over the
past several years have strengthened existing competitors. We believe that such
success will continue to attract new competitors to the industry, such as banks,
software development companies, insurance companies, providers of online
financial and information services and others. Commercial banks and other
financial institutions have become more competitive with us by offering their
customers certain corporate and individual financial services traditionally
provided by securities firms. The current trends toward consolidation and
product line expansion in the commercial banking industry could further increase
competition in all aspects of our business. To the extent our competitors are
able to attract and retain customers based on the convenience of one-stop
shopping, our business or ability to grow could be adversely affected. In many
instances, we are competing with such organizations both for the same customers
and for experienced brokers, technical and other personnel.

     We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively with
current or future competitors. See "Business -- Competition."

FAILURE TO INTRODUCE NEW SERVICES AND PRODUCTS IN A TIMELY MANNER MAY AFFECT OUR
ABILITY TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY

     Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to develop and
enhance our services and products. We operate in a very competitive industry in
which the ability to develop and deliver advanced services through the Internet
and other channels is a key competitive factor. There are significant technical
risks in the development of new or enhanced services and products, including the
risk that we will be unable to:

     -  effectively use new technologies;
                                       10
<PAGE>   14

     -  adapt our services and products to emerging industry standards; or

     -  develop, introduce and market enhanced or new services and products.

     If we are unable to develop and introduce enhanced or new services and
products quickly enough to respond to market or customer requirements or to
comply with emerging industry standards, or if these services and products do
not achieve market acceptance, our business, financial condition and operating
results could be materially adversely affected.

EXPANSION OF OUR OPERATIONS OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA INVOLVES SPECIAL CHALLENGES
THAT WE MAY NOT BE
ABLE TO MEET, WHICH COULD NEGATIVELY IMPACT OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS

     To date, we have established or acquired operations in Australia, the
United Kingdom and Hong Kong and we plan to expand our operations into other
European and possibly Asian countries in the near future. There are certain
risks inherent in doing business in international markets, particularly in the
regulated brokerage industry, which could include for any particular market:

     -  less developed technological infrastructures, resulting in lower
        customer acceptance of, or access to, electronic channels;

     -  less developed automation in exchanges, depositories and national
        clearing systems;

     -  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other trade
        barriers;

     -  difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

     -  fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

     -  reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

     -  seasonal reductions in business activity during the summer months; and

     -  potentially adverse tax consequences.

Any of the factors described above could have a material adverse effect on our
future international operations and consequently on our business, financial
condition and operating results.

     We are required to comply with the laws and regulations of each country in
which we conduct business. Any failure to develop effective compliance and
reporting systems could result in regulatory penalties in the applicable
jurisdiction, which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and operating results. The growth of the Internet as a means
of conducting international business has raised many legal issues regarding,
among other things, the circumstances in which countries or other jurisdictions
have the right to regulate Internet services that may be available to their
citizens from service providers located elsewhere. In many cases, there are no
laws, regulations, judicial decisions or governmental interpretations that
clearly resolve these issues. This uncertainty may adversely affect our ability
to use the Internet to expand our international operations, and creates the risk
that we could be subject to disciplinary sanctions or other penalties for
failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations.

WE INTEND TO CONTINUE GROWING THROUGH ACQUISITIONS OF OTHER COMPANIES, AND OUR
BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL RESULTS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF WE DO NOT
SUCCESSFULLY IMPLEMENT THESE ACQUISITIONS

     A significant portion of our growth to date has been based on acquisitions,
and we may acquire other companies or businesses in the future. Acquisitions
entail numerous risks, including:

     -  difficulties in the assimilation of acquired operations and products;

     -  diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;

     -  assumption of unknown material liabilities of acquired companies;

     -  amortization of acquired intangible assets, which would reduce future
        reported earnings; and

                                       11
<PAGE>   15

     -  potential loss of customers or key employees of acquired companies.

     We cannot assure you that we will be able to integrate successfully any
operations, personnel, services or products that might be acquired in the
future.

OUR CLEARING OPERATIONS EXPOSE US TO POTENTIAL LIABILITY FOR CLEARING ERRORS AND
OTHER RISKS THAT COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT US

     We are a "self-clearing" broker in the U.S., Canada, Australia, the United
Kingdom and Hong Kong. We also provide clearing services for unaffiliated
broker-dealers (referred to as "introducing brokers") in the U.S. and Canada.
Self-clearing securities firms are subject to substantially more regulatory
control and examination than brokers that rely on others to perform those
functions, such as many of our competitors. Errors in performing clearing
functions, including clerical and other errors related to the handling of funds
and securities held by us on behalf of customers and introducing brokers, could
lead to civil penalties imposed by applicable authorities as well as losses and
liability in related lawsuits brought by customers and others. Any liability
that arises as a result of our clearing operations could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

     Securities industry regulators in the U.S. and Canada are currently
reviewing the extent to which clearing firms will be held accountable for the
improper activities of introducing brokers for which they provide clearing
services. We cannot assure you that our procedures will be sufficient to protect
us from liability for the acts of introducing brokers under current laws and
regulations or that securities industry regulators will not enact more
restrictive laws or regulations or change their interpretations of current laws
and regulations.

OUR CLEARING OPERATIONS REQUIRE US TO HAVE ACCESS TO SIGNIFICANT SOURCES OF
LIQUIDITY WHICH MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE

     As a clearing firm, we extend credit to customers who purchase securities
through their margin accounts. A significant portion of our revenues is derived
from these margin loans. To the extent that these margin loans exceed customer
free credit balances (that is, customer cash balances maintained with us), we
generally must obtain financing from third parties. Currently, we obtain a
significant portion of our funds for customer margin loans and our operating
expenses from such excess customer free credit balances. To the extent customer
cash balances are available for use by us at interest costs lower than third
party financing, our cost of funds is reduced and our net income is enhanced.
Such interest savings contribute substantially to the profitability of our
operations. We cannot assure you that we will continue to be able to obtain such
financing on favorable terms or in sufficient amounts.

WE NEED TO COMPLY WITH STRINGENT CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     Many of the regulatory agencies, securities exchanges and other industry
self-regulatory organizations that regulate us have stringent rules with respect
to the maintenance of specific levels of net capital by securities
broker-dealers. Net capital is the net worth (assets minus liabilities) of a
broker or dealer, less deductions for certain types of assets. If our brokerage
subsidiaries fail to maintain the required net capital, they may be subject to
suspension or revocation of their licenses, which could ultimately lead to their
being liquidated. If such net capital rules are changed or expanded, or if there
is an unusually large charge against net capital, we might be required to limit
or discontinue those portions of our business that require the intensive use of
capital. Such operations include our clearing operations and the financing of
customer account balances. Also, our ability to withdraw capital from our
brokerage subsidiaries could be restricted, which in turn could limit our
ability to pay dividends, repay debt and redeem or purchase shares of our
outstanding stock, if necessary. A large operating loss or charge against net
capital could adversely affect our ability to expand or even maintain our
present levels of business.

THE LOSS OF OUR THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS OF KEY SERVICES WOULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
BUSINESS

     We rely on a number of third parties to process transactions. These include
service bureaus for our customer account record keeping and data processing
services and market makers and stock exchanges to
                                       12
<PAGE>   16

execute customer orders. In the U.S., we depend on Automatic Data Processing and
in Canada on Information Systems Management Corporation (a wholly-owned
subsidiary of IBM Canada) for back-office services, including broker terminal
services and order entry systems, and other information necessary to run our
business, including transaction summaries, data feeds for compliance and risk
management, execution reports, and trade confirmations. In addition, the key
component of our Internet trading technology is the webBroker front-end program
and the middleware (which links customer interface programs to our back office
systems) provided to us by our affiliate, Marketware International Inc. The
inability of Marketware to support our business would put the ongoing viability
and improvement of our system at risk. We cannot assure you that any of these
providers will be able to continue to provide these services in an efficient,
cost-effective manner or that they will be able to adequately expand their
services to meet our needs. An interruption in or the cessation of service by
any third-party service provider as a result of systems failures or capacity
constraints or for any other reason, and our inability to make alternative
arrangements in a timely manner, if at all, would have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business --
Products and Services."

BECAUSE WE RELY ON ENCRYPTION TECHNOLOGY OUR BUSINESS IS VULNERABLE TO SECURITY
RISKS WHICH MAY COMPROMISE OUR CUSTOMER TRANSACTION DATA

     A significant barrier to Internet commerce is the secure transmission of
confidential information over public networks. We rely on third-party encryption
and authentication technology to facilitate secure transmission of confidential
information. We cannot assure you that advances in computer and cryptography
capabilities or other developments will not result in a compromise of the
algorithms we use to protect customer transaction data. See "Business --
Technology and Information Systems."

THE LOSS OF ANY OF OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY PERSONNEL COULD ADVERSELY
AFFECT OUR BUSINESS

     Our continued success will depend to a significant extent on the efforts
and abilities of certain of our senior executive officers. The loss of a senior
executive officer could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations. While we intend to enter into
employment agreements with certain of our key senior executives in connection
with the offerings and while all members of senior management hold stock options
(and are expected to receive additional options in connection with the
offerings), we cannot assure you that any of such persons will not voluntarily
terminate his or her employment with us. See "Management -- Employment
Agreements" and "-- Anticipated Stock Option Grants."

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO MANAGE EFFECTIVELY OUR RAPID GROWTH

     Our rapid growth has placed significant demands on our management and other
resources and is likely to continue. To manage the currently anticipated growth
of our business, we will need to attract, hire and retain highly skilled and
motivated officers and employees. In particular, we currently need to hire a
significant number of account representatives and other customer service
personnel to support the expansion of our service centers and expect that a need
for increased staffing will continue. In addition, most of our competitors are
facing similar staffing shortages, making the competition for qualified
employees particularly strong. We will also need to improve existing systems
and/or implement new systems for transaction processing, operational and
financial management and training, integrating and managing our growing employee
base. We cannot assure you that we will be able to attract the employees or
conduct the system improvements necessary to manage this growth effectively or
that we will be able to achieve the rate of growth we have experienced in the
past.

OUR EXPOSURE TO POSSIBLE SECURITIES LITIGATION COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
BUSINESS

     Many aspects of the securities brokerage business, including online trading
services, involve substantial risks of liability. In recent years, there has
been an increasing incidence of litigation involving the securities brokerage
industry, including class action and other suits that generally seek substantial
damages, including in some cases punitive damages. Like other securities
brokerage firms, we have been named as a defendant in class action and other
suits. Any such litigation brought in the future could have a material adverse
effect on
                                       13
<PAGE>   17

our business, financial condition and operating results. See "Business -- Legal
and Administrative Proceedings."

LOSSES DUE TO CUSTOMER DEFAULTS AND FRAUD COULD HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR
BUSINESS

     Extending credit to our customers involves certain risks. We allow most of
our customers to purchase securities on margin. We also allow customers, subject
to certain internal approval requirements, to place trades up to specified
limits without first depositing any money into their accounts. We generally are
obligated to settle trades with the other party even if our customer fails to
meet his or her obligations to us. This risk is especially great when the market
is declining rapidly and the value of the collateral we hold, if any, could fall
below the amount of our customer's obligations to us for that trade. Under
applicable regulations and our internal policies, any time we extend credit to a
customer to purchase securities, we must require the customer to maintain a
minimum cash or securities deposit level in his or her account. We run the risk
of loss if there are sharp changes in the market values of securities pledged to
us and our customers fail to honor their commitments to supply additional cash
collateral.

     In addition to the risks of extending credit to customers, we are exposed
to potential losses resulting from fraud and other misconduct by customers,
including fraudulent Internet trading (including fraudulent access to legitimate
customer accounts, or the use of a false identity to open an account) or the use
of forged or counterfeit checks for payment. Such types of fraud may be
difficult to prevent or detect, and we may not be able to recover the losses
caused by such activities. It is possible that as a higher proportion of our
trading volume is comprised of online transactions, it may be more difficult to
detect fraud or misconduct at an early stage. Any such losses could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating
results.

INEFFECTIVE RISK MANAGEMENT METHODS COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS

     Our policies and procedures to identify, monitor and manage our risks may
not be fully effective. Certain of our methods to manage risk are based on
historical measures of market behavior and are not necessarily predictive of
future risk exposures, which could be greater than the historical measures and
correlations indicate. Other risk management methods depend upon evaluation of
information regarding markets, clients or other matters that is publicly
available or otherwise accessible by us. Such information may not in all cases
be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. Management of
operational, legal and regulatory risk requires, among other things, policies
and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and
events, and we cannot assure you that those policies and procedures will be
effective.

FAILURE TO ACHIEVE YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE COULD CAUSE SIGNIFICANT LOSSES

     Because many computer systems were not designed to handle dates beyond the
year 1999, computer hardware and software may need to be modified prior to the
year 2000 in order to remain functional.

     We have assessed the potential impacts of the year 2000 issue on our
products, services and internal information systems and have successfully
completed industry-wide testing of all our systems. We believe that we have
budgeted sufficiently for the costs of all additional required testing and
remediation for year 2000 issues. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the
actual costs incurred by us for this testing and remediation will not be
significantly greater than planned. We also cannot assure you that our systems
will perform successfully after December 31, 1999.

     We must rely on outside vendors to address year 2000 issues for their
hardware and software. We have assessed and evaluated potential year 2000 issues
with respect to our outside vendors and have performed tests to ensure that
their critical systems are year 2000 compliant. Based on these procedures, we
believe that all our back-office service providers worldwide are currently
running on systems that are year 2000 compliant. In addition, we are developing
contingency plans with respect to potential year 2000 issues in our
mission-critical systems and to address the risk of business disruption due to
vendor year 2000 issues. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that our vendors'
systems will work properly after December 31, 1999 or that our contingency plans

                                       14
<PAGE>   18

will respond adequately to any such failures. Either occurrence would have an
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

     Certain of the methods of trading we employ depend heavily on the integrity
of electronic systems outside of our control, such as online and Internet
service providers, and third-party software, such as Internet browsers. A
failure of any of these systems due to year 2000 issues would interfere with the
trading process and, in turn, may have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results.

     Due to our dependence on computer technology to conduct our business, we
are particularly vulnerable to possible year 2000 processing failures, and their
effect on our business, financial condition and operating results could be
material. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
Financial Condition -- Year 2000 Compliance."


WE HAVE BROAD DISCRETION IN ALLOCATING THE USE OF PROCEEDS OF THE OFFERINGS AND
OUR FAILURE TO EFFECTIVELY APPLY SUCH PROCEEDS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
BUSINESS



     We intend to use approximately $443 million out of the estimated total net
proceeds of the offerings of $664 million, or approximately $543 million out of
an estimated total of $764 million if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option, in full, to purchase additional shares of our common
stock for (1) investments in technology and systems upgrades, (2) increases in
our advertising and marketing budget and (3) other working capital and general
corporate purposes. A portion of the net proceeds may also be used to help
finance acquisitions of other companies. We have not, however, allocated
specific amounts of proceeds for these or other specific purposes and we will
have significant flexibility in determining the amounts of net proceeds we apply
to different uses and the timing of such applications. Our failure to apply
these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition. See "Use of Proceeds."


CONTROL BY TD BANK COULD PREVENT A CHANGE OF CONTROL OF OUR COMPANY AND MAY
AFFECT THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

     We are currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Bank. Upon completion of
the offerings of our common stock, TD Bank will beneficially own approximately
91.2% of our common stock, including shares issuable upon exchange of the
exchangeable preference shares issued to TD Bank in the reorganization (90.0% if
the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Accordingly, for
as long as TD Bank continues to beneficially own more than 50% of our common
stock, TD Bank will be able to elect our entire board of directors, control all
matters that require a stockholder vote (such as mergers, acquisitions and other
business combinations) and exercise a significant amount of influence over our
management and operations. This concentration of ownership could have the effect
of preventing us from undergoing a change of control in the future and might
affect the market price of our common stock.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST AND COMPETITION WITH TD BANK MAY ARISE


     Various conflicts of interest between us and TD Bank may arise in the
future in a number of areas relating to our past and ongoing relationships,
including potential acquisitions of businesses or properties, potential
competitive business activities, the election of new or additional directors,
payment of dividends, incurrence of indebtedness, tax matters, financial
commitments, marketing functions, indemnity arrangements, service arrangements,
issuances of our capital stock, sales or distributions by TD Bank of its
remaining shares of our common stock and the exercise by TD Bank of control over
our management and affairs. A majority of our anticipated directors after the
offerings also serve as officers or directors of TD Bank or its other
subsidiaries. Service as a director or officer of both us and TD Bank or its
other subsidiaries would create conflicts of interest if such directors and
officers are faced with decisions that could have materially different
implications for us and for TD Bank. Our charter will include certain provisions
relating to the allocation of business opportunities that may be suitable for
both us and TD Bank. These provisions will expire only after TD Bank no longer
beneficially owns at least ten percent of our common stock and no person who
serves on our board of directors also serves on the board of directors of TD
Bank or any of its other subsidiaries. See "Certain Anti-


                                       15
<PAGE>   19


Takeover and Other Provisions -- Corporate Opportunities." We have not
established any other formal procedures relating to conflicts of interests
involving our directors. If and when such a conflict of interest arises, our
directors intend to take all actions necessary to comply with their fiduciary
duties to our stockholders under Delaware law, including, where appropriate,
abstaining from voting on matters which present a conflict of interest for such
director.


     As part of the reorganization, TD Bank will contribute all of its worldwide
discount brokerage operations to us. TD Bank does not currently have any plans
to form or acquire any other discount brokerage operations, other than through
us. However, TD Bank, through its TD Evergreen Investment Services division, is
currently engaged in the full-service brokerage and related investment service
business, and TD Bank, directly and through its subsidiaries is engaged in the
investment banking business. TD Bank is not restricted from competing with us
and we cannot assure you that TD Bank will not expand its Evergreen or TD
Securities Inc. operations in ways that would result in direct or indirect
competition with us. It is also possible that changes in the markets in which we
operate may in the future result in us competing directly or indirectly with TD
Bank and its other subsidiaries.

AGREEMENTS BETWEEN US AND TD BANK ARE NOT THE RESULT OF ARMS'-LENGTH
NEGOTIATIONS


     In connection with the reorganization of TD Bank's worldwide discount
brokerage operations into our company, we will enter into an intercompany master
services agreement with TD Bank. This agreement provides that, among other
things, TD Bank may provide a broad range of administrative and support services
to our Canadian subsidiaries, lease space to us for our Canadian operations, and
purchase and maintain data processing and other equipment on our behalf. The
agreement also provides that we will furnish securities clearing and other
services to TD Bank and that Waterhouse National Bank and TD Bank will provide
us with a range of banking products and services. We will also enter into
transfer and assumption agreements pursuant to which TD Bank will transfer its
Canadian and other non-U.S. discount brokerage and clearing businesses to us as
part of the reorganization. We believe that the master services agreement and
the other agreements we are entering into with TD Bank in connection with the
reorganization contain terms, including pricing terms, which are fair to us and
are similar to terms we could have negotiated with unaffiliated third parties.
However, these agreements are not the result of arms'-length negotiations
because of TD Bank's ownership and control of us. Accordingly, there can be no
assurance that we could not have obtained more favorable terms from an
unaffiliated third party. See "Principal Stockholder -- Master Services
Agreement."


     Also in connection with the reorganization, we will enter into a
tax-sharing agreement with Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of TD Bank which acts as the U.S. holding company for certain of TD
Bank's U.S. subsidiaries (including both us and Waterhouse National Bank). Under
the tax-sharing agreement, Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. has sole authority
to respond to and conduct all tax proceedings (including tax audits) relating to
our federal and combined state returns, to file all such returns on our behalf
and to determine the amount of our liability to (or entitlement to payment from)
Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. under the tax-sharing agreement. See
"Principal Stockholder -- Tax-Sharing Agreement." This arrangement may result in
conflicts of interests between us and Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. and its
other subsidiaries.

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF OUR CHARTER AND DELAWARE LAW WHICH COULD MAKE A TAKEOVER
MORE DIFFICULT
COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK OR DEPRIVE YOU OF A
PREMIUM OVER THE MARKET PRICE

     Our charter and bylaws and the laws of Delaware (the state in which we are
incorporated) contain provisions that might make it more difficult for someone
to acquire control of us in a transaction not approved by our board of
directors. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it
more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors other than the
candidates nominated by our board of directors. The existence of these
provisions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although
such provisions do not have a substantial practical significance to investors
while TD Bank controls us, such provisions could have the effect of depriving
stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium

                                       16
<PAGE>   20

over prevailing market prices should TD Bank's combined voting power decrease to
less than 50%. See "Description of Capital Stock" and "Certain Anti-Takeover and
Other Provisions."

FUTURE SALES OF SHARES BY TD BANK COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE MARKET PRICE OF OUR
COMMON STOCK

     After completion of the offerings, there will be approximately 365.0
million shares of our common stock outstanding, of which approximately 333.0
million shares (including shares issuable upon exchange of exchangeable
preference shares issued to TD Bank in the reorganization) will be held
beneficially by our parent, TD Bank (or 369.8 million shares and 333.0 million
shares, respectively, if the underwriters and managers exercise their
over-allotment option in full). TD Bank will be able to sell these shares in the
public markets from time to time, subject to certain limitations on the timing,
amount and method of such sales imposed by SEC regulations. TD Bank has agreed
with the underwriters for the offerings that it will not sell any of its shares
without their prior consent until 180 days after the date of this prospectus. If
TD Bank were to sell a large number of shares following these offerings, the
market price of our common stock could decline significantly. Moreover, the
perception in the public markets that such sales by TD Bank might occur could
also adversely affect the market price of our common stock. See "Shares Eligible
for Future Sale."

THERE HAS BEEN NO PRIOR MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK AND THE MARKET PRICE OF THE
SHARES MAY FLUCTUATE

     Prior to these offerings, there has been no market for our common stock.
The price of our common stock after the offerings may fluctuate widely,
depending upon many factors, including the perceived prospects of our business
and the securities or financial services industries in general, differences
between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by
investors and analysts, changes in analysts' recommendations or projections,
changes in general economic or market conditions and broad market fluctuations.
In recent years, the securities markets have experienced substantial volatility
in prevailing price levels that is unrelated or disproportionate to the
operating performance of individual companies. Over this period the trading
prices of discount brokerage company stocks have been particularly volatile.
Accordingly, our common stock may trade at prices significantly below the
initial public offering price.


     Our common stock has been approved for listing on The New York Stock
Exchange and conditionally approved for listing on The Toronto Stock Exchange.
These stock exchange listings do not, however, guarantee that a trading market
for the common stock will develop or, if a market does develop, the depth of the
trading market for the common stock or the prices at which the common stock will
trade in such market.


INVESTORS WHO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK IN THE OFFERINGS WILL EXPERIENCE IMMEDIATE
AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

     If you purchase shares of our common stock in the offerings, you will
experience immediate and significant dilution in the tangible book value of the
shares you purchase. This means that the price you pay will be significantly
greater than the net tangible book value of the shares you acquire. This
dilution is due to the fact that the effective cash cost to TD Bank of the
shares of our common stock it has purchased in the past is significantly less
than the price at which our shares of common stock are being offered to the
public in these offerings. See "Dilution."

                                       17
<PAGE>   21


               SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS



     This prospectus contains "forward-looking" statements which reflect our
expectations regarding our future growth, results of operations, performance and
business prospects and opportunities. Wherever possible, words such as
"anticipate," "believe," "plan," "expect" and similar expressions have been used
to identify these forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our
current beliefs and are based on information currently available to us.
Forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties. A number
of factors could cause actual results to differ materially from the results
discussed in the forward-looking statements, including those listed in the
preceding "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. Although the
forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based upon what we
believe to be reasonable assumptions, we cannot assure you that actual results
will be consistent with these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking
statements are made as of the date of this prospectus and we assume no
obligation to update or revise them to reflect new events or circumstances.


                                       18
<PAGE>   22

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share
(the midpoint of the range of estimated initial public offering prices set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus), we estimate that we will receive net
proceeds of the offerings of approximately $664 million (or $764 million if the
underwriters and managers exercise their over-allotment option in full), after
deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses that
are payable by us in the offerings.


     We intend to use approximately $443 million of the estimated net proceeds
of the offerings for investments in technology and systems upgrades, increases
in our advertising and marketing budget and other working capital and general
corporate purposes. The exact amount and timing of such expenditures, however,
will depend upon a number of factors, including growth in customers and trading
activity, market conditions and technological developments, and accordingly,
management will have broad discretion in allocating the proceeds from the
offerings for specific purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds
to help finance acquisitions of other companies, although we do not currently
have any pending or proposed significant acquisitions.


     In addition, we intend to use approximately $221 million of the estimated
net proceeds of the offerings to repay certain intercompany debt we owe to TD
Bank, which was generally incurred in connection with the reorganization, and to
redeem shares of preferred stock of several of our subsidiaries issued to TD
Bank in connection with the reorganization. See "The Reorganization." The
following table provides a detailed breakdown of these payments to be made to TD
Bank:

        Debt repayment:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
  -  Promissory notes issued by TD Waterhouse Canada in
     partial payment for its acquisition of the Canadian
     discount brokerage and brokerage clearance businesses
     of TD Bank as part of the reorganization (interest rate
     of Canadian banker's acceptance rate plus .50% per
     annum, payable on demand)..............................  $ 40 million

  -  Promissory notes issued by TD Waterhouse in partial
     payment for the acquisition of the U.K., Australian and
     Hong Kong discount brokerage businesses of TD Bank as
     part of the reorganization (interest rate of Canadian
     banker's acceptance rate plus .50% per annum, payable
     on demand).............................................  $ 25 million

  -  Existing debt owing by Green Line Australia to a
     subsidiary of TD Bank (interest rate of Australian bank
     bill rate plus 0.22% per annum)........................  $ 16 million
                                                              ------------
     Total debt repayment...................................  $ 81 million
Preferred share redemption..................................  $140 million
                                                              ------------
          Total.............................................  $221 million
                                                              ============
</TABLE>


     Pending such uses, we may invest the net proceeds in short-term liquid
instruments, including deposit obligations, commercial paper and other debt
securities of TD Bank.

     The size of the offerings was determined by management based upon their
judgment as to the appropriate balance of a number of factors, including our
current and projected capital needs and those of TD Bank, current and
anticipated market conditions, the minimum amount of publicly-held shares
necessary to facilitate an active trading market for the shares on both the NYSE
and the TSE, and other relevant considerations.

                                       19
<PAGE>   23

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     We intend to retain all of our earnings for use in our business and do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any decision to
declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our
board of directors, after taking into account such matters as general business
conditions, financial results, capital requirements, contractual, legal and
regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or
by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as the board of directors may
deem relevant. See "Business -- Government Regulation; Net Capital Requirements"
and "Description of Capital Stock."

                                    DILUTION

     As of April 30, 1999, the net tangible book value of our common stock
(after giving effect to the reorganization) was approximately $533 million, or
approximately $1.60 per share. Net tangible book value per share of common stock
represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets minus total
consolidated liabilities, divided by the 333 million shares of common stock
outstanding (after giving effect to the reorganization). After giving effect to
the sale by us of 32 million shares of common stock in the offerings at an
assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share (the midpoint of the
range of estimated initial public offering prices set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus), and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated expenses payable by us in the offerings, our net tangible book
value as of April 30, 1999 would have been approximately $1,197,033, or
approximately $3.28 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net
tangible book value of $1.68 per share of common stock to our existing
stockholder and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $18.72 per
share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock at the assumed
initial public offering price.

     The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis(1):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share of common
  stock.....................................................    $22.00
Net tangible book value per share of common stock before the
  offerings.................................................      1.60
Increase in net tangible book value per share of common
  stock attributable to the offerings(2)....................      1.68
                                                                ------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock
  after giving effect to the offerings......................      3.28
                                                                ------
Dilution in net tangible book value per share of common
  stock to new investors....................................    $18.72
                                                                ======
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Assumes that the underwriters and managers do not exercise their
    over-allotment option which is described under "Underwriting."

(2) After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
    expenses payable by us in the offerings.

     The following table summarizes the differences, as of April 30, 1999 (after
giving effect to the reorganization), between our existing stockholder, TD Bank,
and the new investors with respect to the number of shares purchased, the total
consideration paid (in thousands) and the average price paid per share:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           SHARES PURCHASED         TOTAL CONSIDERATION      AVERAGE
                                       ------------------------   -----------------------     PRICE
                                         NUMBER      PERCENTAGE     AMOUNT     PERCENTAGE   PER SHARE
                                       -----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ---------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Existing stockholder................   333,000,000      91.2%     $1,190,407      62.8%      $ 3.57
New investors.......................    32,000,000       8.8         704,000      37.2       $22.00
                                       -----------      ----      ----------      ----
  Total.............................   365,000,000       100%     $1,894,407       100%
                                       ===========      ====      ==========      ====
</TABLE>


     The computations in this section include as outstanding the
shares of common stock issuable upon exchange of the exchangeable preference
shares acquired by TD Bank in the reorganization. See "The Reorganization."


                                       20
<PAGE>   24

                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of TD
Waterhouse as of April 30, 1999 and as adjusted to give effect to (1) the
reorganization, (2) the sale of 32 million shares of common stock by us in the
offerings at an assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share (the
midpoint of the range of estimated initial public offering prices set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus) and after deduction of the underwriting
discounts and estimated expenses payable by us in the offerings, and (3) the
application of the net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."

     This table should be read in conjunction with our historical combined
financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF APRIL 30, 1999
                                                                -------------------------
                                                                  ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                ----------    -----------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                             <C>           <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...................................    $  671,286    $1,114,286
                                                                ==========    ==========
Total liabilities...........................................    $6,437,975    $6,421,975
                                                                ==========    ==========
CAPITALIZATION:
Historical combined equity..................................    $1,190,407    $       --
                                                                ----------    ----------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.01 par value: 700 million shares
     authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
     365 million shares issued and outstanding, as
     adjusted(1)............................................            --         3,650
  Series common stock, $.01 par value: 100 million shares
     authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual
     and as adjusted........................................            --            --
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value: 100 million shares
     authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual;
     one share issued and outstanding as adjusted(2)........            --            --
  Preferred stock of subsidiaries, $10,000 par value: 14,000
     shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
     actual; 14,000 shares redeemed and retired, as
     adjusted...............................................            --            --
  Additional paid-in capital................................            --     1,645,757
  Retained earnings.........................................            --            --
                                                                ----------    ----------
     Total stockholders' equity.............................    $       --    $1,649,407
                                                                ----------    ----------
       Total capitalization.................................    $1,190,407    $1,649,407
                                                                ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

- ---------------


(1) The common stock at April 30, 1999, as adjusted, includes         shares
    which are issuable upon exchange of the exchangeable preference shares held
    by TD Bank (See "The Reorganization"), and excludes 32,850,000 shares to be
    reserved for issuance pursuant to employee incentive and stock option plans.


(2) See "Description of Capital Stock -- Special Voting Preferred Share."

                                       21
<PAGE>   25

                       SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     The following selected financial data should be read together with the
combined financial statements of TD Waterhouse and the notes thereto included
elsewhere in this prospectus and the discussion under "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition." The combined
statement of income data for the years ended October 31, 1997 and 1998, and the
combined statement of financial condition data at October 31, 1997 and 1998,
have been derived from our audited historical combined financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The combined statement of income data for
the six months ended April 30, 1998 and April 30, 1999 and the combined
statement of financial condition data at April 30, 1999 have been derived from
our unaudited historical combined financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The pro forma combined statement of income data for the year
ended October 31, 1996 has been derived from our audited combined financial
statements and the audited combined financial statements of the Waterhouse
Securities Group, also included in this prospectus, as if the Waterhouse
Securities Group had been under the control of TD Bank as of the beginning of
1996. The Green Line Group's financial data and the Waterhouse Securities
Group's financial data as of and for the years ended October 31, 1994 and 1995
have been derived from their respective unaudited financial statements not
included in this prospectus. In our opinion, the unaudited statement of income
data has been prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited combined
financial statements included in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1994                 1995              1996           1997         1998
                                       -----------------   ------------------     PRO FORMA     HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL
                                       CANADA     U.S.     CANADA      U.S.      COMBINED(1)     COMBINED     COMBINED
                                       -------   -------   -------   --------    -----------    ----------   -----------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                    <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>            <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues
 Commissions and fees................  $77,398   $83,917   $64,833   $113,881     $270,505       $313,572    $   409,432
 Mutual fund and related revenue.....       --     6,018     5,831      9,286       23,515         35,762         59,022
 Net interest revenue................   26,604    13,056    28,660     18,888       53,085         68,874        117,733
 Other...............................    9,863     1,603    14,493      1,375       23,681         28,424         28,274
                                       -------   -------   -------   --------     --------       --------    -----------
   TOTAL REVENUES....................  113,865   104,594   113,817    143,430      370,786        446,632        614,461
                                       -------   -------   -------   --------     --------       --------    -----------
Expenses
 Employee compensation and
   benefits..........................   35,136    32,272    31,414     43,259      107,137        138,261        183,377
 Execution and clearing costs........   18,312    11,983    17,219     14,989       47,510         63,316         95,523
 Occupancy and equipment.............    8,555    10,223    10,221     12,992       44,413         43,485         56,596
 Advertising and marketing...........    3,120     4,677     3,572      9,441       14,439         18,511         33,184
 Communications......................    7,330     4,189     6,718      6,032       19,154         22,981         30,809
 Amortization of goodwill............    1,638        --     1,623         --       21,121         21,630         33,000
 Professional fees...................    4,172     2,480     5,799      4,095       15,034         14,871         15,350
 Other...............................   15,219     9,477    11,313     13,969       34,311         44,956         63,144
                                       -------   -------   -------   --------     --------       --------    -----------
   TOTAL EXPENSES....................   93,482    75,301    87,879    104,777      303,119        368,011        510,983
                                       -------   -------   -------   --------     --------       --------    -----------
Income before income taxes...........   20,383    29,293    25,938     38,653       67,667         78,621        103,478
Income tax provision.................    9,689    11,731    12,127     15,228       41,363         42,416         54,765
                                       -------   -------   -------   --------     --------       --------    -----------
   NET INCOME........................  $10,694   $17,562   $13,811   $ 23,425     $ 26,304       $ 36,205    $    48,713
                                       =======   =======   =======   ========     ========       ========    ===========
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings
 per share...........................                                                                        $      0.15
                                                                                                             ===========
Shares used to compute pro forma per
 share data(2).......................                                                                        333,000,000
                                                                                                             ===========

<CAPTION>
                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              APRIL 30,
                                       ------------------------
                                          1998         1999
                                       HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL
                                        COMBINED     COMBINED
                                       ----------   -----------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Revenues
 Commissions and fees................   $192,112    $   328,678
 Mutual fund and related revenue.....     23,386         43,595
 Net interest revenue................     52,668         73,315
 Other...............................     13,745         18,445
                                        --------    -----------
   TOTAL REVENUES....................    281,911        464,033
                                        --------    -----------
Expenses
 Employee compensation and
   benefits..........................     88,560        130,321
 Execution and clearing costs........     41,450         68,103
 Occupancy and equipment.............     26,396         36,801
 Advertising and marketing...........     15,819         24,056
 Communications......................     13,916         22,716
 Amortization of goodwill............     15,363         18,563
 Professional fees...................      7,194         10,248
 Other...............................     26,925         60,211
                                        --------    -----------
   TOTAL EXPENSES....................    235,623        371,019
                                        --------    -----------
Income before income taxes...........     46,288         93,014
Income tax provision.................     24,954         42,985
                                        --------    -----------
   NET INCOME........................   $ 21,334    $    50,029
                                        ========    ===========
Pro forma basic and diluted earnings
 per share...........................               $      0.15
                                                    ===========
Shares used to compute pro forma per
 share data(2).......................               333,000,000
                                                    ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      OCTOBER 31,                                      APRIL 30,
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
                                          1994                  1995               1996         1997         1998         1999
                                   -------------------   -------------------    HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL   HISTORICAL
                                    CANADA      U.S.      CANADA      U.S.       COMBINED     COMBINED     COMBINED     COMBINED
                                   --------   --------   --------   --------    ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
 DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents........  $ 43,484   $  9,806   $ 42,441   $ 14,553    $  246,097   $  291,511   $  522,029   $  671,286
Securities owned, at market
 value...........................    28,965         --     26,912      1,450        67,857       66,549       76,279       63,407
Receivable from customers........   326,984    285,165    339,239    415,885       962,551    1,757,019    2,556,182    5,096,753
Total assets.....................   674,431    322,932    696,025    457,107     1,969,007    2,946,594    4,298,736    7,628,382
Securities loaned................    74,689         --     72,639         --       403,765      916,700    1,033,964    3,780,347
Payable to customers.............   436,537     96,992    496,387    121,632       764,457    1,190,480    1,947,430    2,010,910
Equity...........................    36,827     42,556     51,836     55,054       535,795      619,519      995,135    1,190,407
</TABLE>

                                       22
<PAGE>   26

- ---------------

(1) The pro forma combined statement of income data for the year ended October
    31, 1996 has been prepared to give effect to the acquisition of the
    Waterhouse Securities Group on October 31, 1996, as if the acquisition had
    occurred on November 1, 1995. The pro forma adjustment represents the
    amortization of goodwill for the year ended October 31, 1996 in the amount
    of $19,488 related to the acquisition of the Waterhouse Securities Group.
    There were no other pro forma adjustments.

(2) Shares used to compute pro forma per share data for the year ended October
    31, 1998 and the six months ended April 30, 1999 represent common stock
    outstanding immediately after the reorganization described elsewhere in this
    prospectus but before the offerings. The shares include shares of common
    stock issuable on the exchange of the exchangeable preference shares of our
    Canadian subsidiary to be issued to TD Bank in the reorganization.

                                       23
<PAGE>   27

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF RESULTS OF
                       OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

OVERVIEW

     After completion of the offerings, our operations will be comprised of the
following businesses:

     -  TD Bank's U.S.-based Waterhouse Securities Group, which includes
       Waterhouse Securities, Inc. and certain of its affiliates.

     -  TD Bank's Canada-based Green Line Group, which operates as discount
       brokers in Canada, as well as Australia, the United Kingdom and Hong
       Kong.

     The Waterhouse Securities Group consists of certain subsidiaries of TD
Bank, acquired effective October 31, 1996. The Green Line Group consists of
certain divisions and subsidiaries of TD Bank. These assets will be combined to
form our business in a reorganization that is described under "The
Reorganization" below.

     Accordingly, the following discussion and analysis of our financial
condition and results of operations are based on the combined results of these
businesses. A more detailed discussion of the accounting principles used to
combine the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the businesses and
the specific entities and divisions included in the combination is set forth in
Notes 1 and 2 to our combined financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.

REVENUES

     Commissions and fees, which account for the majority of total revenues,
include commissions earned for executing customer trades, payments received by
us from market-makers, exchanges and other execution agents for order flow and
fees for providing trade execution and clearance services to financial
institutions in the U.S. and Canada. Commissions and fees are primarily affected
by changes in transaction volumes and changes in the commission or fee rates
charged per transaction. Commissions, which account for over 90% of commissions
and transaction fees, fluctuate based on the number of active customer accounts,
the average number of trades per account, and the average commission per revenue
trade. Active customer accounts have grown from approximately 0.7 million at
October 31, 1996 to approximately 1.9 million as of April 30, 1999. We define
active accounts as accounts that had purchase, sale or other activity during the
previous calendar quarter. Combined with the significant growth in daily average
trading volumes in the U.S. and major global equities markets, this account
growth has resulted in a 61% increase in the average number of trades per
account during this same period. The effect of such increases has been partially
offset by a decrease in the average commission per revenue trade from
approximately $47 per trade in the first fiscal quarter of 1997 to approximately
$23 per trade in the second fiscal quarter of 1999. This was primarily due to
the introduction of our online trading products in early 1997, which provided
online customers with significant discounts from our standard commission
schedule. We use other broker-dealers to execute our customers' orders and
receive revenue from these broker-dealers for such order flow. Payments for
order flow have not increased commensurate with increases in trading volumes as
a result of changes in regulations and market conventions that caused
market-makers and execution agents to change their payment policies for order
flow by reducing the payment per trade and by limiting the types of trades on
which payments are made. Order flow revenue has been consistently less than 5%
of total revenue for the periods reviewed herein. Transaction fees for execution
and clearing services have grown since 1996 due to the creation of a separate
clearing entity in the U.S., the addition of new clients in the U.S. and Canada
and general increases in market volumes.

     Mutual fund and related revenue represents customary trailer fees from
third party and affiliated mutual funds in the U.S. and Canada and, in the U.S.
only, fees for shareholder services, administration and investment management
services provided to our proprietary money market and mutual funds. Such fees
are primarily based upon the daily amount of customer assets invested in third
party mutual funds and upon the average daily net asset value of our proprietary
money market and mutual funds. As of April 30, 1999, we held in excess of $4
billion of customer assets in no-load, no-fee mutual funds sponsored by third
parties. Our

                                       24
<PAGE>   28

proprietary money market accounts and mutual funds had net assets valued at
$10.4 billion at April 30, 1999. Commissions relating to the purchase and sale
of mutual funds are included in commissions and fees.

     We also receive fees for providing referral and administrative services to
our affiliate, Waterhouse National Bank ("WNB"), which is based on the daily
cash balances our customers choose to sweep into an FDIC insured money market
account. In addition, we provide investment advisory services to WNB with
respect to WNB's fixed income portfolio and receive a fee based on the market
value of the assets under management. Fees related to services provided to WNB
are classified as mutual fund and related revenues.

     Net interest revenue is the difference between interest earned on our
interest-earning assets (which primarily consist of margin loans to customers)
and the interest expense associated with our interest-bearing liabilities (which
include free credit balances in customers' accounts, deposits received for stock
loaned and other borrowings). Net interest revenue is principally affected by
changes in customer margin balances as well as the prevailing net interest
spread. Net interest spread represents the difference between the rate we charge
customers on margin loans (based on the broker call rate) and the rate we pay
our customers (which is our lowest cost source of funds) and the rate we pay our
other creditors. In the U.S., securities regulations place limits on the amount
of customer funds we can use to finance our business, while no such limitations
exist in Canada. Accordingly, the net interest spread from our Canadian
brokerage operations has exceeded that of our U.S. operations.

     Other revenue consists primarily of revenues derived from ancillary
services such as floor brokerage and retirement account administration.

OPERATING EXPENSES

     Our largest operating expense is employee compensation and benefits, which
includes salaries and wages, incentive compensation and related employee
benefits and taxes. We employ only a few commissioned sales representatives;
therefore, compensation and benefits do not vary directly with changes in
commission revenue. Most employees do, however, receive annual incentive
compensation based on the overall operating results of our operations in each
geographical region as well as the employee's individual performance. Therefore,
a significant portion of compensation and benefits expense will fluctuate based
on our operating results. Compensation expense also reflects the change in
intrinsic value of TD Bank stock options granted to our employees under TD
Bank's stock option plan.

     Execution and clearing costs include fees paid to floor brokers and
exchanges for trade execution costs, fees paid to third-party vendors for data
processing services and fees paid to clearing entities for certain clearance and
settlement services. Execution and clearing costs, with the exception of data
processing expenses, generally fluctuate based on transaction volume. Data
processing services are generally provided under longer-term fixed fee
arrangements with the providers.

     Occupancy and equipment expense includes the costs of leasing and
maintaining our office space and branch network, the leases and rental costs
related to computers and other equipment, and depreciation and amortization
expense associated with our fixed assets and leasehold improvements. Occupancy
and equipment expense is primarily affected by increases in the number of
branches and employees.

     Advertising and marketing includes media, print and direct mail advertising
expenses and other costs incurred to create brand awareness, promote our product
and service offerings and introduce new products and services. Due to the rapid
development of new products and services and increased competition, advertising
and promotion has increased significantly from period to period and management
expects this trend to continue in the future.

     Communications expense includes telephone expenses, which are generally
affected by changes in customer transaction volumes and the increased use of
electronic communication channels and online service offerings.

     We have been active in acquiring new businesses to rapidly expand our
operations including: Marathon Brokerage in 1993, Waterhouse Securities Group in
1996, Pont Securities Limited in 1997 and Rivkin Croll

                                       25
<PAGE>   29

Smith, Kennedy Cabot & Co., Jack White & Co. and Gall & Eke in 1998. Goodwill
relating to our major acquisitions is generally being amortized over a period of
20 years from the date of acquisition.

     Professional fees include fees paid to consultants engaged to support our
product, service and systems development efforts, as well as legal and
accounting fees. These expenses generally fluctuate with overall changes in the
level of business activities.

     Other expenses primarily consist of administrative expenses and other costs
including postage, printing, and supplies.

     We are subject to income taxes in each country in which we operate. The
difference between our effective tax rate and the U.S. statutory rate of 35%
differs from period to period, but primarily results from state and local taxes
in the U.S., provincial taxes in Canada, and the effect of certain
non-deductible expenses, most notably the amortization of goodwill related to
our acquisition of Waterhouse Securities Group, which is approximately $19.5
million per year.

     We adjust our expenses in anticipation of and in response to changes in
financial market conditions and customer trading patterns. Certain of our
expenses (including incentive compensation, portions of communications, and
execution and clearing costs) vary directly with changes in financial
performance or customer trading activity. Expenses relating to the level of
temporary employees, contractors, overtime hours, professional services, and
advertising and marketing are adjustable over the short-term to help us achieve
our financial objectives. Additionally, developmental spending (including branch
openings, product and service rollouts, and certain information technology
systems improvements) is discretionary and can be altered in response to market
conditions. However, a significant portion of our expenses such as salaries and
wages, occupancy and equipment, depreciation and amortization of goodwill do not
vary directly, at least in the short term, with fluctuations in revenues or
securities trading volumes. Also, we view our developmental spending as
essential to our future growth, and therefore attempt to avoid major adjustments
in such spending unless faced with a sustained slowdown in customer trading
activity. Given the nature of our revenues and expenses, and the economic and
competitive factors discussed above, our earnings may be subject to significant
volatility from period to period. Our results for any interim period are not
necessarily indicative of results for a full year.

     We have experienced substantial changes in and expansion of our business
and operations since we began offering our online Internet investing services in
the U.S. in 1997. We expect to continue to experience periods of rapid change in
the future. Our past expansion has placed, and any future expansion would place,
significant demands on our administrative, operational, financial and other
resources.

                                       26
<PAGE>   30

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth the combined statement of income data for
the periods indicated as a percentage of total revenues:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,            SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30,
                                        ---------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                           1996          1997          1998          1998           1999
                                         PRO FORMA    HISTORICAL    HISTORICAL    HISTORICAL     HISTORICAL
                                         COMBINED      COMBINED      COMBINED      COMBINED       COMBINED
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------    -----------
<S>                                     <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
REVENUES
  Commissions and fees................      73.0%         70.2%         66.6%         68.1%          70.8%
  Mutual fund and related revenue.....       6.3           8.0           9.6           8.3            9.4
  Net interest revenue................      14.3          15.4          19.2          18.7           15.8
  Other...............................       6.4           6.4           4.6           4.9            4.0
                                           -----         -----         -----         -----          -----
     Total revenues...................     100.0%        100.0%        100.0%        100.0%         100.0%
                                           =====         =====         =====         =====          =====
EXPENSES
  Employee compensation and
     benefits.........................      28.9%         31.0%         29.8%         31.4%          28.1%
  Execution and clearing costs........      12.8          14.2          15.5          14.7           14.7
  Occupancy and equipment.............      12.0           9.7           9.2           9.4            7.9
  Advertising and marketing...........       3.9           4.1           5.4           5.6            5.2
  Communications......................       5.2           5.1           5.0           4.9            4.9
  Amortization of goodwill............       5.7           4.8           5.4           5.4            4.0
  Professional fees...................       4.1           3.3           2.5           2.6            2.2
  Other...............................       9.3          10.1          10.3           9.6           13.0
                                           -----         -----         -----         -----          -----
     Total expenses...................      81.9%         82.3%         83.1%         83.6%          80.0%
                                           =====         =====         =====         =====          =====
Income before income taxes............      18.1%         17.7%         16.9%         16.4%          20.0%
Income tax provision..................      11.2           9.5           8.9           8.9            9.3
                                           -----         -----         -----         -----          -----
NET INCOME............................       6.9%          8.2%          8.0%          7.5%          10.7%
                                           =====         =====         =====         =====          =====
</TABLE>

SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1999 VERSUS SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW

     Net income for the six months ended April 30, 1999 was a record $50.0
million, up 134.5% from $21.3 million for the comparable period in 1998.
Revenues for the six months ended April 30, 1999 were a record $464.0 million,
up 64.6% from $281.9 million for the comparable period in 1998, primarily due to
a 71.1% increase in commissions and transaction fees, an 86.4% increase in
mutual fund and related revenue and a 39.2% increase in net interest revenue.
1999 revenues reflect approximately $33 million of incremental revenue related
to Jack White & Co., which we acquired in May 1998.

     Total operating expenses of $371.0 million for the six months ended April
30, 1999 were up 57.5% from $235.6 million for the comparable period in 1998,
primarily resulting from additional business volume as well as approximately $30
million of incremental expenses related to Jack White & Co.

REVENUES

COMMISSIONS AND FEES

     Commissions and fees were $328.7 million for the six months ended April 30,
1999, up $136.6 million, or 71.1%, from the comparable period in 1998. The total
number of trades executed by us has increased 118.0% from the comparable period
in 1998 as our customer base has grown. Average commissions per revenue trade
decreased 25.4% due to the expanded popularity of our online brokerage services,
which are offered at a significantly lower price than traditional agent based
trading. For the six months ended April 30, 1999, total

                                       27
<PAGE>   31

online and total electronic trades represented 58.5% and 62.9% of total trades,
respectively, as compared to 40.9% and 48.0%, respectively, in the comparable
1998 period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    SIX MONTHS
                                                                       ENDED
                                                                     APRIL 30,
                                                                -------------------    PERCENT
                                                                 1998        1999      CHANGE
                                                                -------    --------    -------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>         <C>
webBroker...................................................     15,830      57,471      263%
PC dial-up..................................................      4,566       5,793       27%
                                                                -------    --------
  Total online trades.......................................     20,396      63,264      210%
Touch-tone..................................................      3,575       4,752       33%
                                                                -------    --------
  Total electronic trades...................................     23,971      68,016      184%
Agent trades................................................     25,932      40,124       55%
                                                                -------    --------
  Total daily average trades................................     49,903     108,140      117%
                                                                =======    ========
Average commissions, per revenue trade......................    $ 31.60    $  23.56      (25)%
</TABLE>

     We added approximately 420,000 new customer accounts during the six months
ended April 30, 1999, an increase of 58.5% from the approximately 265,000 new
accounts added during the comparable period in 1998. Our advertising and
marketing expense per new account was approximately $57 for the six months ended
April 30, 1999 versus $60 for the comparable 1998 period.

MUTUAL FUND AND RELATED REVENUE

     Mutual fund and related revenue was $43.6 million for the six months ended
April 30, 1999, up $20.2 million, or 86.4%, from the comparable period in 1998.
This increase was primarily due to a significant increase in customer assets
held in third party mutual funds and proprietary money market and mutual funds,
which was driven in part by the acquisition of Jack White & Co. in May 1998,
whose customers held a large proportion of their assets in mutual funds.

NET INTEREST REVENUE

     Net interest revenue was $73.3 million for the six months ended April 30,
1999, up $20.6 million, or 39.2%, from the comparable period in 1998. This
increase was primarily due to a 73.5% increase in average customer margin loans
from $2 billion during the six months ended April 30, 1998 to $3.5 billion
during the comparable period in 1999. Our average net interest spread of 2.65%
for the six months ended April 30, 1999 was lower than the spread of 2.95% for
the comparable period in 1998 due to the continued growth of our U.S.
operations, which have a lower net interest spread than our Canadian and foreign
operations.

OPERATING EXPENSES

     Compensation and benefits expense was $130.3 million for the six months
ended April 30, 1999, up $41.8 million, or 47.2%, from the comparable period in
1998. This increase was primarily due to the addition of new employees to
support our rapid growth and an increase in incentive compensation to reflect
the improvement in our operating results. Compensation as a percentage of
revenues has decreased which reflects the fact that revenue growth has outpaced
our employee growth in the short term.

     Execution and clearing costs were $68.1 million for the six months ended
April 30, 1999, up $26.7 million, or 64.3%, from the comparable period in 1998.
This increase was primarily due to increased transaction volume offset by
productivity gains from our ability to leverage our large clearing operations.

     Occupancy and equipment expense was $36.8 million for the six months ended
April 30, 1999, up $10.4 million, or 39.4%, from the comparable period in 1998.
This increase was primarily due to additional lease expenses on our expanded
office space, as well as increased lease and maintenance expenses on data
processing equipment. During the first and second quarter of fiscal 1999, we
opened 18 new branches.

                                       28
<PAGE>   32

     Advertising and marketing expense was $24.1 million for the six months
ended April 30, 1999, up $8.2 million, or 52.1%, from the comparable period in
1998. This increase primarily relates to increased national advertising in the
United States.

     Communications expense was $22.7 million for the six months ended April 30,
1999, up $8.8 million, or 63.2%, from the comparable period in 1998. This
increase was primarily due to increased trading volumes and the opening of new
branches.

     Amortization of goodwill was $18.6 million for the six months ended April
30, 1999, up $3.2 million, or 20.8%, from the comparable period in 1998. This
increase was primarily due to the acquisition of Jack White & Co.

     Professional fees were $10.2 million for the six months ended April 30,
1999, up $3.1 million, or 42.5%, from the comparable period in 1998. This
increase was primarily due to fees for computer programming and systems
consultants.

     Other expenses were $60.2 million for the six months ended April 30, 1999,
up $33.3 million, or 123.6%, from the comparable period in 1998. This increase
was consistent with the overall growth in the business. Additionally, other
expenses for the six months ended April 30, 1999 includes the settlement of a
claim approximating $5 million related to non-brokerage matters.

     Our effective income tax rate for the six months ended April 30, 1999 and
1998 was 46.2% and 53.9%, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate
was primarily due to the significant increase in pre-tax income from our U.S.
operations, which has the effect of reducing the impact of permanent differences
such as the amortization of goodwill, as well as foreign provincial taxes. Our
effective tax rate, excluding the tax effects of non-deductible goodwill, was
41.5% and 44.3%, respectively, for the six months ended April 30, 1999 and 1998.

YEARS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW

1998 VERSUS 1997

     Net income for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1998 was a record $48.7
million, up 34.5% from fiscal year 1997 net income of $36.2 million. Fiscal year
1998 revenues were a record $614.5 million, up 37.6% from $446.6 million in
fiscal year 1997, primarily due to a 30.6% increase in commissions and
transaction fees, a 65.0% increase in mutual fund and related revenue and a
70.9% increase in net interest revenue. These increases reflect approximately
$87 million of incremental revenue related to the Kennedy Cabot & Co. and Jack
White & Co. acquisitions.

     Total operating expenses during fiscal year 1998 were $511.0 million, up
38.8% from $368.0 million for fiscal year 1997, primarily resulting from the
significant growth in our business as well as approximately $75 million of
incremental expenses related to the acquisition of Kennedy Cabot & Co. and Jack
White & Co.

1997 VERSUS HISTORICAL 1996

     Waterhouse Securities Group was purchased at the end of fiscal year 1996
and we accounted for the acquisition using the purchase method of accounting.
Pursuant to the purchase method, our 1996 financial statements and the financial
statements for all periods prior to the acquisition have not been restated to
include Waterhouse's results of operations. Accordingly, the fluctuations
between our total revenues, operating expenses and net income for 1997 of $446.6
million, $368.0 million and $36.2 million, respectively, versus our comparable
amounts in 1996 of $167.4 million, $113.2 million and $29.6 million,
respectively, are due primarily to the acquisition of Waterhouse. For the twelve
months ended October 31, 1996 Waterhouse's total revenues, operating expenses
and net income were $203.4 million, $170.4 million and $16.2 million,
respectively. Given the significant effect the Waterhouse acquisition had on our
1997 results of operations, we believe that a detailed discussion and analysis
of our 1997 versus 1996 historical financial statements would not be meaningful.
Accordingly, for purposes of comparing our results of operations for fiscal year
1997 versus
                                       29
<PAGE>   33

1996, we have made certain pro forma adjustments to our historical combined
financial statements to give effect to the acquisition of Waterhouse as if it
had occurred as of the beginning of fiscal year 1996. See "Selected Financial
and Other Data." The following discussion and analyses compares our 1997
historical results to the pro forma 1996 amounts.

1997 VERSUS PRO FORMA 1996

     Net income for the fiscal year ended October 31, 1997 was a record $36.2
million, up 37.6% from fiscal year 1996 net income of $26.3 million. Fiscal year
1997 revenues were a record $446.6 million, up 20.5% from $370.8 million for
fiscal year 1996, primarily due to a 15.9% increase in commissions and
transaction fees, a 52.1% increase in mutual fund and related revenue and a
29.7% increase in net interest revenue. These increases mainly resulted from
increases in overall trading volume, customer assets and increased margin loans
to customers.

     Total operating expenses during fiscal year 1997 were $368.0 million, up
21.4% from $303.1 million for the fiscal year 1996 keeping pace with the
significant growth in our business.

REVENUES

COMMISSIONS AND TRANSACTION FEES

1998 VERSUS 1997

     Commissions and fees were $409.4 million for the fiscal year ended October
31, 1998, up $95.9 million, or 30.6%, from fiscal year 1997. The total number of
trades executed by us has increased 71.9% as our customer base grew from recent
acquisitions and the rapid growth of our core franchise. The average commissions
per revenue trade decreased 27.5% to $29. This decrease was mainly due to our
integration of our online and traditional brokerage services and an increase in
the proportion of trades placed through our internet brokerage channels, which
have significantly lower commission rates.

     We added approximately 531,000 new customer accounts during fiscal year
1998, an increase of 63.8% from the approximately 324,000 new accounts added
during fiscal year 1997. Our advertising and marketing expense per new account
was approximately $63 for fiscal year 1998 versus $57 for the 1997 fiscal year.

1997 VERSUS PRO FORMA 1996

     Commissions and transaction fees were $313.6 million for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 1997, up $43.1 million, or 15.9%, from fiscal year 1996. The
total number of trades executed by us increased 39.4% as our customer base has
grown. Average commissions per revenue trade decreased 16.7% to $40. This
decrease was mainly due to the introduction of online trading in 1997, which has
substantially lower commission rates than traditional channels.

     We added approximately 324,000 new customer accounts during fiscal year
1997, an increase of 31.8% from the approximately 246,000 new accounts added
during fiscal year 1996. Our advertising and marketing expense per new account
was approximately $57 for fiscal year 1997 versus $59 for fiscal year 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,
                                                                -----------------------------
                                                                 1996       1997       1998
                                                                -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Electronic trades...........................................      5,415     11,200     28,621
Agent trades................................................     17,782     21,271     27,552
                                                                -------    -------    -------
Total daily average trades..................................     23,197     32,471     56,173
                                                                =======    =======    =======
Average commissions per revenue trade.......................    $ 47.72    $ 39.73    $ 28.82
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>   34

MUTUAL FUND AND RELATED REVENUES

1998 VERSUS 1997

     Mutual fund and related revenue was $59.0 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 1998, up $23.3 million, or 65.0%, from the prior fiscal year 1997.
This increase was primarily due to a significant increase in customer assets
held in third party mutual funds and proprietary money market and mutual funds,
which was driven in part by the acquisition of Jack White & Co., whose customers
held a large proportion of their assets in mutual funds.

1997 VERSUS PRO FORMA 1996

     Mutual fund and related revenue was $35.8 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 1997, up $12.2 million, or 52.1%, from the prior fiscal year. This
increase was primarily due to a significant increase in customer assets in third
party mutual funds and proprietary money market and mutual funds.

NET INTEREST REVENUE

1998 VERSUS 1997

     Net interest revenue was $117.7 million for the fiscal year ended October
31, 1998, up $48.9 million, or 70.9%, from fiscal year 1997. This increase was
principally due to a 104.6% increase in average customer margin loans from $1.2
billion during 1997 to $2.4 billion during 1998. Our net interest spread
decreased from 3.28% in fiscal year 1997 to 3.02% in fiscal year 1998 due to the
rapid growth of our U.S. operations, which have a lower net interest spread than
our Canadian and foreign operations.

1997 VERSUS PRO FORMA 1996

     Net interest revenue was $68.9 million for the fiscal year ended October
31, 1997, up $15.8 million, or 29.7%, from fiscal year 1996. This increase was
principally due to a 35.5% increase in average customer margin loans from $881.0
million during 1996 to $1.2 billion during 1997. Our net interest spread
decreased from 3.57% in fiscal year 1996 to 3.28% in fiscal year 1997 due to the
rapid growth of our U.S. operations, which have a lower net interest spread than
our Canadian and foreign operations.

OPERATING EXPENSES

1998 VERSUS 1997

     Compensation and benefits expense was $183.4 million for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 1998, up $45.1 million, or 32.6%, from the prior fiscal year.
This increase was primarily due to a greater number of employees and increases
in incentive compensation consistent with our increased profits.

     Execution and clearing costs were $95.5 million for the fiscal year 1998,
up $32.2 million, or 50.9%, from fiscal year 1997. This increase was primarily
due to the corresponding increase in trade volume during the year, partially
offset by the savings derived from the operational leverage of our clearing
business.

     Occupancy and equipment expense was $56.6 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 1998, up $13.1 million, or 30.2%, from fiscal year 1997. This
increase was primarily due to additional lease expenses on our expanded office
space, as well as increased lease and maintenance expenses on data processing
equipment. During fiscal year 1998, we opened 31 new branches and acquired 17
branches and offices in connection with the acquisition of Kennedy Cabot & Co.
and Jack White & Co. and Gall & Eke in 1998.

     Advertising and marketing expense was $33.2 million in fiscal year 1998, up
$14.7 million, or 79.3%, from fiscal year 1997. This increase primarily relates
to the increased national advertising campaigns.

     Communications expense was $30.8 million during the fiscal year 1998, up
$7.8 million, or 34.1%, from fiscal year 1997. This increase was primarily due
to increased trading volumes and new branch opening.

                                       31
<PAGE>   35

     Amortization of goodwill was $33.0 million for the fiscal year 1998, up
$11.4 million, or 52.6%, from fiscal year 1997. This increase was primarily due
to the full year effect of the acquisition of Kennedy Cabot & Co. and the
acquisition of Jack White & Co. in late May 1998.

     Professional fees were $15.4 million in fiscal year 1998, up $0.5 million,
or 3.2%, from the prior fiscal year. This increase was primarily due to fees for
computer programming and systems consultants.

     Other expenses were $63.1 million for fiscal year 1998, up $18.2 million,
or 40.5%, from the prior fiscal year, consistent with the overall increase in
business activity.

     Our effective income tax rate for the fiscal year 1998 and 1997 was 52.9%
and 53.9%, respectively. Our effective tax rate, excluding the effects of
non-deductible goodwill, was 44.3% and 43.0%, respectively, for the fiscal years
ended October 31, 1998 and 1997.

1997 VERSUS PRO FORMA 1996

     Compensation and benefits expense was $138.3 million for the fiscal year
ended October 31, 1997, up $31.1 million, or 29.1%, from the prior fiscal year.
This increase was primarily due to a greater number of employees principally due
to increased trading volumes and branch openings, partially offset by
approximately $4.1 million of non-recurring costs at Waterhouse resulting from
the cash out of certain employee stock options prior to Waterhouse's acquisition
by TD Bank.

     Execution and clearing costs were $63.3 million for the fiscal year 1997,
up $15.8 million, or 33.3%, from fiscal year 1996. This increase was primarily
due to a corresponding increase in customer trades.

     Occupancy and equipment expense was $43.5 million for the fiscal year ended
October 31, 1997, slightly down from the prior fiscal year. This decrease was
primarily due to increased expenses due to additional employees and new branch
offices, mostly offset by the effect of certain write-downs of computer
equipment and other fixed assets in fiscal year 1996, which did not recur in
fiscal year 1997.

     Advertising and marketing expense was $18.5 million in fiscal year 1997, up
$4.1 million, or 28.2%, from 1996. This increase primarily relates to the
increased national advertising campaigns in the U.S.

     Communications expense was $23.0 million during the fiscal year 1997, up
$3.8 million, or 20.0%, from the prior fiscal year. This increase was primarily
due to increased trading volumes and branch openings.

     Amortization of goodwill was $21.6 million for the fiscal year 1997, was
slightly higher than the fiscal year 1996 pro forma amount.

     Professional fees were $14.9 million in fiscal year 1997, a slight decrease
from the prior fiscal year pro forma amount. This decrease was primarily due to
certain one-time costs consisting of investment banking, legal and accounting
fees Waterhouse incurred in fiscal year 1996 in connection with its acquisition
by TD Bank.

     Other expenses were $45.0 million for fiscal year 1997, up $10.6 million,
or 31.0%, from the prior fiscal year. This increase was consistent with the
overall increase in business activity during the year.

     Our effective income tax rate for the fiscal year 1997 and pro forma fiscal
year 1996 was 53.9% and 61.1%, respectively, which reflects the effect of
certain non-deductible expenses incurred in fiscal year 1996 and the favorable
effect in fiscal year 1997 of increased income before income taxes, which
reduces the impact of permanent differences, most notably the amortization of
goodwill. Our effective tax rate, excluding the effects of non-deductible
goodwill, was 43.0% and 47.2%, respectively, for fiscal years 1997 and 1996.

                                       32
<PAGE>   36

COMBINED QUARTERLY RESULTS

     The following table sets forth certain unaudited combined quarterly
statement of income data, such data as a percentage of total revenues and
certain unaudited combined quarterly operating data for the ten quarters ended
April 30, 1999. In our opinion, this unaudited information has been prepared on
substantially the same basis as the combined financial statements appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus and includes all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the unaudited combined
quarterly data. The unaudited combined quarterly data should be read in
conjunction with the combined financial statements and notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. The results for any quarter are not necessarily
indicative of results for any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     QUARTER ENDED
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,   JULY 31,   OCTOBER 31,   JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,   JULY 31,
                                    1997         1997        1997        1997          1998         1998        1998
                                 -----------   ---------   --------   -----------   -----------   ---------   --------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
REVENUES
Commissions and fees...........   $ 78,227     $ 71,936    $ 74,246    $ 89,163      $ 83,871     $108,241    $105,634
Mutual fund and related
 revenue.......................      7,337        8,579       9,727      10,119        10,583       12,803      16,790
Net interest revenue...........     15,143       15,481      17,261      20,989        23,768       28,900      33,004
Other..........................      4,869        7,480      11,233       4,842         6,277        7,468       7,501
                                  --------     --------    --------    --------      --------     --------    --------
 TOTAL REVENUES................    105,576      103,476     112,467     125,113       124,499      157,412     162,929
                                  --------     --------    --------    --------      --------     --------    --------
EXPENSES
Employee compensation and
 benefits......................     33,291       33,697      34,440      36,833        40,167       48,393      48,084
Execution and clearing costs...     14,238       13,829      16,116      19,133        19,259       22,191      25,482
Occupancy and equipment........     10,122       10,358      10,960      12,045        12,403       13,993      14,900
Advertising and marketing......      4,330        4,684       4,342       5,155         7,695        8,124       8,351
Communications.................      5,945        5,579       5,081       6,376         6,639        7,277       8,971
Amortization of goodwill.......      5,283        5,275       5,539       5,533         7,678        7,685       8,534
Professional fees..............      3,193        3,457       3,479       4,742         3,118        4,076       4,305
Other..........................      9,897       13,175       8,427      13,457        11,804       15,121      17,193
                                  --------     --------    --------    --------      --------     --------    --------
 TOTAL EXPENSES................     86,299       90,054      88,384     103,274       108,763      126,860     135,820
                                  --------     --------    --------    --------      --------     --------    --------
Income before income taxes.....     19,277       13,422      24,083      21,839        15,736       30,552      27,109
Income tax provision...........     10,437        7,937      12,496      11,546         9,222       15,732      14,194
                                  --------     --------    --------    --------      --------     --------    --------
 NET INCOME....................   $  8,840     $  5,485    $ 11,587    $ 10,293      $  6,514     $ 14,820    $ 12,915
                                  ========     ========    ========    ========      ========     ========    ========

<CAPTION>
                                             QUARTER ENDED
                                 -------------------------------------
                                 OCTOBER 31,   JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,
                                    1998          1999         1999
                                 -----------   -----------   ---------
                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>
REVENUES
Commissions and fees...........   $111,686      $152,044     $176,634
Mutual fund and related
 revenue.......................     18,846        20,783       22,812
Net interest revenue...........     32,061        34,004       39,311
Other..........................      7,028         8,204       10,241
                                  --------      --------     --------
 TOTAL REVENUES................    169,621       215,035      248,998
                                  --------      --------     --------
EXPENSES
Employee compensation and
 benefits......................     46,733        59,859       70,462
Execution and clearing costs...     28,591        34,679       33,424
Occupancy and equipment........     15,300        17,754       19,047
Advertising and marketing......      9,014        11,569       12,487
Communications.................      7,922        10,717       11,999
Amortization of goodwill.......      9,103         9,279        9,284
Professional fees..............      3,851         4,082        6,166
Other..........................     19,026        28,999       31,212
                                  --------      --------     --------
 TOTAL EXPENSES................    139,540       176,938      194,081
                                  --------      --------     --------
Income before income taxes.....     30,081        38,097       54,917
Income tax provision...........     15,617        18,031       24,954
                                  --------      --------     --------
 NET INCOME....................   $ 14,464      $ 20,066     $ 29,963
                                  ========      ========     ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     QUARTER ENDED
                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,   JULY 31,   OCTOBER 31,   JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,   JULY 31,
                                    1997         1997        1997        1997          1998         1998        1998
                                 -----------   ---------   --------   -----------   -----------   ---------   --------
                                                           (AS PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES)
<S>                              <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>
REVENUES
Commissions and fees...........      74.1%        69.5%      66.0%        71.3%         67.4%        68.8%      64.8%
Mutual fund and related
 revenue.......................       7.0          8.3        8.7          8.1           8.5          8.1       10.3
Net interest revenue...........      14.3         15.0       15.3         16.7          19.1         18.4       20.3
Other..........................       4.6          7.2       10.0          3.9           5.0          4.7        4.6
                                    -----        -----       ----        -----         -----        -----      -----
 TOTAL REVENUES................     100.0        100.0      100.0        100.0         100.0        100.0      100.0
                                    -----        -----       ----        -----         -----        -----      -----
EXPENSES
Employee compensation and
 benefits......................      31.5         32.6       30.6         29.4          32.3         30.7       29.5
Execution and clearing costs...      13.5         13.4       14.3         15.3          15.5         14.1       15.7
Occupancy and equipment........       9.6         10.0        9.7          9.6          10.0          8.9        9.1
Advertising and marketing......       4.1          4.5        3.9          4.1           6.2          5.2        5.1
Communications.................       5.6          5.4        4.5          5.1           5.3          4.6        5.5
Amortization of goodwill.......       5.0          5.1        4.9          4.4           6.2          4.9        5.2
Professional fees..............       3.0          3.3        3.1          3.8           2.5          2.6        2.7
Other..........................       9.4         12.7        7.5         10.8           9.4          9.6       10.6
                                    -----        -----       ----        -----         -----        -----      -----
 TOTAL EXPENSES................      81.7         87.0       78.5         82.5          87.4         80.6       83.4
                                    -----        -----       ----        -----         -----        -----      -----
Income before income taxes.....      18.3         13.0       21.5         17.5          12.6         19.4       16.6
Income tax provision...........       9.9          7.7       11.1          9.2           7.4         10.0        8.7
                                    -----        -----       ----        -----         -----        -----      -----
 NET INCOME....................       8.4%         5.3%      10.4%         8.3%          5.2%         9.4%       7.9%
                                    =====        =====       ====        =====         =====        =====      =====

<CAPTION>
                                             QUARTER ENDED
                                 -------------------------------------
                                 OCTOBER 31,   JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,
                                    1998          1999         1999
                                 -----------   -----------   ---------
<S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>
REVENUES
Commissions and fees...........      65.8%         70.7%         70.9%
Mutual fund and related
 revenue.......................      11.1           9.7           9.2
Net interest revenue...........      18.9          15.8          15.8
Other..........................       4.2           3.8           4.1
                                    -----         -----      --------
 TOTAL REVENUES................     100.0         100.0         100.0
                                    -----         -----      --------
EXPENSES
Employee compensation and
 benefits......................      27.6          27.8          28.3
Execution and clearing costs...      16.9          16.1          13.4
Occupancy and equipment........       9.0           8.3           7.7
Advertising and marketing......       5.3           5.4           5.0
Communications.................       4.7           5.0           4.8
Amortization of goodwill.......       5.4           4.3           3.7
Professional fees..............       2.3           1.9           2.5
Other..........................      11.1          13.5          12.5
                                    -----         -----      --------
 TOTAL EXPENSES................      82.3          82.3          77.9
                                    -----         -----      --------
Income before income taxes.....      17.7          17.7          22.1
Income tax provision...........       9.2           8.4          10.0
                                    -----         -----      --------
 NET INCOME....................       8.5%          9.3%         12.1%
                                    =====         =====      ========
</TABLE>

                                       33
<PAGE>   37
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     QUARTER ENDED
                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,     JULY 31,    OCTOBER 31,   JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,     JULY 31,    OCTOBER 31,
                          1997          1997         1997         1997          1998          1998         1998         1998
                       -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------   -----------
<S>                    <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Pre-tax operating
 margin, excluding
 goodwill............       23.3%         18.1%        26.3%        21.9%         18.8%         24.3%        21.9%        23.1%
Average commissions
 per revenue trade...  $    47.44    $    45.43   $    38.15   $    32.89    $    32.79    $    30.74   $    28.09   $    25.72
Average trades per
 day
 Electronic..........       4,943         8,122       12,004       19,407        19,038        28,825       29,293       36,876
 Total...............      27,815        28,016       31,649       42,033        42,237        57,446       58,240       66,118
Total accounts.......   1,093,000     1,178,000    1,239,000    1,373,000     1,695,000     1,856,000    2,124,000    2,302,000
Total active
 accounts(1).........     756,000       812,000      864,000      960,000     1,172,000     1,258,000    1,485,000    1,609,000
Number of new
 accounts............      69,000        93,000       72,000       90,000        99,000       166,000      128,000      138,000
Total customer assets
 (in billions).......  $     32.3    $     32.9   $     39.8   $     42.0    $     52.0    $     61.2   $     74.4   $     75.9
Total employees......       2,953         3,088        2,911        3,006         3,470         3,786        4,242        4,217
Total branches.......         126           130          142          144           167           177          183          192

<CAPTION>
                            QUARTER ENDED
                       ------------------------
                       JANUARY 31,   APRIL 30,
                          1999          1999
                       -----------   ----------
<S>                    <C>           <C>
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Pre-tax operating
 margin, excluding
 goodwill............       22.0%         25.8%
Average commissions
 per revenue trade...  $    24.14    $    23.11
Average trades per
 day
 Electronic..........      61,562        74,265
 Total...............      97,981       117,978
Total accounts.......   2,467,000     2,640,000
Total active
 accounts(1).........   1,736,000     1,884,000
Number of new
 accounts............     167,000       253,000
Total customer assets
 (in billions).......  $     95.7    $    106.1
Total employees......       4,534         5,310
Total branches.......         200           210
</TABLE>

(1) Active accounts are accounts which had purchase, sale or other activity
    during the previous calendar quarter.

     During fiscal year 1998, we added 16 new branches and approximately 332,000
total accounts in connection with our acquisition of Kennedy Cabot & Co. and
Jack White & Co.

     We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, significant
fluctuations in quarterly operating results as a result of a variety of factors,
including general volume and volatility in the securities markets, impact of
competition, levels of online trading, changes in interest rates, changes in
foreign currency rates, changes in regulations, our ability to manage personnel
and process online trading activity, the amount and timing of capital
expenditures, the incurrence of costs associated with acquisitions and general
economic conditions. Our expense structure is based on historical expense levels
and the levels of demand for our brokerage services. If demand for our brokerage
services declines and we are unable to adjust our cost structure on a timely
basis, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and operating results.

     Due to all of the foregoing factors, period-to-period comparisons of our
revenues and operating results are not necessarily meaningful and such
comparisons cannot be relied upon as indicators of future performance. In
addition, we can not assure you that we will be able to sustain the rates of
revenue growth that we have experienced in the past, that we will be able to
improve our operating results or that we will be able to sustain our
profitability on a quarterly basis. See "Risk Factors."

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Historically, we have financed our customer securities operations primarily
through customer credit balances, deposits received for securities loaned and
other short-term borrowings. As of April 30, 1999, 88% of our assets consisted
of cash and cash equivalents or assets readily convertible into cash
(principally receivables from customers, receivables from brokers and dealers,
deposits paid for stock borrowed, and securities owned). Receivables from
customers primarily consist of margin loans to customers, which are secured by
customers' readily marketable securities. Receivables from brokers and dealers
consists of amounts receivable for pending securities transactions, which can
generally be settled within three business days. Deposits paid for securities
borrowed represent cash deposits placed with brokers securing marketable
securities borrowed by us. Securities owned consist primarily of U.S. and
Canadian government securities and other securities, which trade in highly
liquid markets.

     Capital expenditures and investments in new technology, services and
advertising have been primarily financed through earnings from operations.
Acquisitions of new businesses have been funded through capital contributions
from TD Bank.

                                       34
<PAGE>   38

     Net income plus depreciation and amortization was $31.2 million, $64.9
million, $91.6 million, $41.3 million and $74.7 million, for the fiscal years
ended October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, and the six months ended April 30, 1998
and 1999, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense which relates to
fixed assets, leasehold improvements and goodwill, was $1.6 million, $28.6
million, $42.9 million, $20.0 million and $24.6 million, for the fiscal years
ended October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, and the six months ended April 30, 1998
and 1999, respectively. Capital expenditures were $26.8 million, $17.7 million,
$10.4 million and $12.2 million in the fiscal years ended October 31, 1997 and
1998 and the six months ended April 30, 1998 and 1999, respectively, which
represented 6.0%, 2.9%, 3.7% and 2.6% of total revenues in each period. Capital
expenditures, excluding acquisitions of new businesses, during the fiscal years
ended October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the first and second quarters of 1999,
primarily related to the purchase of communications and data processing
equipment and leasehold improvements related to new branches and office
facilities. The cost of acquiring new businesses, net of assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, was approximately $390.0 million during fiscal year 1996
related to the acquisition of Waterhouse Securities Group, $21.0 million during
the year ended October 31, 1997 and $289.0 million during the year ended October
31, 1998.

     Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to regulatory requirements
intended to ensure their general soundness and liquidity and require that the
broker-dealers comply with certain minimum capital requirements. These
regulations, which differ in each country, generally prohibit our broker-dealer
subsidiaries from repaying borrowings from TD Bank, paying cash dividends,
making loans to us or affiliates, or otherwise entering into transactions which
would result in a significant reduction in their regulatory capital position,
without prior notification and/or approval of the broker-dealer's principal
regulator. Our capital structure is designed to provide each entity and business
with capital and liquidity consistent with their business and regulatory
requirements.

     We currently anticipate that the net proceeds from these offerings together
with our available cash resources and credit facilities will be sufficient to
meet anticipated working capital, capital expenditures and regulatory capital
requirements for at least the next twelve months.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     On January 28, 1997, the SEC adopted new rules (Securities Act Release No.
7386) that require disclosure about the policies used to account for derivatives
and certain quantitative and qualitative information about market risk
exposures. Market risk generally represents the risk of loss that may result
from the potential change in the value of a financial instrument as a result of
fluctuations in interest rates and market prices. We have not traded or
otherwise transacted in derivatives nor do we expect to in the future. We have
established policies, procedures and internal processes governing our management
of market risks in the normal course of our business operations.

     As a part of our brokerage business, we hold short-term interest-earning
assets (mainly margin loans to customers) totaling $3.6 billion and $6.1 billion
at October 31, 1998 and April 30, 1999, respectively, of which $1.3 billion and
$1.8 billion, respectively, were denominated in foreign currencies, primarily
the Canadian dollar. Our interest earning assets are financed by short-term
interest-bearing liabilities in the form of customer balances and deposits
received for stock loaned. We earn a net interest spread on the difference
between amounts earned on customer margin loans and amounts paid on stock loan
and customer credit balances. Since we establish the rate paid on customer cash
balances, a substantial portion of our interest rate risk is under our direct
management. We generally move rates earned on loans in lockstep with rates paid
on credit balances to maintain a consistent net interest spread, and, therefore,
do not anticipate that changes in interest rates will have a material adverse
effect on our earnings and cash flows. Similarly, since we manage the assets and
liabilities related to our brokerage business on a geographic basis and fund
assets with liabilities denominated in the same currency as the assets, we do
not anticipate that changes in foreign exchange rates will have a material
adverse effect on our net interest revenues or cash flows.

     We held marketable securities (securities owned) at October 31, 1998 and
April 30, 1999, which were recorded at fair value of $76.3 million and $63.4
million, respectively, and sold securities short (securities sold, not yet
purchased) at October 31, 1998 and April 30, 1999 with a fair value of $5.0
million and $7.8 million,

                                       35
<PAGE>   39

respectively, which exposes us to market price risk. This risk is estimated as
the potential loss in fair value resulting from a hypothetical 10 percent
adverse change in quoted market prices and amounts to approximately $8.1 million
and $7.1 million at October 31, 1998 and April 30, 1999, respectively. Of these
positions, approximately $41.2 million and $9.7 million of securities owned at
October 31, 1998 and April 30, 1999, respectively, and $5.0 million and $7.8
million of securities sold short at October 31, 1998 and April 30, 1999,
respectively, were denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian
dollar. Therefore, we are also exposed to foreign currency risk. This risk is
estimated as the potential loss in fair value resulting from a hypothetical 10%
adverse change in foreign exchange rates and amounts to approximately $4.6
million and $1.8 million at October 31, 1998 and April 30, 1999, respectively.
Actual results may differ.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded
to accept or recognize only two digit entries in the date code field. These
systems and software products will need to accept four digit entries to
distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates. As a result, computer
systems and/or software used by many companies and governmental agencies may
need to be upgraded to comply with such Year 2000 requirements or risk system
failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of normal business activities.

     State of Readiness.  We have made an assessment of the Year 2000 readiness
of our trading-related, communications and data processing systems. Our
readiness plan consists of:

     -  quality assurance testing of our main trading-related systems including
        all customer interfaces and links to exchanges and utilities;

     -  contacting third-party vendors and licensors of material hardware,
        software and services that are both directly and indirectly related to
        the main trading systems;

     -  contacting vendors of critical non-trading related communications and
        data processing systems;

     -  assessment of repair or replacement requirements;

     -  repair or replacement;

     -  implementation; and

     -  creation of contingency plans in the event of Year 2000 failures.

     We received detailed plans and ongoing status reports on Year 2000
compliance from all of our significant third party vendors. In response to our
inquiry in early 1997, approximately 98% of these vendors claimed to be Year
2000 compliant. We required proof that all interfacing systems were able to
receive and interpret the vendor's dates correctly. In all cases, we assigned
the responsibility for validating compliance to the system and development
experts who support the systems today. We then worked with the vendor to prepare
test strategies and plans, which identified and documented all data exchanges
and which contained detailed information on date solutions and project
timelines. If a vendor declined or failed to give suitable assurances, we
replaced the system involved with a system that meets our standards.

     In the U.S., we have successfully participated in the July Year 2000 Beta
test of the Securities Industry Association (SIA) and the March/April SIA Year
2000 Industry "streetwide" test. We have conducted extensive testing with ADP,
our primary vendor, and the various systems we use in conjunction with ADP
including electronic trading products. As a result we presently believe that our
main trading-related systems are currently Year 2000 compliant. We have required
vendors of material hardware and software components of our IT systems to assure
Year 2000 compliance. We plan to complete this process during the first half of
1999. We are currently assessing the materiality of our non-IT systems and will
seek assurances of Year 2000 compliance from providers of material non-IT
systems. Until such testing is complete and such vendors and providers are
contacted, we will not be able to completely evaluate whether our IT systems or
non-IT systems will need to be revised or replaced. We plan to conclude this
process by June 30, 1999.

                                       36
<PAGE>   40

     In Canada, we have successfully completed extensive Year 2000 end-to-end
testing of the securities systems provided by our most critical third party
vendor, Information Systems Management Corporation (ISM). These tests were
conducted using forward dated transactions in a future dated environment. They
established our readiness to access customer account data, place orders, handle
back office accounting processes and link electronically to Clearing
Corporations and the exchanges. In addition, we are actively participating with
the Canadian Securities Association, other brokers and representatives of the
industry infrastructure in "Industry Street Tests." We have successfully
completed Beta tests with the securities and mutual fund industry, and full
industry tests for debt and money market instruments. As a result of this, we
believe that all of its systems that are necessary for inter-industry trading of
securities, mutual funds and debt instruments are Year 2000 compliant. Our final
demonstration of readiness will be established with the conclusion of the
Securities and Mutual Fund Street tests in June 1999. We have required suppliers
of all hardware and software components of its IT and non-IT systems to provide
assurances of their Year 2000 readiness. In every instance where there is a data
interface involving the system of a third party software supplier, we have a
program to conduct future date testing to confirm the readiness of the software.
We plan to conclude this process by June 30, 1999.


     In Australia, we believe that our key brokerage systems are Year 2000
compliant. The Australian Stock Exchange completed renovations and testing of
SEATS the equity trading system and provided a statement of compliance to our
customers in November 1998. By July 1998, a number of major Australian brokers
had successfully tested CHESS, the electronic clearing and settlement system
provided by the Australia Stock Exchange and SHARES, the back office accounting
system provided by Star systems. We hired a consultant from a major broker that
participated in the July test and we completed an in-depth examination of those
test results, between October and December 1998. We are currently involved with
four other Australian brokers and the Australian Stock Exchange in performing
end-to-end testing of SHARES, CHESS, SEATS and the banking interface with a
major Australian bank, using forward dated transactions in a future dated
environment. This final test, which we plan to conclude by June 30, 1999, will
establish our readiness to access customer transactions in a future dated
environment and establish our readiness to access customer account data, place
orders, handle back office accounting processes and settle trades with the
Australian Stock Exchange. The Australian securities industry made its final
demonstration of readiness with the equities "street" tests in May 1999 and is
expected to conclude options "street" tests in September 1999. All of our key
systems and service providers are active participants in these tests. We have
required suppliers of all hardware and software components of our IT and non-IT
systems to provide assurances of our Year 2000 readiness. In every instance
where there is a data interface involving the system of a third party software
supplier, we have a program to conduct future date testing to confirm the
readiness of the software. We plan to conclude this process by June 30, 1999.



     In the United Kingdom, we are currently testing our key brokerage systems
for Year 2000 compliance. We recently replaced our key back office system, and
we have required suppliers of all hardware and software components of our IT and
non-IT systems to provide assurances of our Year 2000 readiness. In every
instance where there is a data interface involving the system of a third party
software supplier, we have a program to conduct future date testing to confirm
the readiness of the software. We plan to conclude this process by August 30,
1999.


     Costs.  To date, we have incurred approximately $4.8 million in costs in
connection with identifying and evaluating Year 2000 compliance issues. Most of
our expenses have related to, and are expected to continue to relate to,
upgrading our communications systems in the U.S., as well as operating costs
associated with time spent by employees in the evaluation process and Year 2000
compliance matters in general. At this time, we estimate that the total cost of
the Year 2000 project to be approximately $10 million. Although we do not
anticipate that any additional amounts above this estimate will be material,
such expenses, if higher than anticipated, could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and operating results. Our Year 2000
compliance costs are substantially less than many of our competitors and other
securities firms due primarily to the fact that we utilize third party vendors
for our back-office systems.

     Risks.  We are not currently aware of any Year 2000 compliance problems
relating to our main trading-related, communications or data processing systems
that would have a material adverse effect on our business,
                                       37
<PAGE>   41

financial condition and operating results, without taking into account our
efforts to avoid or fix such problems. We cannot assure you that we will not
discover Year 2000 compliance problems that will require substantial revisions.
In addition, we cannot assure you that third-party software, hardware or
services incorporated into our systems will not need to be revised or replaced,
all of which could be time consuming and expensive. Our failure to fix our main
trading-related, communications or data processing systems or to fix or replace
third-party software, hardware or services on a timely basis could result in
lost revenues, increased operating costs, the loss of customers and other
business interruptions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and operating results. Moreover, the failure to
adequately address Year 2000 compliance issues in our main trading-related,
communications or data processing systems could result in litigation, which
could be costly and time-consuming to defend.

     In addition, there can be no assurance that governmental agencies, utility
companies, securities exchanges, Internet access companies, third-party service
providers and others outside our control will be Year 2000 compliant. The
failure by such entities to be Year 2000 compliant could result in a systemic
failure beyond our control, such as a prolonged Internet, telecommunications or
electrical failure, which could also prevent us from delivering our services to
our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results
of operations and financial condition.

     Contingency Plan.  As discussed above, we are engaged in an ongoing Year
2000 assessment and are actively developing contingency plans. The result of our
industry testing and the responses received from third-party vendors, service
providers and customers will be taken into account in determining the nature and
extent of any contingency plans.

     We recognize the challenge involved in attempting to enforce vendor
assurances, many of which come with protective disclaimers. As a result, we have
implemented a detailed testing regime to validate each significant vendor's
claim of compliance, and we have undertaken detailed contingency planning.
Because of the disclaimers involved, we believe it is unlikely in most cases
that we would have enforceable claims against vendors whose assurances regarding
Year 2000 compliance are found to be incorrect, except in cases of fraud or
clear negligence.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS


     SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, was issued in
October 1995. This statement established financial accounting and reporting
standards for stock-based compensation plans. The accounting requirements of
this statement were effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years that
begin after December 15, 1995. The disclosure requirements of this statement
were effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1995, or for the fiscal year for which this Statement is initially
adopted for recognizing compensation cost, whichever comes first. We adopted the
provisions of this statement in fiscal 1997. The adoption of these provisions
did not have a material impact on our combined financial statements.



     In conjunction with the reorganization, we intend to establish an employee
stock-based compensation plan (see "TD Waterhouse Stock Incentive Plan"). We
intend to use the intrinsic value method for this stock incentive plan and will
provide the pro forma disclosures in our financial statements prepared after the
offerings, as required by SFAS No. 123.



     SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share, was issued in February 1997 and was
effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997, with restatement required
for all prior periods. SFAS No. 128 establishes new standards for computing and
presenting earnings per share. This statement replaces primary and fully diluted
earnings per share with "basic earnings per share", which excludes dilution, and
"diluted earnings per share", which includes the effect of all potentially
dilutive common shares and other dilutive securities. Because we have not
historically reported earnings per share, this statement had no impact on the
historical combined financial statements. This statement will, however, apply to
our financial statements that are prepared after the offering. Also, we have
applied the provision of SFAS No. 128 in determining pro forma basic and diluted
earnings per share for the six months ended April 30, 1999 and for the year
ended October 31, 1998. See "Selected Financial and Other Data."

                                       38
<PAGE>   42

     SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,
was issued in 1998. This standard requires us to recognize all derivatives as
either assets or liabilities in our financial statements and measure such
instruments at their fair values. Hedging activities must be redesignated and
documented pursuant to the provisions of the statement. This statement becomes
effective for all fiscal quarters of fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000.
At this time, we do not believe that adoption of this standard will have a
material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

     SFAS No. 134, Accounting for Mortgage-Backed Securities Retained after the
Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking Enterprise,
was issued in October 1998. SFAS No. 134 provides guidance for mortgage banking
entities on how to account for interests retained after securitizing mortgage
loans previously held for sale. SFAS No. 134 is effective for fiscal quarters
beginning after December 15, 1998. At this time, we do not believe that adoption
of this standard will have a material impact on our financial condition and
results of operations.

     SFAS No. 135, Rescission of FASB Statement No. 75 and Technical
Corrections, was issued in February 1999. SFAS No. 135 is effective for fiscal
years ending after February 15, 1999. This statement is not applicable to us and
will have no impact on our financial position, results of operations, earnings
per share or cash flows.

     In March 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position ("SOP")
No. 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained
for Internal Use," effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998.
SOP 98-1 requires that certain costs of computer software developed or obtained
for internal use be capitalized and amortized over the useful life of the
related software. We currently expense the costs of all software development in
the period in which it is incurred. We intend to adopt this statement beginning
in the fiscal year ended October 31, 2000 and are currently assessing its
impact.

                                       39
<PAGE>   43

                               THE REORGANIZATION

     In connection with these offerings, TD Bank will reorganize its worldwide
discount brokerage operations so that they will be consolidated into our company
and our subsidiaries. This reorganization will include the following steps:


     -  Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc., which prior to the reorganization
        served as the U.S. holding company for TD Bank's U.S. discount brokerage
        operations, will convert the shares of common stock it holds of its two
        wholly-owned registered broker-dealer subsidiaries into shares of new
        common stock and preferred stock. The preferred stock will be redeemable
        at any time, in whole or in part, at the issuer's option for an
        aggregate redemption price of $140 million, will pay dividends
        semi-annually at a variable rate based on six month London interbank
        offered rates, and will have no fixed maturity.


     -  Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. will then contribute to us all of the
        common stock of its registered broker-dealer subsidiaries as well as all
        of the common stock of certain of its other U.S. subsidiaries.
        Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. will retain the shares of preferred
        stock of the broker-dealer subsidiaries. We intend to use a portion of
        the proceeds from the offerings to fund the redemption of these shares
        of preferred stock. See "Use of Proceeds."

     -  TD Bank will transfer its Canadian discount brokerage business and
        brokerage clearing business to our newly-formed Canadian subsidiary, TD
        Waterhouse Canada. In exchange, we will issue to TD Bank:

       -  a series of 43.6 million exchangeable preference shares of our
          subsidiary, TD Waterhouse Canada; and

       -  promissory notes of TD Waterhouse Canada totaling approximately $40
          million.

       We will use a portion of the proceeds of the offerings to repay these
       promissory notes. See "Use of Proceeds." The exchangeable preference
       shares will be exchangeable at any time at TD Bank's option for an
       equivalent number of shares of our common stock, and will have dividend
       rights equal to the equivalent number of shares of our common stock. See
       "Description of Capital Stock -- Exchangeable Preference Shares of TD
       Waterhouse Canada." As part of the transfer, TD Waterhouse Canada will
       assume all past liabilities of these businesses and each of TD Bank and
       TD Waterhouse Canada will indemnify the other and its relevant
       subsidiaries, and its respective directors, officers, agents and
       employees, against all past, present and future liabilities related to
       the transferred and retained businesses.

     -  TD Bank will be issued one special voting preferred share of TD
        Waterhouse. The special voting preferred share will have voting rights
        equal to the number of shares of our common stock into which the
        exchangeable preference shares may be exchanged, and will be cancelled
        when the exchangeable preference shares are no longer outstanding. See
        "Description of Capital Stock -- Special Voting Preferred Share."

     -  TD Bank will transfer ownership of its United Kingdom, Australia and
        Hong Kong discount broker subsidiaries to us in exchange for shares of
        our common stock and promissory notes totaling approximately $25
        million. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of the offerings to
        repay these promissory notes. See "Use of Proceeds."

     -  We will enter into a master services agreement with TD Bank pursuant to
        which certain services will be made available to us and we will make
        certain services available to TD Bank. See "Principal Stockholder --
        Master Services Agreement."

     In order to effect the third step described above, TD Bank will enter into
transfer and assumption agreements with TD Waterhouse Canada, which generally
provide for the transfer of assets used exclusively in the transferred
businesses. Subject to obtaining all material regulatory consents and approvals,
the assets will be transferred to TD Waterhouse Canada immediately after the
completion of these offerings. However, if any required regulatory consent or
approval is not obtained prior to the completion of these offerings, the
transfer

                                       40
<PAGE>   44

will occur as soon as practicable following the receipt of the required consent
or approval. For accounting and administrative reasons, the transfer and
assumption agreements provide that TD Waterhouse Canada will be entitled to
receive, as part of the transfer, the net economic benefits derived from the
operation of the transferred businesses from and after the first day of the
month in which these offerings are completed until the transfer occurs.
Accordingly, it is possible that for a period of time after the offerings, our
Canadian businesses will be owned and operated by TD Bank for our economic
benefit.

     The assets to be transferred will consist of all tangible assets, such as
computers, equipment and furniture, which exclusively relate to the transferred
businesses. Accounts receivable, cash and cash equivalents of the transferred
businesses will also be transferred. All intellectual property owned by TD Bank
or its non-transferred subsidiaries and used exclusively by the transferred
businesses will be transferred to TD Waterhouse Canada. The transferred
businesses currently operate in premises leased from third parties or in space
owned or leased by TD Bank. Pursuant to the master services agreement described
under "Principal Stockholder," TD Bank will continue to make available to TD
Waterhouse Canada shared space used by the transferred businesses.

     All employees involved in the transferred businesses will have been
employees of TD Bank prior to the reorganization. In most cases, those employees
who are exclusively engaged in performing the activities of the transferred
businesses in Canada will be transferred to TD Waterhouse Canada. In addition,
employees who perform services for both TD Bank and us will be retained by, or
transferred to, the entity for which they predominantly provide services, with
appropriate exceptions where business needs require. The employees to be
transferred may remain with TD Bank for a transitionary period after the
completion of the offerings. Pursuant to the master services agreement, TD Bank
and TD Waterhouse Canada will make available to the other employees who
immediately prior to these offerings provided services to both TD Bank and the
transferred businesses.

     As a result of these arrangements approximately 1,350 employees will be
transferred to us. TD Waterhouse Canada's employees will comprise all employees
working in its local branches, customer service centers and back office
activities. With the exception of certain support services to be provided by TD
Bank employees, TD Waterhouse Canada's employees will perform all day-to-day
compliance, technology and information systems management and human resources
functions for TD Waterhouse Canada.

     The transfer and assumption agreements provide for TD Bank to transfer all
of its right, title and interest in the assets. The transfer and assumption
agreements provide for assumptions and indemnities designed to place sole legal
and financial responsibility on TD Waterhouse Canada for all liabilities known
or contingent relating to the transferred businesses, its past and present
operations and the assets transferred or licensed to TD Waterhouse Canada. As a
result, the liabilities to be assumed by TD Waterhouse Canada include all
liabilities and obligations, actual or contingent, relating to the transferred
businesses, such as accounts payable, contractual obligations and ongoing or
presently unknown claims and suits. The transfer and assumption agreements
contain indemnification provisions in connection with the conduct of TD
Waterhouse Canada's business after the transfer of the transferred businesses,
misstatements or omissions in this prospectus with respect to the transferred
businesses and the use of trademarks, trade names, logos and other indemnities.
TD Bank similarly is obligated to indemnify TD Waterhouse in respect of its
past, present and future businesses, other than the transferred businesses.

                                       41
<PAGE>   45

     Upon completion of the reorganization, the corporate structure of our
company reflecting our principal operations will be as follows:
                                 TD BANK CHART

     The exchangeable preference shares to be held by TD Bank will be
exchangeable at any time for an equivalent number of shares of our common stock.
TD Bank will also hold a special preferred voting share of TD Waterhouse which
will entitle TD Bank to an aggregate number of votes equal to the number of
exchangeable preference shares outstanding from time to time.

                                       42
<PAGE>   46

                                    BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

     TD Waterhouse is one of the largest discount brokers in the world.
Leveraging our investment in technology, we have become one of the premier
global online brokers and a leading provider of online investing services and
related financial products.

     We have the second largest discount brokerage operations globally with over
2.6 million customer accounts. As of April 30, 1999, we had approximately 1.9
million active accounts and over $105 billion in customer assets under
administration. When measured by trading volume and customer assets, we have the
third largest online discount brokerage operations globally.

     We have a significant international presence with operations in the United
States, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom and Hong Kong. We have the second
largest global branch network of any discount broker with over 200 branches
worldwide and an additional 40 branches planned by the end of 2000.

     Our primary markets are the U.S. and Canada, which accounted for 69% and
29%, respectively, of our fiscal 1998 consolidated revenues and 74% and 24%,
respectively, of our consolidated revenues for the first six months of fiscal
1999. Approximately 1.8 million of our total customer accounts at April 30, 1999
were held by customers in the U.S. and 642,000 were held by customers in Canada.
The table below shows the growth in our business over the past five years in
each of our operating regions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               SIX
                                                                                                              MONTHS
                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,                  ENDED
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------   APRIL 30,
                                                     1994       1995       1996       1997        1998         1999
                                                   --------   --------   --------   --------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
U.S.
  Revenues (in thousands).......................   $104,594   $143,430   $203,377   $250,095   $  423,789   $  343,191
  Number of accounts............................    363,338    454,554    591,334    774,924    1,509,635    1,775,087
  Average daily trades..........................      6,431      8,774     13,114     19,260       42,165       89,266
  Assets under administration (in billions).....   $    7.3   $   11.6   $   16.2   $   26.1   $     58.6   $     84.0
CANADA
  Revenues (in thousands).......................   $113,865   $113,817   $167,409   $194,028   $  180,051   $  110,938
  Number of accounts............................    335,082    357,891    437,027    520,735      593,296      642,752
  Average daily trades..........................      6,488      6,532     10,083     12,744       12,886       16,906
  Assets under administration (in billions).....   $    9.2   $   11.0   $   12.5   $   15.9   $     16.1   $     20.5
OUTSIDE NORTH AMERICA
  Revenues (in thousands).......................         --         --         --   $  2,509   $   10,621   $    9,904
  Number of accounts............................         --         --         --     77,513      198,695      221,628
  Average daily trades..........................         --         --         --        467        1,122        1,968
  Assets under administration (in billions).....         --         --         --         --   $      1.2   $      1.6
</TABLE>

     In addition to securities trading services, we also provide our customers
with a broad range of banking, mutual fund and other consumer financial products
and services on an integrated basis, including:

     -  a broad range of investment news, third party research reports and
        personal investment management tools such as portfolio tracking and
        stock and mutual fund screening programs;

     -  over 9,600 mutual funds from over 525 fund families (including the
        Waterhouse Dow 30 Fund and a series of money market funds that we
        advise), with over $23 billion in assets held in these funds through us
        as of April 30, 1999;

     -  insured transaction accounts, checking, ATM access, electronic funds
        transfer, insured certificates of deposit and other banking products,
        which are provided through our affiliates Waterhouse National Bank and
        TD Bank; and

     -  clearing and execution services to correspondents and other
        broker-dealers.

                                       43
<PAGE>   47

     We use a multi-channel distribution system to provide our customers with
access to our products and services. Customers may utilize any of the following
delivery channels to access our services:

     -  online channels via either the Internet, using our webBroker for our
        customers in the U.S., Canada and Australia, or by using a direct
        personal computer dial-up link using free proprietary software;

     -  a network of branch offices, supported by service centers accessible by
        toll-free telephone numbers that are available in each of our major
        markets 24 hours a day, seven days a week;

     -  touch-tone telephone to access our automated trading systems; and

     -  TalkBroker, a real time voice recognition market information system,
        which provides customers of our Canadian operations with real time stock
        and option quotes and mutual fund pricing through the use of voice
        recognition.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     The discount brokerage industry has grown rapidly over the past decade,
with the largest portion of this growth coming from the significant increase in
online brokerage activity. According to data compiled by International Data
Corporation, since the introduction of Internet access for online brokerage
services in 1996, the number of online brokerage accounts has increased to an
estimated 1.5 million at the end of 1996, 3.5 million at the end of 1997 and 6.4
million at the end of 1998, representing approximately $324 billion in assets.
Online trading activity is estimated to have reached an average of over 499,000
trades per day during the first quarter of 1999 and now accounts for an
estimated 25% of all retail stock trades in the U.S.

     We believe that this growth has resulted from a number of key developments
and trends, including the following:

- -   The unbundling of financial services -- Investors are able to select
    specific products and services as they need them and can choose from a
    variety of financial service providers for different products and services.
    Many brokerage firms have begun to specialize and customize products, with
    some providing investment advice and planning and others providing discount
    and electronic brokerage services.

- -   Increasing self-reliance and value consciousness of investors -- Investors
    have become more knowledgeable about investment strategies and investment
    alternatives and are becoming more willing to make their own financial and
    investment decisions. These investors tend to seek greater value, often in
    the form of lower transaction costs, and represent a key market for discount
    brokerage services.

- -   Growth in financial assets held by individuals -- As the population ages,
    generational wealth transference is placing capital into the hands of new
    investors who are actively seeking investment opportunities. This inflow of
    investment dollars is not only contributing to the increase in valuation
    levels of the overall market but is also increasing the number and size of
    investment accounts.

- -   The democratization of market information -- The Internet and other
    convenient and inexpensive channels have provided consumers with greater
    access to real time market information and research. Individuals now have
    the same information that many brokers do, and as a result, "self-directed"
    investors have begun to manage their own portfolios, with decreasing
    reliance on full-commission brokers.

- -   Development of the Internet as a new investing channel -- The use of the
    Internet and new technology to process and deliver large amounts of
    information and to facilitate inexpensive communication of data has been
    growing at an accelerating rate. The Internet has provided an alternate
    delivery channel and provided an interface with the customer to facilitate
    order placement and trade execution. We anticipate that this trend and the
    others noted above will continue to benefit the discount brokerage industry,
    particularly for brokerage firms with well-developed Internet delivery
    channels.

                                       44
<PAGE>   48

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our ongoing business strategy focuses on positioning us to take advantage
of the current industry dynamics by leveraging our position as the world's
second largest discount brokerage firm. Key elements of our strategy include:

- -   Building brand awareness on a global basis -- Through advertising, branch
    expansion, increased use of dedicated business development officers, and
    development of strategic alliances and partnerships, we will continue to
    build our global brand. Following completion of the offerings, we plan to
    unify our operations, marketing and advertising under a single trade name
    worldwide.

- -   Expanding our products and services -- We plan to expand our current
    products and services to include a full array of banking products, webBroker
    in all our markets, expanded initial public offering and new issue access
    and additional proprietary mutual funds.

- -   Building customer assets by focusing on high growth, profitable market
    segments -- We intend to continue to build customer assets through targeting
    attractive market segments with specialized services and our business
    development marketing approach.

- -   Leveraging our technological expertise to enhance our customers' experience
    and empower them to better manage their investments -- We plan to continue
    to utilize and leverage technology to provide our customers the highest
    level of service available in the industry.

- -   Continuing our international expansion both in existing markets and into
    attractive new markets -- We plan to continue our strategic international
    growth strategy by expanding our current international presence and
    evaluating opportunities in attractive new markets, including other European
    and Asian markets.

- -   Enhancing our financial performance -- By building key businesses, focusing
    on low cost distribution, and continuing to integrate and extract economies
    of scale from acquisitions, we plan to enhance current profitability.

OUR HISTORY

     Our U.S. operations commenced in 1979 as Waterhouse Securities, Inc.
located in New York City. After a successful initial public offering in 1987,
Waterhouse Securities, Inc., a member of the NYSE, was able to develop its own
self-clearing capability in 1988 and subsequently launched Waterhouse National
Bank in 1994, Waterhouse Asset Management in 1995 and National Investor Services
Corp. in 1997. In 1998, Waterhouse became the third largest discount brokerage
firm in the U.S. measured by number of customer accounts.

     Waterhouse Securities, Inc. was acquired in 1996 by TD Bank, which had
begun building its own discount brokerage operations under the name Green Line
Investor Services as early as 1984 following the deregulation of brokerage
commissions in Canada. In 1987 Green Line became a fully registered broker and
was the first bank-owned firm in Canada to purchase a seat on the TSE. By 1989,
through a series of acquisitions and internal growth, Green Line had become the
largest discount broker in Canada.

                                       45
<PAGE>   49

     We have expanded both the Waterhouse and Green Line discount brokerage
businesses through internal growth, the opening of offices in new domestic and
overseas markets and the acquisition of other discount brokerage companies.
These acquisitions complemented our internal growth strategy by providing us
with a cost effective means of acquiring new accounts, adding scale and
providing us with entry platforms in new markets. The table below sets forth
certain information concerning these acquisitions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      ACQUISITION        PURCHASE       TOTAL
                                                          DATE            PRICE        ACCOUNTS
                                                     --------------    ------------    --------
<S>                                                  <C>               <C>             <C>
Gall & Eke.......................................    September 1998    $ 13 million     50,000
  (United Kingdom)
Jack White & Co..................................          May 1998    $103 million    130,000
  (U.S.)
Kennedy Cabot & Co...............................     November 1997    $154 million    202,000
  (U.S.)
Rivkin Croll Smith...............................     November 1997    $ 19 million     44,000
  (Australia)
Pont Securities Limited..........................          May 1997    $ 23 million     53,000
  (Australia)
Marathon Brokerage...............................      October 1993    $ 46 million     92,000
  (Canada)
</TABLE>

MULTI-CHANNEL DELIVERY SYSTEMS

     Our strategy focuses on providing a wide array of high-quality, low-cost
products and services to our customers through a variety of distribution
channels. We differentiate ourselves from most of our competitors in the
brokerage industry by providing full-service multi-channel delivery systems
which allow customers to choose how they prefer to do business with us. We
provide a variety of electronic channels through which our customers can access
our products and services. Customers are able to obtain account information,
access a broad array of research information and enter trade orders on an
automated basis through these electronic channels at any time, thereby providing
added convenience for customers and minimizing our costs of responding to and
processing routine customer transactions. In addition to our electronic
distribution channels, we maintain an extensive and growing branch office
network, supported by 11 regional U.S. and Canadian telephone service centers
that support the branch offices during normal business hours, three of which
provide after-hours service, thereby providing personal service to the customers
of our U.S. and Canadian operations 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

     Over the past two years, our Internet trading services have become an
increasingly important part of our business. Trades through our webBroker
services represented approximately 37% and 53% of our total trading volume for
fiscal 1998 and the six months ended April 30, 1999, respectively.

Internet Access

     Customers of our brokerage operations in the U.S., Canada and Australia can
access their brokerage accounts online through the Internet, by utilizing online
service providers such as America Online and the Microsoft Network. Our Internet
web site, marketed under the name webBroker, allows customers to engage in a
full range of trading activities while online. In addition, webBroker provides
customers with access to a broad range of free investing information, including:

     - real-time stock quotes;

     - news and charts;

     - research reports;

     - investment management tools, such as portfolio tracking;

                                       46
<PAGE>   50

     - stock and mutual fund screening tools;

     - market commentary;

     - technical analysis and alerts; and

     - account management tools which allow customers to review account
       balances, transaction histories and order status.

     In addition, to assist customers in using online channels, we maintain
Electronic Brokerage Support Centers which operate 24 hours a day, seven days a
week in the U.S. and extended hours in Canada. These services are available
through a toll-free number to all our online customers.

     We are in the process of developing and implementing a number of
enhancements to our online delivery channels which we expect to be available
later this year. These enhancements are designed to expand the range of products
and services available to our customers at any time and to enhance our
customers' access to our online delivery channels. These enhancements include
the following:

     -  webBroker for our investment advisor customers in the U.S. and Canada,
        which provides secure access to multiple accounts, block trading and
        trade allocation and consolidated portfolio reports;

     -  webBroker in French for our Canadian customers;

     -  webBanking, which will permit our customers to access the full range of
        banking products and services offered by our affiliated banks through
        links to webBroker; and

     -  access to our products and services through hand-held wireless devices,
        such as pagers, electronic organizers and cellular phones.

Other Electronic Channels

     In addition to Internet access, we offer our customers access to our
products and services through the following other electronic channels:

- -   Direct Dial-up Access.  Our customers can use their personal computers to
    access their brokerage accounts online by using free proprietary software
    provided by us to dial directly into our private computer networks for
    real-time online brokerage services and market information.

- -   Touch-tone Telephone.  Our interactive investing systems, TradeDirect(R) and
    TeleMax, provide customers with a convenient way to obtain quotes, place
    orders and review certain account information using a touch-tone telephone.

- -   Voice Recognition.  TalkBroker, currently available to the customers of our
    Canadian operations, is our real time voice recognition market information
    system which provides customers with real-time Canadian and U.S. equity and
    stock option quotes and Canadian mutual fund pricing through the use of
    voice recognition over the telephone. We are currently developing a similar
    system for our U.S. business and are in the process of developing a voice
    recognition system for placing trade orders in both Canada and the U.S. We
    expect these systems to be available later this year.

     Our direct dial-up access and touch-tone telephone services are available
in both French and English to our Canadian customers.

                                       47
<PAGE>   51

     Electronic distribution channels have become an increasingly important part
of our business in the past several years. We provide significant discounts from
our standard commission rates for trades executed through electronic brokerage
channels, reflecting the lower cost of providing these services through online
channels. The following table shows customer trading through electronic channels
by our customers as a percentage of total trades:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 FISCAL 1998                               FISCAL 1999
                            -----------------------------------------------------   -------------------------
                            1ST QUARTER   2ND QUARTER   3RD QUARTER   4TH QUARTER   1ST QUARTER   2ND QUARTER
                            -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                         <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
webBroker................       28.2%         34.3%         37.5%         43.1%         51.8%         54.2%
PC dial-up...............        9.1           9.2           7.5           7.6           6.2           4.7
                               -----         -----         -----         -----         -----         -----
  Total online...........       37.3          43.5          45.0          50.7          58.0          58.9
Touch-tone...............        7.8           6.7           5.3           5.1           4.8           4.1
                               -----         -----         -----         -----         -----         -----
  Total electronic.......       45.1%         50.2%         50.3%         55.8%         62.8%         63.0%
                               =====         =====         =====         =====         =====         =====
</TABLE>

Branch Office Network and Service Centers

     We believe that having a significant branch network is an important
marketing tool in opening new customer accounts and in maintaining a high level
of customer satisfaction and retention. Customers can use branch offices to open
accounts, deliver and receive checks and securities, obtain market information,
place orders, and obtain related customer services in person. Many of our
branches also offer seminars to existing and prospective customers on a range of
topics relating to personal investment strategies. At April 30, 1999, we
operated 162 branch offices in 44 states in the U.S. and 38 branch offices in
nine provinces in Canada, as well as seven branch offices in Australia, one
branch office in Hong Kong and two branch offices in the United Kingdom. We
anticipate that we will have branches in all 50 states and Puerto Rico by the
end of 1999, and 200 branch offices in the U.S. by the end of 2000.

     Our branch office network is supported by 11 regional U.S. and Canadian
telephone service centers during normal business hours, three of which provide
after-hour service in the U.S. and Canada, 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

     United States.  During normal business hours, our customers can visit or
call a toll-free number to reach an account officer at a local branch to place a
trade order, obtain account information or transact other business. During
business hours the account officers in our branches are supported by customer
service representatives at our regional customer service centers in New York
City, Jersey City, Phoenix, Chicago and Atlanta. Customer calls are routed to
service centers based on call volume at the branches in order to maximize
efficiency and customer service. In addition, after normal business hours and on
weekends and legal holidays, customers of our U.S. operations are provided with
a toll-free number to reach our after-hours service center. These service
centers enable us to make customer service representatives available 24 hours a
day, seven days a week to all of our U.S. customers. Customer orders placed
during nonmarket hours are routed to appropriate markets the following business
day.

     To allow personnel at branch offices to focus on customer service, we
recently opened six account processing centers in the U.S. which provide
administrative support to the branch offices. These services include processing
customer securities and checks, processing account applications and processing
customer correspondence.

     The capacity of the service centers and processing centers allows the
branch office network to be maintained at lower staffing levels and to focus on
customer service and business development. Every one of our registered
representatives at our service centers has immediate access to the customer
account and market-related information necessary to respond to an individual
customer's inquiries.

     At April 30, 1999, our branch offices and service centers were staffed by
more than 2,500 account officers and customer service representatives. Recent
growth in our average daily trading volume has resulted in a need for
significantly higher staffing at our branches and service centers. As a result,
we are currently implementing

                                       48
<PAGE>   52

a plan to increase our staffing levels to an estimated level of 3,000. We
anticipate further increases in staffing levels will be necessary if these
increases in trading volume continue.

     We are currently in the process of implementing a significant new
initiative focused on expanding and upgrading our call processing system in
order to support expected growth while maintaining high levels of customer
satisfaction. This project, which is scheduled to be completed in October 1999,
will replace all of our current telephone systems and links with a centralized
call processing system developed and installed by Lucent Technologies that will
automatically route calls to an available broker at one of three networked
service centers or in the branches. The system is designed to use advanced
technologies to route calls based on load and broker availability, prioritize
queuing of calls based on customer profiles, and direct calls requiring
specialized services to the appropriate location.

     Once the call processing system and service center expansion programs have
been fully implemented, we estimate that a majority of customer calls will be
handled through service centers, thereby allowing branch staff to focus a
majority of their efforts on business development and customer assistance and
education. In addition, the new system will provide staffing efficiencies, by
limiting the number of managers needed to oversee operations, and natural
redundancy in the event of disaster or service downtime at one location.

     Canada.  Our customers in Canada can reach an investment representative 24
hours a day, seven days a week by using toll-free numbers to contact their local
branch office or calling a service center directly. In addition, the local
branches are supported by six regional customer service centers located in four
provinces. After market hours, customer calls are routed to one of our two
after-hours service centers in Canada. Customer orders placed after market hours
are routed to the appropriate markets the following business day. In addition,
further customer assistance is available through our customer support group,
which is separate from our call centers. These customer service representatives
respond to all customer correspondence and investigate all statement inquiries
and discrepancies. Our service centers are staffed with trained specialists
providing advice on mutual funds, options and fixed income investments.

     Outside the U.S. and Canada.  In Australia, approximately 75% of our
business is conducted over the telephone at our service center in Sydney. Our
customers may place orders, obtain account information and transact other
business through this service center five days a week until 8:00 p.m. In order
to maintain personal contact with our customers and to develop new business, we
operate seven full-service local branch offices.

     In the United Kingdom, we operate a business development office in London
and a customer service center in Manchester. We currently operate out of one
branch office in Hong Kong, and are developing plans to expand our presence in
the region to include the offering of local securities trading and execution
services.

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     We offer a broad range of products and services to meet customers' varying
investment and financial needs, as well as access to extensive investment news
and information. Our products and services are tailored to meet the needs of
self-directed individual investors and independent fee-based investment
advisors. For the first six months of fiscal 1999, approximately 84%, 7% and 9%
of our customers' transactions were in equity securities, options and mutual
funds, respectively. We do not trade equity securities as principal for our own
account, maintain inventories of securities for sale, engage in commodities
transactions or otherwise deal in or underwrite securities.

                                       49
<PAGE>   53

     The following table outlines the products and services we offer to our
customers in the U.S., Canada and internationally.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             INTERNET ACCESS                   ALL OTHER CHANNELS
                                   -----------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                     U.S.      CANADA   INTERNATIONAL*   U.S.    CANADA   INTERNATIONAL
                                   ---------   ------   --------------   -----   ------   --------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>      <C>              <C>     <C>      <C>
PRODUCTS
  Equities......................       X         X          X              X       X          X
  IPOs..........................       X         X          X              X       X          X
  Mutual Funds..................       X         X                         X       X          X
  Options.......................       X         X                         X       X          X
  Bonds.........................       X                                   X       X          X
  Foreign Securities............       X                                   X       X          X
  Retirement Plans..............       X         X                         X       X
  Money Market Investments......       X         X                         X       X
  Variable Annuities............                                           X
  Other Insurance...............       X         X                         X       X
  Commodities...................                                           X
  Credit Cards..................                                           X       X
  Banking Products..............                                           X       X
SERVICES
  Quotes........................       X         X          X              X       X          X
  Research......................       X         X          X              X       X          X
  News and Alerts...............       X         X          X              X       X          X
  Charts and Tracking...........       X         X          X              X       X
  Margin Services...............       X         X                         X       X
  Cash Management Services......       X                                   X       X
  Bill Payment..................                                           X       X
  Electronic Brokerage
     Support....................       X         X          X              X       X
  Web Banking...................      **         X
</TABLE>

- ---------------

*   Australia only.

**  Pending.

BROKERAGE SERVICES FOR INDIVIDUAL INVESTORS

     United States.  We offer our customers the ability to buy and sell all U.S.
and major foreign exchange-listed, Nasdaq-listed and other equity securities,
options, mutual funds, unit investment trusts, variable annuities and fixed
income investments, including U.S. Treasuries, zero-coupon bonds, listed and
over-the-counter ("OTC") corporate bonds, municipal bonds, GNMAs and CDs. We
offer both margin accounts and cash accounts to our customers. Customers
approved for margin transactions may borrow a portion of the value of certain
securities purchased through us, or may sell securities short. We make
commodities transactions available to our customers by acting as an introducing
broker for commodities trading.

     Customers must have specific approval to trade options. As of April 30,
1999, approximately 154,000 accounts were so approved. To write uncovered
options, customers must go through an additional approval process and must
maintain a significantly higher level of equity in their brokerage accounts.

     Canada.  We offer our customers in Canada the ability to buy and sell all
equity securities which are listed on U.S. and Canadian exchanges, Nasdaq and
all major foreign exchanges, as well as Canadian and U.S. options, mutual funds,
Canadian government and corporate bonds, zero-coupon bonds, strip bonds,
Eurobonds, Yankee bonds, U.S. Treasuries and mortgage-backed securities. In
addition, customers may buy and sell money market investments, including
guaranteed investment certificates, short-term government bonds, term deposits,
bankers acceptances, bearer deposit notes, commercial paper, finance company
paper

                                       50
<PAGE>   54

and money market strips. Transactions in Canada Savings Bonds and provincial
savings bonds are available. We also offer our customers the ability to buy and
sell gold and silver certificates.

     Customers must have specific approval to trade options. As of April 30,
1999, approximately 50,000 accounts were so approved. Our options specialists
offer information to our customers to assist them in their investments in
Canadian or U.S. exchange-traded options.

     Over the past several years, an increasing percentage of the trading
activity of our Canadian customers has involved U.S. equity securities. For
fiscal years 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the second quarter of fiscal 1999,
approximately 10%, 12%, 16% and 24%, respectively, of all trading volume in our
Canadian operations involved U.S. equity securities.

     We offer our customers the ability to choose from a variety of different
types of brokerage accounts and investment plans. Brokerage accounts include
margin accounts and cash accounts. Customers approved for margin transactions
may borrow a portion of the price of certain securities purchased through us or
may sell securities short. The only equity securities which may be traded on
margin are stocks which are listed on major Canadian and U.S. exchanges and
certain stocks listed on Nasdaq.

     Outside the U.S. and Canada.  In Australia, our customers can buy and sell
all Australian exchange-listed equities, options, derivatives and managed funds.
We do not currently provide margin trading services directly to our Australian
customers. We settle such transactions on behalf of our customers with a margin
lender. We plan to offer our customers the ability to trade U.S. and Canadian
securities later this year.

     In the United Kingdom, our customers can buy and sell all London Stock
Exchange and U.S. and Canadian exchange-listed equity securities as well as
exchange-listed equity securities in other major markets. We do not currently
offer margin trading to our U.K. customers.

     Our Hong Kong operations act primarily as an introducing broker and
marketing affiliate to our Canadian operations. This business serves as a
liaison between our customers in Hong Kong and our Canadian operations,
providing Hong Kong residents with access to all U.S. and Canadian
exchange-listed securities. In addition, our Hong Kong customers can also buy
and sell local unit trusts (or mutual funds) and fixed income products. We
currently are developing systems that will allow us to offer our customers
access to local Hong Kong exchange-listed securities later this year.

MUTUAL FUNDS

     United States.  Through the Waterhouse Mutual Fund Network, we currently
offer our U.S. customers access to over 8,500 mutual funds from over 450 fund
families, including over 1,400 no-load mutual funds in 219 fund families which
customers can trade with no transaction fees ("NTF"), which are part of our NTF
program. Under our NTF program, we receive fees from the funds and fund sponsors
for providing services for the Waterhouse Mutual Fund Network program, including
record keeping and shareholder services. These fees are based upon balances of
customer assets invested in the participating funds through us. For no-load
funds which are not part of the NTF program, we currently charge our customers a
flat fee per trade, regardless of the size of the transaction. Our broad mutual
fund offerings provide our customers with simplified record keeping and
investment monitoring through the use of one consolidated statement. Customer
assets held by us that have been purchased through the Waterhouse Mutual Fund
Network, excluding our proprietary funds, totalled $10.9 billion as of April 30,
1999. Assets held in mutual funds in our NTF program were in excess of $4.0
billion as of April 30, 1999.

     Our proprietary funds include four taxable and two tax exempt money market
funds and the Waterhouse Dow 30 Fund, all of which are advised by one of our
subsidiaries. Customer assets invested in the Waterhouse proprietary funds
totaled approximately $6.7 billion at April 30, 1999. Fees received by us from
these proprietary funds for providing transfer agent services, shareholder
services, administration and investment management are based upon daily balances
of customer assets invested in these funds.

     Canada.  We offer investors over 1,100 different mutual funds from 75 fund
families including over 40 funds in the Green Line Family of Funds which are
managed by our affiliate, TD Asset Management Inc. We

                                       51
<PAGE>   55

receive customary trailer fees from the funds, including the funds managed by
our affiliate, based upon balances of customer assets invested in the
participating funds through us. We do not charge a commission on no-load funds
but we may charge a commission for load funds. There is a regular redemption fee
for all no-load funds with the exception of the Green Line Family of Funds.
Customer assets held by us in mutual funds totaled $5.4 billion as of April 30,
1999, including $3.4 billion of assets invested in the Green Line Family of
Funds.

     In addition, our team of mutual fund specialists provide our customers with
important comparative information about the over 1,100 mutual funds we make
available to our Canadian customers. Our Green Line FundSelect Internet tool
allows our online customers to compare all the Canadian mutual funds available
through us by key criteria.

     Under the Green Line Managed Assets Program, our mutual fund specialists
assess the investment needs of customers and assist them in designing a
portfolio made up of a selection of the mutual funds offered by us tailored to
their investment objectives. Funds in the Managed Assets Program include both
load funds and no-load funds, but are sold on a commission-free basis. The cost
to our customers participating in this program is much lower than a traditional
full-commission brokerage program for the benefits of having a portfolio manager
determine the appropriate asset mix, select the funds in which to invest,
monitor and rebalance the fund mix on a regular basis and provide a detailed
performance report of the customer's portfolio.

SPECIAL SERVICES

     In addition to our primary services offered to our customers, we seek to
differentiate ourselves from other discount brokers and build long-term client
relationships by providing additional services to meet specific needs and
requirements of our customer base, including:

- -   Business Development Officers.  Our staff of specially trained business
    development officers assists our customers in developing asset allocation
    strategies and evaluating investment choices with the goal of enhancing
    customer awareness of their investment options and encouraging customers to
    consolidate their various investment assets at TD Waterhouse.

- -   Services for Active Customers.  In the U.S., our Investors Advantage program
    provides special benefits and privileges to our more active customers,
    including reduced margin rates and priority service. In Canada, a select
    group of our most active investors may participate in our President's
    Account program. Members of this program receive substantial savings on
    commissions, reduced margin loan rates, premium rates on investment
    balances, free online connect time, free real-time quotes, free investment
    reports, priority telephone services, and an annual trading summary.

- -   Multi-Lingual Services.  Through selected branch offices and service centers
    in our major markets, we provide brokerage services and access to all our
    products and services to customers whose primary language is French,
    Spanish, Mandarin, Cantonese and certain other Asian languages.

- -   Investment Guidance.  Through selected branch offices, we provide our
    customers with guidance regarding fixed income investing and assistance
    selecting among a full-range of mutual funds and money market investments.

- -   IPOs and New Issues.  In Canada and the U.S., we provide access to
    registered offerings of new issues to our qualified customers through an
    arrangement with our affiliate, TD Securities Inc., when it participates as
    underwriter or a selling group member in these offerings. In March 1999 we
    entered into an agreement with Wit Capital to provide our qualified U.S.
    customers with online access through webBroker to initial public offerings
    that Wit Capital underwrites.

RETIREMENT SERVICES AND REGISTERED PLANS

     United States.  We offer a variety of no-fee, no-minimum balance retirement
plan products for both individuals and businesses. We offer various IRAs for
individuals as well as SEP plans, profit sharing plans, 401(k) plans and other
retirement plans for businesses and self-employed individuals. Customers are
provided

                                       52
<PAGE>   56

with investment and savings assistance through our Retirement Planning Guide to
assist in determining retirement needs, our Retirement Plans Customer Service
Desk or by using our online Retirement Planning Center.

     Canada.  In addition to brokerage accounts, our Canadian customers may open
registered accounts, which shelter eligible investments from income taxes while
saving for retirement or education. The registered accounts we offer include
self-directed RSPs, self-directed RIFs, registered education savings plans and
Quebec stock savings plans.

BROKERAGE SERVICES FOR INVESTMENT ADVISORS

     United States.  Through our Waterhouse Institutional Division, which
operates out of two regional offices, we offer a full range of brokerage
execution and operational support services to independent fee-based registered
investment advisors and to financial institutions, such as banks and trust
companies, which provide trust and other investment services for their clients.
The clients of such advisors benefit from our discounted commissions. Clients of
advisors generally pay a fee to their advisor for his or her advice and pay a
commission to us for execution and custodial services.

     This division of our business has its own sales force and marketing
strategy. Specialized technology, including proprietary software and data
translation interfaces, is provided to all advisors. An experienced relationship
manager is assigned to each advisory firm. A range of products and services
which have been individualized to meet the needs of financial advisors are
available, including: block trading and trade allocation, processing management
fees payable to advisors, free investment research, trading online, downloads of
client account information and consolidated monthly statements of client
accounts. We anticipate that Internet trading services will be available to our
investment advisor clients through webBroker in July 1999. This division now
serves over 2,600 investment advisors who manage total customer assets through
accounts with us of over $7 billion.

     Through the Waterhouse referral program, we provide qualified customers
with referrals to registered investment advisors meeting certain minimum
requirements, including registration with the SEC, and who agree to maintain
custody of their clients' assets at TD Waterhouse. In order to qualify for this
referral service, our customers must have a portfolio with a balance of at least
$100,000. While benefitting our retail customers, this program also benefits our
investment advisor clients by providing participating registered investment
advisors access to our U.S. customer base of over 1.3 million active individual
investors. We do not pay to or receive from the registered investment advisors
any fees or compensation for participation in the Waterhouse referral program.

     Our managed assets network is a service we make available to the financial
advisors who conduct business through us and to their clients. This customized
portfolio management program offers advisors and their clients access to more
than 50 equity and fixed income portfolios managed by a select group of
institutional asset managers. Among the benefits of the managed assets network
are low asset management fees and substantially lower minimum investment
requirements than would be available to these financial advisors on their own.
In addition, it enables registered investment advisors to delegate sophisticated
analysis to institutional managers.

     Canada.  Since 1987, our Canadian operations have provided securities
trading, clearing, settlement and account administration services to independent
investment counselors across Canada. Capitalizing on a growing acceptance of
outsourcing in the Canadian investment community, we generate revenue by
providing an administration model for those counselor firms seeking an
alternative to running their own traditional proprietary back office.

     By leveraging our investment in technology, economies of scale and
management expertise, we can offer investment counselors quality administration
services at a competitive price. Investment counselors manage private client
accounts under our product label. Trade commissions on the accounts are paid to
us, and we assume responsibility for account opening, trading, credit and
regulatory compliance. We currently service

                                       53
<PAGE>   57

over 80 investment counselor firms and have approximately 10,700 accounts and
$1.2 billion under administration.

     Outside the U.S. and Canada.  Through our Australian operations, we offer a
broad range of brokerage execution and operation support services to independent
fee-based investment advisors. The clients of the investment advisors pay the
advisor a fee and pay us a commission for trades executed. Our webBroker permits
the independent advisor to link up multiple client accounts for ease of
reference. Our recently launched Premium webBroker facility, provides the
investment advisors with a full range of market and client data on an integrated
basis.

CASH MANAGEMENT SERVICES

     United States.  Our customers in the U.S. can choose to have cash balances
in their accounts automatically swept, on a daily basis, into any of a selection
of money market funds or an FDIC-insured money market deposit account offered
through Waterhouse National Bank, our affiliate. On certain existing brokerage
accounts, we pay interest on cash balances. Our customers with online accounts
are required to establish an Investor Money Management ("IMM") account which is
also available to all our other customers with a minimum balance of $1,000.
Customers with IMM accounts may access available funds in their accounts either
with a personal check or a VISA(R) CheckCard. When a customer with an IMM
account is approved for margin trading, the checks and CheckCard also provide
access to margin cash available. Other services available to our customers to
help them manage their finances and investments include direct deposits into
their brokerage account, automated transfers from their bank to brokerage
account, periodic investing whereby customers can add to a mutual fund position
each month or quarter, dividend reinvestment and electronic bill payment which
permits customers to pay bills by touch-tone telephone.

     Canada.  We pay interest at competitive rates on all cash balances in the
brokerage accounts of our Canadian customers, including all cash dividends and
interest earned on investments. We offer an automatic deposit service to a TD
Bank account. Customers may elect to have interest and dividend income in both
U.S. and Canadian funds automatically deposited to a Green Line Income
Generation Account. Our customers may also access funds in their brokerage
account through checking, ATM account access and electronic funds transfer,
which are provided through TD Bank. Other services available to our customers
include monthly investments in mutual funds with automatic withdrawals from the
customer's brokerage account or bank account.

INVESTOR INFORMATION SERVICES

     We provide a broad spectrum of free investment information and research
tools to our active customer base in order to help the self-directed investor
with his or her investment decisions. These include printed research materials,
quote information, charts of stock prices, portfolio tracking, stock and mutual
fund performance and screening tools and links to significant Internet financial
services web sites.

Printed Research Materials

     United States.  We make the following printed research publications
available to all customers of our U.S. operations:

- -   Standard & Poor's Stock Reports, Stock Guides, and S&P's The Outlook -- The
    Mid-Year and Annual Forecast Issues.  Together, these reports are published
    on over 3,800 stocks, including all NYSE and American Stock Exchange
    securities and over 1,000 Nasdaq securities, and include investment data on
    over 7,000 securities, summaries and interpretations of stock market trends
    and investment strategy recommendations.

- -   Our Monthly Newsletter.  Our monthly newsletter features research from
    Standard & Poor's and covers investing subjects of topical interest and
    information about our products and services.

- -   Standard & Poor's Stock Market Leaders Guide and Credit Analysis
    Reports.  These publications rank stocks according to a variety of
    investment criteria and profile corporate bond issuers.
                                       54
<PAGE>   58

- -   Mutual Fund Information & Comparison Guide and Mutual Fund Top Performers
    Report.  These reports contain rankings, commentary and data compiled by
    Morningstar, Inc. regarding all 8,500 mutual funds we offer.

- -   Annual Retirement Planning Guide and Annual Tax Planning Guide.  These
    guides help our customers plan for retirement with financial strategies and
    worksheets and outline tax planning strategies and tax-saving ideas.

     Canada.  We make the following printed research publications available to
our customers in Canada:

- -   Standard & Poor's research reports, First Call reports and Financial Post
    reports are available on more than 7,500 listed companies in the U.S. and
    Canada.

- -   Green Line News.  This monthly newsletter produced by us contains tips on
    investment strategies and advice from experts and forecasts by TD Bank's
    Economics Department.

- -   Mutual Fund Review.  These quarterly reports, which provide comprehensive
    statistical information on the over 1,100 funds offered to our Canadian
    customers, are automatically provided for free to our customers with a
    mutual fund account value of Cdn. $1,000 or more.

- -   Other Research Products.  We also offer our customers access to financial
    computer software, investment books and other third party reference guides
    at special discounts.

Online Market Data

     We also provide our customers with information and research online. Our
partnership with leading content providers gives our online customers access to
a broad range of financial information and facilitates their ability to make
informed investment decisions.

     United States.  In addition to the delayed quotes, charts, and personal
portfolio tracker which are freely available to anyone who visits our web site,
we provide our webBroker customers with access to the most up-to-the-minute
financial data and news to assist them in making investment decisions.

- -   Quotes, Charts, and Portfolio Tracking.  Online customers can obtain free
    real-time quotes for stocks, mutual funds and options at any time. Free
    access to historical charts that track intra-day, daily, weekly and monthly
    stock and option prices are available for over 25,000 publicly traded
    Canadian and U.S. companies stocks, over 7,500 mutual funds, and over
    100,000 options as well as advanced charting from Big Charts, which features
    comparison charting for comparing stocks and mutual funds to various
    indices. Our customers can create their own personal portfolio tracker with
    up to 25 stocks and mutual funds. S&P Comstock provides real-time quotes.
    Quote.com provides our delayed quotes, charts and portfolio tracking.
    Current news and charts are directly linked to the portfolio tracking and
    quote lookup features.

- -   Quote and News Alerts.  Customers are alerted by pagers and e-mail when
    there is current news on an identified stock or when a stock has reached a
    pre-selected price threshold.

- -   News.  Customers can obtain headline and full-text news on over 6,000
    companies. News sources include Reuters, AP, Businesswire, PR Newswire, and
    other sources. News service is supplied by Quote.com.

- -   S&P Stock Reports Online.  Online customers have unlimited access to
    Standard & Poor's reports containing information such as quantitative and
    technical evaluations, overviews, valuations, key stock statistics,
    quarterly and fiscal year statistics, business summaries and charts.

- -   Zacks Investment Research.  Zacks Investment Research Incorporated provides
    our online customers with research recommendations from over 3,000 analysts
    at 240 firms.

- -   Stock Screening by Market Guide.  Our webBroker's Stock Screening tool
    enables our online customers to quickly identify stocks that fit their
    specific parameters by selecting from any combination of search options to
    search Market Guide's database of over 10,500 public companies.
                                       55
<PAGE>   59

- -   Morningstar, Inc.  Morningstar, Inc. provides performance information and
    proprietary "star" ratings on mutual funds within the Waterhouse Family of
    Funds.

- -   Briefing.com.  Briefing.com, a service of Charter Media, Inc., provides
    market commentary and analysis to our online customers. Updates are posted
    throughout the day to keep investors informed of important developments
    affecting the markets.

- -   MarketEdge.  MarketEdge supplies computer-generated opinions designed to
    identify conditions that historically have demonstrated a high degree of
    accuracy in forecasting an individual stock's price movement. These opinions
    are based on a variety of quantitative and technical factors.

     Canada.  In addition to the delayed quotes, charts, and portfolio tracker
that are freely available to anyone who visits the Green Line web site, we
provide our Green Line webBroker customers with access to the following research
and financial data and news to assist them in making investment decisions:

- -   Quotes, Charts, and Portfolio Tracking.  Online customers can obtain free
    real-time quotes for U.S. and Canadian stocks, mutual funds, and options any
    time. Free access to historical charts that track intra-day, daily, weekly
    and monthly stock prices are available for all publicly traded Canadian and
    U.S. companies. Our customers can create their own personal portfolio
    tracker for up to five model portfolios with up to ten stocks, options,
    mutual funds and indicies. Bridge Information provides real-time quotes.
    Quote.com provides our delayed quotes and charts and portfolio tracking.

- -   News.  Customers can obtain up to the minute news and in depth analysis from
    Reuters, as well as the latest Canadian news from Canadian Corporation News
    and Canadian Market News.

RETAIL BANKING PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     United States.  We offer our customers related financial products and
services provided by our affiliate, Waterhouse National Bank. In addition to the
FDIC-insured money market sweep account offered through our retail brokerage
business, the products and services of Waterhouse National Bank include
interest-bearing checking accounts, fixed term certificates of deposits, Visa
and MasterCard credit cards, electronic bill paying via touch-tone telephone,
unsecured personal lines of credit and, through an arrangement with an
unaffiliated financial institution, home equity lines of credit and
single-family residential mortgages. In addition, Waterhouse National Bank is in
the process of developing Internet banking services. Customers can access their
brokerage account through a Waterhouse Investors Money Management Account,
which, in addition to providing for free credit balances in a customer's
brokerage account to be swept automatically each business day into such
customer's designated sweep portfolio, also provides access to a customer's
investment in such sweep portfolio by unlimited writing of checks or using an
ATM/VISA CheckCard. The products of Waterhouse National Bank have been designed
to assist our customers in managing their investments and personal finance. In
connection with the reorganization, we have entered into agreements with
Waterhouse National Bank with respect to marketing, distribution and management
support. See "Principal Stockholder -- Certain Transactions Between Us and TD
Bank."

     Canada.  Our MoneyLink service provides our customers with access to their
brokerage account by offering a variety of banking services including Canadian
and U.S. dollar checking, TD Bank in-branch banking, automated banking machine
access, telephone banking and web banking. These services provide our customers
with access to the funds in their brokerage accounts 24 hours a day, seven days
a week. TD Access telephone and web banking services allows customers to
transfer funds from any personal TD Bank account to their brokerage account
using the "bill payment" function. Customers may also use electronic funds
transfer to transfer funds from their brokerage account to any bank account in
Canada.

INSURANCE PRODUCTS

     We provide our Canadian customers with access to insurance professionals
who can offer travel, home, auto and life insurance. Life insurance is offered
by agents of TD Life Insurance Company. Travel insurance is provided under a
group insurance contract we hold for our customers. Home and auto insurance
products are offered to our clients through Vector Intermediaries Inc., an
unaffiliated insurance broker.
                                       56
<PAGE>   60

CUSTOMER FINANCING

     We conduct securities transactions for our customers on either a cash or
margin basis. In an account authorized for margin trading, we may lend our
customers a portion of the market value of certain securities up to the limit
imposed by applicable authorities, which for most equity securities is initially
50%. As a matter of policy, we generally require our customers to maintain
higher percentages of collateral values than the minimum percentages required
under these regulations. In specific situations involving stocks that are
exhibiting a high degree of volatility, we may elect to increase the required
collateral value percentage even higher or prohibit customers from buying shares
of those stocks on margin at all. Margin loans are collateralized by the
securities in the customer's account.

     Interest on margin loans to customers provides an important source of our
revenue. During fiscal 1998, outstanding margin loans to customers averaged $1.8
billion to the customers of our U.S. operations and $659 million to the
customers of our Canadian operations. During the first six months of fiscal
1999, outstanding margin loans averaged $2.9 billion and $664 million in the
U.S. and Canada, respectively. In permitting a customer to engage in margin or
short sale transactions, we face credit risk if the customer fails to meet his
or her obligations in the event of adverse changes in the market value of the
securities positions in his or her account. In the event of such an adverse
change, we require our customers to deposit additional securities or cash, so
that the amount of the customer's obligation is not greater than specified
percentages of the cash and market values of the securities in the account.

     We may use cash balances in our customers' brokerage accounts (other than
registered client accounts) to finance margin loans to other clients. With
respect to our Canadian operations, the portion of such cash balances not used
to finance margin loans to our customers may be utilized by us to finance our
day to day operations in Canada, which reduces our cost of funds.

MARKETING AND ADVERTISING

     Our marketing strategy is focused on three goals: building brand awareness,
attracting new customers and retaining and cross-selling to our existing
customers value-added products and services. We pursue these goals through a
combination of marketing through our branch office network and new business
development offices, media, advertising, marketing on our own web sites and
other online opportunities, direct one-on-one marketing, public relations, and
co-marketing programs. In general, our marketing approach is tailored to fit the
investing needs and practices of the local market, the available technological
infrastructure, and other relevant factors.

     Our advertising focuses on building awareness of the brand, products and
services and positioning us as the discount broker with the most value for the
individual self-directed investor offering the best combination of product
offerings, price and customer service. We regularly place print advertisements
in a broad range of business, technology and financial publications, including
Barron's, Investor's Business Daily, Money, SmartMoney, the Wall Street Journal,
Kiplinger's and Fortune in the United States and The Globe and Mail, National
Post, Maclean's, La Presse and Les Affaires, in Canada. We also advertise
regularly on cable television including CNBC, MSNBC and CNN and broadcast
television in select local markets. In Canada, we advertise via sponsorship of a
daily business report segment on a national television news broadcast and
business reports on news broadcasts on regional radio networks.

     Through our web sites, prospective customers can get detailed information
on our products and services, access account applications, view an online
demonstration and request additional information. We have alliances linking
webBroker with America Online, Microsoft Network and Yahoo!. We believe these
links are a significant factor in increasing brand awareness and generating
leads, as consumers increasingly look to the Internet as a key source of
information and commercial activity.

     We also believe that providing an effective customer service team to handle
customer needs is critical to our success. Our customer service organization
helps customers get online, handles product and service inquiries and responds
to all brokerage and technical questions. Our U.S. and Canadian customers have
customer service access through a toll-free number 24 hours a day, seven days a
week.

                                       57
<PAGE>   61

     In Canada, our marketing strategy also focuses on leveraging the 900 TD
Bank branches. Over 6,500 personal bankers at these branches are trained to
assist in account acquisition and to cross-sell our products and services. In
Canada, we are also active in providing investment seminars across the country
to assist customers in learning about our products and services as well as
assisting in their investment decisions. We do community oriented advertising
for our Asian language and French communities. We also participate in financial
trade shows, which we believe are important in creating branch awareness.

     We intend to use a portion of the proceeds from these offerings to
substantially increase our annual marketing and advertising budget. The
combination of this increased marketing funding in conjunction with our low
account acquisition costs will enable us to focus our efforts on building our
unified global brand. Following the completion of the offerings, we will begin
marketing under a uniform trade name worldwide. Our advertising and marketing
costs per new account were approximately $63 in fiscal 1998 and $57 for the six
months ended April 30, 1999, which we believe is significantly lower than a
number of our primary competitors.

ALLIANCES WITH ONLINE PROVIDERS

     We have developed alliances with selected proprietary online service
providers to increase account development and expand distribution. These
providers attract significant numbers of users, and our relationships with them
give us access to expanded market opportunities. Set forth below are
descriptions of our key alliances:

- -   America Online.  In July 1998, we renewed our relationship with America
    Online ("AOL"), a private network and Internet service provider, by entering
    into a two-year agreement. Under the agreement, we are one of four exclusive
    brokerage partners in the AOL Personal Finance Channel. The agreement
    provides for extensive marketing and promotional opportunities across AOL
    properties and for a "mini-Waterhouse" site that is resident on AOL's
    private network and available to AOL members. We have buttons and banners
    located primarily in the AOL Personal Finance Channel but also throughout
    the AOL network, including the AOL home page, that link directly to our mini
    site on AOL or the Waterhouse web site on the Internet. In April 1999, we
    entered into a one-year agreement with AOL with respect to our Canadian
    business. Under the agreement, we are one of four exclusive brokerage
    partners in the AOL Personal Finance Channel that is accessible by Canadian
    subscribers to AOL, with buttons and banners located in the channel.

- -   MSN.com.  In the U.S., we have developed a number of key relationships with
    Microsoft Corporation that are designed to promote our online investing
    services on the MSN web site. In January 1999, we entered into a one-year
    advertising agreement pursuant to which Microsoft provides advertising of
    our brokerage services in the form of buttons, banners, and text links, all
    of which link directly to our web site on the Internet. We are one of three
    exclusive broker participants in this "MSN Broker Package," which includes
    advertising on the MSN.com home page, the MSN quotes return page, MSN's
    MoneyCentral quotes return page and portfolio page.

- -   Yahoo!. In March 1999, we entered into a three month advertising agreement
    with Yahoo!, a web portal/search engine, to promote our U.S. online
    investing services. Pursuant to the agreement, Yahoo! provides advertising
    in the form of buttons on the Yahoo! quotes return page and banners in the
    Yahoo! Finance area and throughout the Yahoo! site.

- -   IPO and New Issue Access.  We are currently implementing an arrangement with
    Wit Capital to provide online access to IPOs to our customers. See "--
    Products and Services -- Special Services."

CLEARING OPERATIONS

     We perform clearing services for all securities transactions in our
customer accounts. These services involve issuing trade confirmations, settling
and transferring payment for securities on the settlement date, providing
custodial services for securities and cash held in the customers' accounts and
similar functions involved in all securities trading transactions.

                                       58
<PAGE>   62

     We also provide clearing services for approximately 18 other unaffiliated
broker-dealers (referred to as "introducing brokers") in the U.S. and Canada
representing approximately $2.0 billion in assets at April 30, 1999. As part of
our clearing services for third parties, we maintain certain books and records
for the introducing brokers, hold securities and free cash balances of the
introducing brokers' customers, execute and settle trades for those customers
and, when appropriate, extend margin loans to those customers. These clearing
operations have generated additional revenues as well as contributed to
increased operating margins.

     The vast majority of our customer transactions are cleared through the
facilities of the National Securities Clearing Corporation or the Options
Clearing Corporation for our U.S. clearing operations, and through the
facilities of the Canadian Depository for Securities, the Canadian Derivative
Clearing Corp. and the Mutual Fund Clearing & Settlement Service for our
Canadian clearing transactions. Certain other transactions, such as mutual fund
transactions and transactions in securities not eligible for settlement through
a clearing corporation, are settled directly with the mutual funds or other
financial institutions or through agents in those markets.

     Our U.K. and Australia operations also perform similar services for all
securities in their customer accounts. Our Hong Kong subsidiary clears its
customers' trades through our Canadian clearing operations.

     In connection with our customers' activities, we borrow securities both to
cover short sales and to complete customer transactions in the event a customer
fails to deliver securities by the required settlement date. We collateralize
these borrowings by depositing cash or securities with the lender and receive a
rebate calculated to yield a negotiated rate of return. When lending securities,
we receive cash or securities and generally pay a rebate to the other party in
the transaction at a rate calculated to yield a negotiated return. Securities
lending and borrowing transactions are executed pursuant to written agreements
with counterparties that require that the securities borrowed be
"marked-to-market" on a daily basis and that excess collateral be refunded or
that additional collateral be furnished in the event of changes in the market
value of the securities. The securities usually are "marked-to-market" on a
daily basis through the facilities of the various national clearing
organizations.

COMPETITION

     United States.  All aspects of our business are highly competitive. We
compete directly with a broad range of companies seeking to attract consumer
financial assets, including full-service discount brokerage firms, mutual fund
companies, investment banking firms, commercial and savings banks, insurance
companies and others. The financial services industry has become considerably
more concentrated as numerous securities firms have been acquired by or merged
into other firms. Many of these competitors have greater financial resources and
offer a wider range of services and financial products than we do. In addition,
we expect competition from domestic and international commercial banks to
increase as a result of recent and proposed legislative and regulatory
initiatives in the U.S. to remove or relieve certain restrictions on mergers
between commercial banks and other types of financial services providers. We
primarily compete with these firms on the basis of quality of customer service,
breadth of products and services offered, prices, accessibility through delivery
channels, and technological innovation and expertise.

     Discount brokerage firms and online-only financial services providers
compete vigorously with us with respect to commission charges. Full-commission
brokerage firms also offer discounted commissions to selected retail brokerage
customers. In addition, some of our competitors in both the full-commission and
discount brokerage industries have substantially increased their spending on
advertising and direct solicitation of customers.

     Competition in the online-trading business has become similarly intense as
recent expansion and customer acceptance of conducting financial transactions
online has attracted new brokerage firms to the market. Price competition
continues to intensify in online investing as traditional brokerage firms have
entered the market and existing competitors have aggressively sought to gain
market share. We have experienced declines in our average commission per trade
as the proportion of our customers using electronic brokerage channels, which
provide discounts from our standard commission rates, has increased. As the
proportion of our

                                       59
<PAGE>   63

customers who utilize electronic distribution channels continues to grow, we
expect that the average commission per trade will continue to decline.

     Canada.  In contrast to the U.S. market, market share in Canada is
concentrated amongst a limited number of institutions. We believe our client
base as measured by the total number of accounts represents in excess of 50% of
the total discount brokerage market.

     Given the perceived attractiveness of the wealth management market segment
and the enhanced profile of discount brokerage over the past several years,
competition continues to be intense. In addition to the nine bank or trust owned
discount brokers, several dedicated operators have recently entered the Canadian
market. These include E*Trade Canada, a division of publicly listed Versus
Technologies and licensee of E*Trade Group, and Charles Schwab Canada, which
this year purchased the businesses of two small brokerage firms. We also expect
that a number of mutual fund and insurance companies will enter the discount
brokerage market in the near future. Many of these competitors have adopted
aggressive pricing as their primary strategy to obtain market share.

     Outside the U.S. and Canada.  The discount brokerage market in Australia is
just developing. Our competitors in Australia include Commonwealth Securities
Ltd., which is a bank-owned discount broker, E*Trade and Australia Discount
Securities. Currently we are the second largest discount broker in Australia,
based on trading volume, behind Commonwealth Securities. The discount brokerage
market in the United Kingdom is also relatively underdeveloped and very
fragmented.

TECHNOLOGY AND INFORMATION SYSTEMS

     We maintain sophisticated and proprietary technology that automates
traditionally labor-intensive securities transactions and provides us with a
platform to support our operations. We believe that our ability to effectively
leverage technology to improve our products and services has been a key
component in the development of our franchise. Our systems provide customers
with efficient service and have the fundamental advantage of being scalable and
adaptable as usage increases and service and product offerings are expanded.

     Our technology platform is supported by an internal staff of programmers,
developers and operators. In addition, we have dedicated quality control
analysts, web site developers, technical writers and design specialists who are
responsible for ensuring that our electronic access channels are easy to use,
dependable and reflect the most current enhancements and features.

     Our standard development model is to build our electronic commerce systems
using a three-tier approach. The first tier is the "client presentation" layer,
which consists of our various delivery channels: Internet, PC dialup,
touch-tone, and voice recognition. We typically code these applications
ourselves, or in conjunction with an outside vendor, to ensure that we retain
the associated competitive advantage.

     The second layer is our "middleware," which validates and logs
transactions, formats them for the appropriate back office systems, and returns
the completed transaction to the user. By separating the third layer from the
client presentation layer, we allow ourselves the ability to change presentation
easily or to change back office systems without affecting the client directly.

     Finally, the third layer consists of back office systems, quotation
services, and other databases. Specific formats are required to communicate with
each of these systems, but the presentation and middleware layers are unaffected
by these complexities.

     In the U.S., the primary component of our system with respect to online
trading is our middleware component, which we license from Marketware
International. Our middleware unifies front-end applications and multiple
interfaces, supports different languages, hardware platforms and protocols, and
establishes the interface between ADP, our back-office service provider, and our
customers who execute transactions via webBroker or TradeDirect. In Canada, our
middleware is currently used only on our web product.

     ADP, in the U.S., and ISM, in Canada, are our providers of back office
services including broker terminal services, order entry systems and other
information necessary to run our business, including transaction summaries, data
feeds for compliance and risk management, execution reports, and trade
confirmations. Our
                                       60
<PAGE>   64

systems are maintained independently of their systems, accept trading orders and
forward them to the back-office service provider for processing. Our data
systems also contain our customer profile data base functions, perform functions
to enable our customers on webBroker and provide other support to our clearing
divisions.

     We continue to make significant investments in systems technology. To
enhance the capacity and reliability of our systems, we have established two
separate data centers in each of Jersey City, New Jersey for our U.S. business
and in Toronto for our Canadian business. These facilities support network
services, trading and investor services. These are fully redundant data centers
which allow the business to be run from a single site should the other fail. To
provide for system continuity during potential outages, we also have equipped
our computer facilities in both countries with uninterruptible power supply
units, as well as back-up generators.

     The secure transmission of confidential information over public networks is
a critical element of our operations. We use a combination of proprietary and
industry standard security measures to protect customers' accounts. Customers
are assigned unique account numbers, user identifications and trading passwords
that must be used each time they log on to the system. We rely on
industry-standard encryption and authentication technology, including public key
cryptography technology licensed from RSA Data Security, Inc., to provide the
security and authentication necessary to effect the secure exchange of
information. Touch-Tone telephone transactions are secured through a personal
identification number, the same technology used in the ATMs. We have an
agreement to provide digital certification and authentication services for
electronic commerce for our web servers through VeriSign, Inc.

EMPLOYEES

     At April 30, 1999, on a full-time equivalent basis, we employed
approximately 5,310 persons. A total of 3,565 of these employees are based in
the U.S. and approximately 1,494 are based in Canada. Our Australia operations
employed approximately 144 persons, our U.K. operations employed approximately
99 persons and our Hong Kong operations employed 8 persons. None of our
employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our
relations with our employees are good.

PROPERTIES

     Our corporate headquarters are located at 100 Wall Street, New York, New
York. This office consists of approximately 110,000 square feet under a lease
which expires in 2002. We also lease approximately 65,000 square feet of space
at 55 Water Street, New York, New York for our clearing operations under a lease
that expires in 2006. We lease approximately 700,000 square feet worldwide for
our other branches and offices under various leases, the majority of which
expire on dates through 2006.

LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEEDINGS

     Many aspects of our business involve substantial risks of liability. In
recent years, there has been an increasing incidence of litigation involving the
securities brokerage industry, including class action suits that generally seek
substantial damages, including in some cases punitive damages. Like other
securities brokerage firms, we have been named as a defendant in law suits and
from time to time we have been threatened with, or named as a defendant in,
arbitrations and administrative proceedings. Compliance and trading problems
that are reported to federal, state and provincial securities regulators,
securities exchanges or other self-regulatory organizations by dissatisfied
customers are investigated by such regulatory bodies, and, if pursued by such
regulatory body or such customers, may rise to the level of arbitration or
disciplinary action. We are also subject to periodic regulatory audits and
inspections.

     We are not, nor are our subsidiaries, currently a party to any litigation
that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition or operating results.

     Together with several other online brokers, we have received a letter from
the New York State Office of the Attorney General dated February 2, 1999
requesting that our U.S. brokerage subsidiary provide certain documents and make
certain employees available to discuss complaints that the Attorney General's
office has received regarding system outages or failures of online brokerage
services. We have met with representatives

                                       61
<PAGE>   65

of the Attorney General's office, have provided certain information to them and
are continuing to produce information as requested. In addition, we also
understand that the Securities and Exchange Commission and other federal and
state regulatory authorities are conducting inquiries into or reviewing similar
matters.

     We recently received correspondence from the SEC's Office of Compliance,
Inspections and Examinations, which conducts examinations of registered
broker-dealers, requesting information with respect to our execution policies
and practices regarding the handling of customer orders. We understand that
other discount brokerage firms have received similar correspondence from the
SEC. We have provided and will continue to provide information and documentation
to the SEC regarding our policies and practices in this area. In response to
concerns raised by the SEC staff regarding the practices followed by a number of
brokerage firms, including TD Waterhouse, to obtain best execution of trades for
customers, we have engaged in an ongoing review of our practices and policies in
the area in order to assure that they are in compliance with applicable rules.
Communications between ourselves and the SEC staff on this subject are ongoing.
We believe that obtaining the best execution of trades for our customers is key
to maintaining customer satisfaction and loyalty and therefore is a fundamental
requirement for our long term growth and profitability.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION; NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     The businesses in which we operate are subject to extensive regulation and
supervision under federal, state and provincial law in the U.S. and Canada and
under the applicable laws of each other country in which we conduct business.
The various governmental authorities and industry self-regulatory organizations
which have supervisory and regulatory jurisdiction over us generally have broad
enforcement powers to censure, fine, issue cease-and-desist orders or suspend or
expel a broker-dealer or any of its officers or employees who violate applicable
laws or regulations.

Securities Regulation

     United States.  The securities industry in the U.S. is subject to extensive
regulation under both federal and state laws. The Securities and Exchange
Commission is the federal agency responsible for the administration of the
federal securities laws. Our U.S. brokerage and clearing subsidiaries are
registered as broker-dealers, and our subsidiary which acts as advisor to our
proprietary U.S. mutual funds is registered as an investment advisor, with the
SEC. Much of the regulation of broker-dealers has been delegated by the SEC to
self-regulatory organizations, principally the Municipal Securities Rulemaking
Board, the National Association of Securities Dealers and the New York Stock
Exchange, which has been designated by the SEC as our primary regulator. These
self-regulatory organizations adopt rules (subject to approval by the SEC) that
govern the industry and conduct periodic examinations of the operations of our
U.S. brokerage and clearing subsidiaries. Securities firms are also subject to
regulation by state securities administrators in those states in which they
conduct business. Our U.S. brokerage and clearing subsidiaries are registered as
broker-dealers in all 50 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.

     Broker-dealers in the U.S. are subject to regulations covering all aspects
of the securities business, including sales methods, trade practices among
broker-dealers, use and safekeeping of customers' funds and securities, capital
structure, record keeping, the conduct of directors, officers and employees,
possession and control of customer funds and securities, margin lending and
execution and settlement of transactions.

     Our U.S. brokerage and clearing subsidiaries are members of the Securities
Investor Protection Corporation ("SIPC"), which provides, in the event of the
liquidation of a broker-dealer, protection for customers' accounts of up to
$500,000 for each customer, subject to a limitation of $100,000 for claims for
cash balances. The SIPC is funded through assessments on registered
broker-dealers. In addition, we have arranged for supplemental insurance
coverage of customer securities in the amount of $149.5 million for each account
provided by National Union Fire Insurance Company, a subsidiary of American
International Group, one of the world's largest insurance companies. Neither
SIPC nor this supplemental coverage provides coverage for losses due to market
fluctuations.

     Canada.  The securities industry in Canada is under the jurisdiction of the
provincial and territorial governments and is subject to extensive regulation.
Each province or territory has a securities commission (or
                                       62
<PAGE>   66

equivalent) that is responsible for the administration of the securities
legislation of that jurisdiction. After the reorganization, our Canadian
brokerage subsidiary will be registered as an investment dealer or its
equivalent in all provinces and territories in Canada and will be a member of
The Investment Dealers Association of Canada ("IDA"). Much of the regulation of
investment dealers has been delegated to the IDA, a self-regulatory
organization, which is the primary regulator of our Canadian brokerage
subsidiary. The IDA adopts rules in conjunction with the various securities
commissions that govern the industry and conducts yearly examinations of our
Canadian brokerage subsidiary. Our Canadian brokerage subsidiary may acquire a
seat on one or more of the stock exchanges in Canada.

     Broker-dealers in Canada are subject to regulations covering all aspects of
the securities business including sales practices, possession and control of
customer funds and securities, capital structure, record keeping, the
registration and conduct of directors, officers and employees, margin lending,
execution and settlement of transactions and trade practices among
broker-dealers.

     Upon consummation of the reorganization, our Canadian brokerage subsidiary
will be a member of the Canadian Investor Protection Fund ("CIPF") which
provides, in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of a broker-dealer,
protection for customers' accounts of up to Cdn.$500,000 for each customer,
subject to a limitation of Cdn.$60,000 for claims for cash balances. The CIPF is
funded through assessments on registered broker-dealers.

     Outside the U.S. and Canada.  Our Australian operations are regulated by
the Australian Securities and Investment Commission which is the regulator of
all federal legal requirements for Australian broker-dealers. The Australian
corporations law delegates the power of specific regulation of stockbrokers to
the Australian Stock Exchange ("ASX"). The ASX Business Rules set out all
mandatory requirements of brokers including those relating to minimum liquid
capital, client relations, record keeping, dealing practice, trust accounts and
the conduct of directors and officers. ASX Business Rules require membership in
the National Guarantee Fund which acts to protect investors in the event of a
broker liquidating. There are minimum liquid capital requirements for a
broker-dealer set out in ASX Business Rules.

     Our United Kingdom operations are primarily regulated by the Securities and
Futures Authority, which imposes minimum capital requirements. These
requirements are based on ongoing expenditures levels as well as market related
risk exposures.

     The Securities and Futures Authority also issues and enforces numerous
rules and regulations covering such areas as handling of client assets, record
keeping and other activities. Compliance with these rules is subject to ongoing
verification. Noncompliance can result in reprimands, fines, suspensions and
authorization reductions or withdrawals. Our United Kingdom brokerage subsidiary
is also obliged to comply with the rules and regulations of the London Stock
Exchange.

     Our Hong Kong brokerage subsidiary operates in Hong Kong as an introducing
broker and marketing affiliate of our Canadian brokerage operations. This
subsidiary is regulated by the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong.

Capital Requirements

     United States.  As registered broker-dealers and members of the NASD, our
U.S. brokerage and clearing subsidiaries are subject to the SEC's net capital
rule, Rule 15c3-1, promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Net
capital is essentially defined as net worth (assets minus liabilities), plus
qualifying subordinated borrowings and certain discretionary liabilities, less
certain mandatory deductions that result from excluding assets that are not
readily convertible into cash and from valuing conservatively certain other
assets. Among these deductions are adjustments (called "haircuts") which reflect
the possibility of a decline in the market value of an asset prior to its
disposition.

     The NYSE monitors the application of the net capital rule to our U.S.
brokerage and clearing subsidiaries. The net capital rule, which specifies a
minimum net capital requirement for registered broker-dealers, is designed to
measure the general financial integrity and liquidity of a broker-dealer and
requires that at least a minimum part of its assets be kept in relatively liquid
form. Waterhouse Securities, Inc., our U.S.
                                       63
<PAGE>   67

brokerage subsidiary, computes net capital under the basic method, which
requires minimum net capital equal to the greater of $250,000 or 6 2/3% of
aggregate indebtedness. In addition, it may not permit its aggregate
indebtedness to all other persons to exceed 1,500 percent of its net capital.
National Investor Services, Inc., our U.S. clearing subsidiary, computes net
capital under the alternative method, which requires minimum net capital equal
to the greater of $250,000 or 2% of aggregate debit items arising from customer
transactions. A broker-dealer may be required to reduce its business if its net
capital is less than 4% of aggregate debit balances and may also be prohibited
from expanding its business or paying cash dividends if resulting net capital
would be less than 5% of aggregate debit balances (accounts due from customers).
In addition, the net capital rule does not allow withdrawal of subordinated
capital if net capital would be less than 5% of such debit balances. At April
30, 1999, our U.S. brokerage and clearing subsidiaries had net capital of $15.7
million and $346.7 million, respectively, which exceeded their minimum net
capital requirements by $12.6 million and $257.1 million.

     The net capital rule also limits the ability of broker-dealers to transfer
capital to parent companies and other affiliates. Under the net capital rule,
equity capital cannot be withdrawn from a broker-dealer without the prior
approval of the SEC when net capital after the withdrawal would be less than 25%
of its securities position. In addition, the net capital rule requires a
broker-dealer to notify the SEC and the appropriate self-regulatory organization
two business days before a withdrawal of excess net capital if the withdrawal
would exceed 30% of the broker-dealer's excess net capital, and two business
days after a withdrawal that exceeds 20% of excess net capital, provided that no
such notice need be given if the withdrawal is less than $500,000. Finally, the
net capital rule authorizes the SEC to order a freeze on the transfer of capital
if a broker-dealer plans a withdrawal of more than 30% of its excess net capital
and the SEC believes that such a withdrawal would be detrimental to the
financial integrity of such broker-dealer or would jeopardize the
broker-dealer's ability to pay its customers.

     Compliance with the net capital rule could limit those operations of our
registered broker-dealer subsidiaries in the U.S. that require the intensive use
of capital, such as our clearing operations and the financing of customer
account balances, and also could restrict their ability to pay dividends, repay
debt and redeem or purchase shares of their outstanding stock. Failure to
maintain the minimum net capital required by the net capital rule could subject
a firm to suspension or expulsion by the NYSE and the NASD, certain sanctions by
the SEC and other regulatory bodies, and ultimately could lead to a firm's
liquidation. A change in such rules, or the imposition of new rules, affecting
the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of such net capital requirements, or
a significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against net capital,
could adversely affect the ability of our brokerage and clearing subsidiaries in
the U.S. to expand or maintain present levels of business or pay dividends or
interest.

     Canada.  As a member of the IDA, our Canadian brokerage subsidiary must
meet rules regarding minimum levels of risk adjusted capital, which is
calculated in accordance with a prescribed financial questionnaire and report
and can generally be described as qualifying capital (equity, retained earnings
and qualifying subordinated debt) less non-allowable assets, i.e., items not
readily convertible to cash, margin charges which reflect an assessment of the
risk of a decline in market value of assets and the risk associated with the
ultimate collection of client receivables, and a securities concentration
charge. The IDA monitors the risk adjusted capital by means of a monthly and
annual financial reporting audit and early warning reporting requirements.

                                       64
<PAGE>   68

                                   MANAGEMENT

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Our charter and by-laws provide that the number of directors on our board
of directors shall be not less than five nor more than twenty (as fixed from
time to time by resolution of a majority of the board of directors) and require
the division of the board of directors into three separate classes with
staggered terms of three years each. The board has initially fixed the number of
directors at five.

     As of the date of this prospectus, the following individuals are our
directors:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME, PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION AND BUSINESS EXPERIENCE              AGE
- --------------------------------------------------              ---
<S>                                                             <C>
CLASS I DIRECTORS WITH TERMS EXPIRING IN 2002:
A. Charles Baillie..........................................    59
     Mr. Baillie is the Chairman of the Board of Directors
     of TD Waterhouse. Since 1998 Mr. Baillie has served as
     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of TD Bank. Mr.
     Baillie joined TD Bank in 1972 and since then has
     occupied various positions including President & Chief
     Executive Officer. Mr. Baillie is also a director of
     Cadillac Fairview Corporation, Dana Corporation and
     Texaco Inc.
CLASS II DIRECTORS WITH TERMS EXPIRING IN 2001:
Stephen D. McDonald.........................................    42
     Mr. McDonald is the Deputy Chairman of the Board of
     Directors and Chief Executive Officer of TD Waterhouse
     and is Vice Chair of TD Bank. Mr. McDonald joined TD
     Bank in 1983 and since then has occupied various
     positions, including Vice Chair, Group Administration;
     Executive Vice President, Corporate Banking; and Senior
     Vice President, USA Division, Corporate and Investment
     Banking Group.
Lawrence M. Waterhouse, Jr..................................    62
     Mr. Waterhouse serves as a director of TD Waterhouse.
     Mr. Waterhouse founded Waterhouse Securities, Inc. and
     has served as its Chairman since its inception in 1978.
     In addition, Mr. Waterhouse has served as Chairman of
     Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. since its inception
     in 1987 and served as its Chief Executive Officer from
     1987 to 1998. Also, Mr. Waterhouse has served as
     Chairman of Waterhouse National Bank since its
     inception in 1994.
CLASS III DIRECTORS WITH TERMS EXPIRING IN 2000:
Frank J. Petrilli...........................................    48
     Mr. Petrilli is the President and Chief Operating
     Officer and a director of TD Waterhouse. Since 1997,
     Mr. Petrilli has served as President and Chief
     Executive Officer, Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc.
     and since 1998 as a Senior Vice President, TD Bank
     Financial Group. Mr. Petrilli joined Waterhouse
     Investor Services, Inc. in 1995 as President and Chief
     Operating Officer. Prior to joining Waterhouse, Mr.
     Petrilli served in senior management positions at
     American Express, including President and Chief
     Operating Officer of Centurion Bank (a wholly owned
     subsidiary of American Express), from 1988 to 1995.
John G. See.................................................    42
     Mr. See is the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
     of TD Waterhouse, whose responsibilities include
     managing our Canadian operations. Since 1995, Mr. See
     has served as Senior Vice President, Green Line
     Investor Services and Senior Vice President, TD Bank
     Financial Group. Mr. See joined TD Bank in 1981 and
     since then has held various positions of increasing
     responsibility the Corporate and Investment Banking
     Group in Houston, New York and London.
</TABLE>


     Prior to completion of the offerings, we expect to elect the following four
additional directors to our board:

                                       65
<PAGE>   69


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME, PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION AND BUSINESS EXPERIENCE              AGE
- --------------------------------------------------              ---
<S>                                                             <C>
John M. Thompson............................................    65
     Mr. Thompson is Senior Vice President and Group
     Executive for IBM's Software Group, where he manages
     the company's worldwide software business. Mr. Thompson
     has development and marketing responsibility for IBM's
     Internet, Software Solutions and Network Computing
     Software divisions, as well as Lotus Development Corp.
     and Tivoli Systems. Mr. Thompson is also a director of
     TD Bank and Hertz Corporation. Mr. Thompson has held
     numerous management positions during his 32-year IBM
     tenure including President and Chief Executive Officer
     of IBM Canada Ltd. and Corporate Vice President,
     Marketing and Services and Senior Vice President of
     IBM's Server Group.
Dr. Wendy Dobson............................................    57
     Dr. Dobson is Professor and Director, Institute for
     International Business at the University of Toronto.
     Dr. Dobson served as Associate Deputy Minister of
     Finance in the Canadian government and as Canada's "G-7
     Deputy" between 1987 and 1989. Between 1981 and 1987,
     she was President of the C.D. Howe Institute, Canada's
     leading independent economic policy research
     institution. Dr. Dobson is also a director of
     TransCanada Pipelines Ltd. and TD Bank, and is a member
     of several international networks including the
     Trilateral Commission and the Pacific Trade and
     Development network (PAFTAD).
Leo J. Hindery, Jr..........................................    51
     Mr. Hindery is President and Chief Executive Officer of
     AT&T Broadband & Internet Services, which was formed
     out of the March 1999 merger of Tele-Communications,
     Inc. (TCI) into AT&T and which encompasses all of
     AT&T's domestic local telephone, video and data
     services operations. Previously, Mr. Hindery was
     President of TCI, to which position he was elected on
     March 1, 1999. Prior to joining TCI, Mr. Hindery was
     Managing General Partner of InterMedia Partners, the
     nation's ninth largest multiple cable system operator,
     which he founded in 1988. Mr. Hindery is also a
     director of Liberty Media Corporation.
Steven B. Dodge.............................................    53
     Mr. Dodge is Chairman and Chief Executive of American
     Tower Corporation, a leading independent owner and
     operator of communication towers in the U.S. American
     Tower was formed in 1995 as a subsidiary of American
     Radio Systems Corporation, a publicly traded radio
     company, of which Mr. Dodge was a founder and Chief
     Executive Officer. Prior to his involvement with
     American Radio, Mr. Dodge was the founder and Chief
     Executive Officer of American Cable Systems, a publicly
     traded television company, which was merged into
     Continental Cable (now Media One) in 1998. Mr. Dodge is
     also a director of PageMart Wireless Inc., Sensitech,
     Inc. and Jobson Publishing and serves as a Trustee of
     the Dana Farber Cancer Institute.
</TABLE>


     Of these four additional directors, Messrs. Hindery and Dodge are not
affiliated with us or TD Bank and will qualify as independent directors.

BOARD COMMITTEES

     Our board of directors will initially have two committees: an audit
committee and a management resources and compensation advisory committee.

     The audit committee will initially consist of Messrs. Hindery and Dodge.
The audit committee will be responsible for making recommendations concerning
the engagement of independent auditors, reviewing with the independent auditors
the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services
provided by the independent auditors, reviewing the independence of the
independent auditors, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and
reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls.

     The management resources and compensation advisory committee will also
initially include Messrs. Hindery and Dodge. The compensation committee will be
responsible for the determination of

                                       66
<PAGE>   70

compensation of our executive officers and the administration of our employee
incentive plans. Prior to the offerings, the executive officers named in the
Summary Compensation Table below were participants in the executive compensation
programs of TD Bank. The management resources and compensation advisory
committee of TD Bank was responsible for the review of those programs, and for
grants awarded under those programs.

     The board of directors may, from time to time, establish certain other
committees to facilitate the management of our business.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     Our independent directors will be paid an annual fee of $25,000. In
addition, each independent director will be paid a fee of $1,000 for attendance
at each meeting of the board or committee of the board. Directors who are
employees of TD Waterhouse or TD Bank will not receive any fees for their
service on the board or a committee thereof. We will reimburse directors for
their out-of-pocket expenses in connection with their service on the board.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     We have set forth below certain information for each person who is expected
to serve as an executive officer of TD Waterhouse upon consummation of the
reorganization. For information concerning the business experience of Stephen D.
McDonald, Frank J. Petrilli and John G. See, see "-- The Board of Directors."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                   AGE   POSITION
- ----                                   ---   --------
<S>                                    <C>   <C>
Stephen D. McDonald..................  42    Chief Executive Officer and Deputy Chairman
Frank J. Petrilli....................  48    President and Chief Operating Officer
John G. See..........................  42    Vice Chairman
Joseph N. Barra......................  39    Executive Vice President
John H. Chapel.......................  46    Executive Vice President
A. Wayne Kyle........................  50    Executive Vice President, Human Resources
Bharat B. Masrani....................  42    Executive Vice President
Richard H. Neiman....................  48    Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Gerrard J. O'Mahoney.................  44    Executive Vice President
B. Kevin Sterns......................  52    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Richard W. Arnold....................  51    Senior Vice President
Andrew S. Nevin......................  36    Senior Vice President
</TABLE>

     JOSEPH N. BARRA will serve as Executive Vice President, TD Waterhouse, with
responsibility for clearing operations in the U.S. Since January 1997, Mr. Barra
has served as President of our subsidiary, National Investor Services Corp. and
Chief Executive Officer since March 1998. Mr. Barra joined Waterhouse Investor
Services, Inc. in 1996 as President of the clearing division of Waterhouse
Securities. Prior to joining Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc., Mr. Barra was
Executive Cashier and Vice President of National Financial Services Corporation,
a wholly owned subsidiary of Fidelity Investments.

     JOHN H. CHAPEL will serve as Executive Vice President, TD Waterhouse, with
responsibilities for all areas of brokerage operations in the U.S. Since 1995,
Mr. Chapel has served as President of our subsidiary, Waterhouse Securities,
Inc. with responsibility for all areas of brokerage operations. Mr. Chapel
joined Waterhouse Securities, Inc. in 1981 and has held various positions
including Executive Vice President, Branch Administration.

     A. WAYNE KYLE will serve as Executive Vice President, Human Resources, TD
Waterhouse. Since 1996, Mr. Kyle has served as Executive Vice President, Human
Resources, Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. Mr. Kyle joined TD Bank in 1971
and since then has held various positions including Vice President, Human
Resources, Investor Services Division, TD Bank Financial Group.

                                       67
<PAGE>   71

     BHARAT B. MASRANI will serve as Executive Vice President, TD Waterhouse,
with responsibility for all areas of brokerage operations in the UK and Europe.
Since 1997 until the date of the reorganization, Mr. Masrani served as Senior
Vice President, Corporate Banking (London, England). Mr. Masrani joined TD Bank
in 1987 and since then has held various positions including Vice President,
Corporate Banking (London, England) and Vice President, Corporate Banking
(Bombay, India).

     RICHARD H. NEIMAN will serve as Executive Vice President and General
Counsel, TD Waterhouse. Since July 1994, Mr. Neiman has served as Executive Vice
President and General Counsel, Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. Prior to
joining Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc., Mr. Neiman was a Director of
Regulatory Advisory Services at Price Waterhouse LLP in Washington, D.C. from
1990 to 1994 and served in various legal positions at Citicorp in New York,
including General Counsel of its Global Equities Group, from 1979 to 1989.

     GERRARD J. O'MAHONEY will serve as Executive Vice President, TD Waterhouse,
with responsibility for Canadian and overseas clearing and securities services
operations. Since 1996, until the date of the reorganization, Mr. O'Mahoney
served as Senior Vice President, TD Securities Services, Wealth Management
Services. Mr. O'Mahoney joined TD Bank in 1982 and has since held various
positions including Assistant General Manager, Operations, Corporate Banking
(London, England) and Director, Administration TD Australia Ltd. (Melbourne,
Australia), Investor Services Division and Vice President, Mutual Funds
Operations, Investor and Trust Services Division.

     B. KEVIN STERNS will serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer, TD Waterhouse. Since 1996, Mr. Sterns has served as Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer, Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. Mr.
Sterns joined TD Bank in 1970 and since then has held various positions
including Vice President Finance and Operations, U.S.A. Division, Corporate and
Investment Banking Group (New York).

     RICHARD W. ARNOLD will serve as Senior Vice President, TD Waterhouse with
responsibility for all areas of brokerage in Australia. Since April 1999 until
the date of the reorganization, Mr. Arnold served as Managing Director, Green
Line Australia. Prior to joining TD Bank, Mr. Arnold served in senior positions
with various companies including, Executive Vice President, Strategic Planning
and Corporate Development, Charles Schwab Company, Inc.

     ANDREW S. NEVIN will serve as Senior Vice President, TD Waterhouse, with
responsibility for all areas of brokerage in the Asia Pacific Region. Since
February 1999 until the date of the reorganization, Mr. Nevin served as
Executive Vice President and Managing Director of Asia Pacific Region, Green
Line Investor Services, Wealth Management Services. Mr. Nevin joined TD Bank in
1995 as Manager of Corporate Finance, Investment Banking. Since then, Mr. Nevin
has served in various positions including Vice President and Managing Director
of Asia Pacific Region, Green Line Investor Services, Wealth Management
Services. Prior to joining TD Bank, Mr. Nevin served as a Senior Engagement
Manager for McKinsey & Company.

                                       68
<PAGE>   72

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following table sets forth the compensation that was paid by TD Bank or
its subsidiaries during the fiscal year ending on October 31, 1998 with respect
to the chief executive officer of TD Waterhouse and the four individuals who
will become executive officers of TD Waterhouse upon consummation of the
reorganization and who would have been, based on such compensation, the most
highly compensated executive officers during fiscal year 1998 (the "Named
Executive Officers"). The principal positions listed in the table are those that
will be held by such persons upon consummation of the reorganization.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                    OTHER ANNUAL
                                                           SALARY      BONUS       COMPENSATION(1)
          NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION              YEAR     ($)         ($)              ($)
          ---------------------------              ----   --------   ----------    ---------------
<S>                                                <C>    <C>        <C>           <C>
Stephen D. McDonald.............................   1998   $257,583   $  296,196*(4)      $ 88
 Chief Executive Officer and Deputy Chairman
Frank J. Petrilli...............................   1998   $300,000   $1,000,000*         n/a
 President and Chief Operating Officer
John G. See.....................................   1998   $135,814   $  186,821*        $569
 Vice Chairman
Richard H. Neiman...............................   1998   $230,000   $  115,000*         n/a
 Executive Vice President and General Counsel
B. Kevin Sterns.................................   1998   $174,918   $  135,000*         n/a
 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
 Officer

<CAPTION>
                                                         LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                  -------------------------------------
                                                                  SECURITIES
                                                   RESTRICTED     UNDERLYING
                                                      STOCK        OPTIONS       LTIP
                                                    AWARDS(2)      GRANTED     PAYOUTS       ALL OTHER
          NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                  ($)           (#)         ($)      COMPENSATION(3)
          ---------------------------             -------------   ----------   --------   ---------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>          <C>        <C>
Stephen D. McDonald.............................        n/a         54,000         n/a        $ 1,578
 Chief Executive Officer and Deputy Chairman
Frank J. Petrilli...............................      4,000         13,400         n/a        $20,342
 President and Chief Operating Officer
John G. See.....................................        n/a         13,400         n/a        $ 1,188
 Vice Chairman
Richard H. Neiman...............................        n/a          5,100         n/a        $20,342
 Executive Vice President and General Counsel
B. Kevin Sterns.................................        n/a          5,100         n/a        $20,342
 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
 Officer
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) The value of perquisites and benefits for each Named Executive Officer is
    less than the lesser of $50,000 and 10% of total annual salary and bonus.
    The amounts quoted in this column represent the taxable benefits on reduced
    rate loans for Mr. McDonald and Mr. See.

(2) The aggregate holdings and value of restricted share units on October 31,
    1998, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            # UNITS    VALUE ON OCTOBER 31, 1998
                                            -------    -------------------------
    <S>                                     <C>        <C>
    F. Petrilli..........................    4,000             $205,220
</TABLE>

    Dividend equivalents are not paid on these units. Units are redeemed on the
    3rd anniversary. This represents an award granted in 1998.

(3) All figures in this column reflect 401(k) and profit sharing plan
    contributions, and life insurance premiums for U.S. residents and Employee
    Savings Plan contributions and life insurance premiums for Canadian
    residents.

(4) Mr. McDonald elected to defer a portion of his bonus equal to $31,590 into
    phantom share units of TD Bank as part of its Senior Executive Deferred
    Share Unit Plan.

  * Awarded on December 10, 1998.

TD BANK STOCK OPTION PLAN

     TD Bank adopted the Toronto-Dominion 1993 Stock Option Plan in 1993.

     The stock option plan permits the grant of stock options to management
employees of TD Bank and its subsidiaries. A maximum of 21 million common shares
of TD Bank may be subject to the stock option plan. The aggregate number of
common shares for which options may be granted to any single participant shall
not exceed 5% of the total number of issued and outstanding shares. The number
of common shares issued or reserved pursuant to the stock option plan (or
outstanding options) is subject to adjustment on account of stock splits, stock
dividends and other dilutive changes in the common shares. Common shares that
are subject to options that expire, terminate or lapse will again be available
for option or grant under the stock option plan.

     Administration.  The stock option plan is administered by the TD Bank
Management Resources and Compensation Advisory Committee of the board of
directors of TD Bank. The committee may appoint the

                                       69
<PAGE>   73

Chairman, President or the senior officer of the TD Bank responsible for human
resources to act on its behalf and in accordance with its determinations to
administer the stock option plan. The committee has the sole discretion to
determine the employees to whom options may be granted under the stock option
plan and the terms, conditions and limitations of each grant.

     Exercise.  The exercise price for each option shall be the closing price of
the common shares on the TSE on the last date on which common shares were traded
before the date the option was granted. An option holder may exercise an option
by written notice and payment of the exercise price; provided, that no option
may be exercised later than 10 years after the date upon which it was granted.

     Transferability.  Options granted under the stock option plan are not
transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

     Change in Control.  In the event of a change in control (as defined in the
stock option plan), all options not exercisable shall immediately become
exercisable in full.

     Amendment and Termination.  The board of directors of TD Bank may amend or
terminate the stock option plan in any respect at any time, but no amendment (1)
shall be implemented without the approval of the shareholders of TD Bank, if
such approval is required by any regulatory authorities or stock exchanges or
(2) can impair any previously granted without his or her consent.

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning options with
respect to TD Bank common shares granted to the Named Executive Officers during
the fiscal year ended October 31, 1998:

             OPTION/SAR GRANTS FROM TD BANK IN LAST FISCAL YEAR(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         PERCENT OF
                                                            TOTAL
                                          NUMBER OF     OPTIONS/SAR'S
                                         SECURITIES      GRANTED TO
                                         UNDERLYING     EMPLOYEES IN
                                        OPTIONS/SAR'S    FISCAL YEAR    EXERCISE OR                      GRANT DATE
                                           GRANTED          1998        BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION     PRESENT VALUE(2)
NAME                                         (#)             (%)         ($/SHARE)        DATE              ($)
- ----                                    -------------   -------------   -----------   -------------   ----------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
Stephen D. McDonald..................       54,000            2.6%        $43.086     April 2, 2008       $502,211
Frank J. Petrilli....................       13,400            0.6%        $43.086     April 2, 2008       $124,623
John G. See..........................       13,400            0.6%        $43.086     April 2, 2008       $124,623
Richard H. Neiman....................        5,100            0.2%        $43.086     April 2, 2008       $ 47,431
B. Kevin Sterns......................        5,100            0.2%        $43.086     April 2, 2008       $ 47,431
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Option awards for fiscal 1998 were granted for TD Bank common shares. The
    first 25% of the award becomes exercisable after one year, the second 25%
    after two years, the third 25% after three years, and the final 25% after
    four years.

(2) Grant date value is based on the number of options granted multiplied by the
    Black-Scholes value at time of issue, which was $9.3002.

                                       70
<PAGE>   74

 AGGREGATED TD BANK OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1998

                      OPTION VALUES AS OF OCTOBER 31, 1998

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning TD Bank stock
option exercises during the last fiscal year by the Named Executive Officers and
unexercised options held by such officers at the end of the last fiscal year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         NUMBER OF SECURITIES          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                              UNDERLYING                   IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                       UNEXERCISED OPTIONS/SARS            OPTIONS/SARS
                                                                         AT FISCAL YEAR END(1)         AT FISCAL YEAR END(2)
                               SECURITIES ACQUIRED                                 #                             $
                                   ON EXERCISE       VALUE REALIZED   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
NAME                                    #                  $          EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ----                           -------------------   --------------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                            <C>                   <C>              <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Stephen D. McDonald..........         61,000           $1,781,045        54,500         61,500      $1,054,762     $  124,684
Frank J. Petrilli............              0           $        0         3,875         25,025      $   27,627     $   82,880
John G. See..................         33,000           $  931,946        30,500         34,900      $  469,999     $  232,014
Richard H. Neiman............              0           $        0         1,500          9,600      $   10,694     $   32,082
B. Kevin Sterns..............              0           $        0        16,775         13,175      $  410,221     $  126,722
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Options issued in 1993 through 1998 and Phantom Stock Options issued in 1990
    through 1992.

(2) The closing price of TD Bank common shares on the TSE on October 30, 1998
    was $29.75.

TD WATERHOUSE STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

     In connection with the reorganization, we intend to adopt the 1999 TD
Waterhouse stock incentive plan to be effective immediately prior to the
reorganization.

     The stock incentive plan permits the grant of non-qualified stock options,
incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other
stock-based awards to employees, directors or consultants of ours or of our
affiliates. A maximum of 9% of the outstanding shares of common stock may be
subject to awards under the stock incentive plan. The maximum number of shares
of common stock for which options and stock appreciation rights may be granted
during a calendar year to any participant will be one million. The number of
shares issued or reserved pursuant to the stock incentive plan (or pursuant to
outstanding awards) is subject to adjustment on account of stock splits, stock
dividends and other dilutive changes in the common stock.

     Administration.  The stock incentive plan is administered by the management
resources and compensation committee of our board of directors, which may
delegate its duties and powers to any subcommittee thereof consisting solely of
two or more individuals who are intended to qualify as "non-employee directors"
within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule
thereto) and "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor section thereto).
The committee has the sole discretion to determine the employees, directors and
consultants to whom awards may be granted under the stock incentive plan and the
manner in which such awards will vest. In addition, we may also grant
performance-based awards, deductible by us under Section 162(m), based on the
attainment of written, objective performance goals approved by the committee for
a performance period, established by the committee while the outcome for such
period is substantially uncertain and no more than 90 days after the
commencement of the period to which the performance goal relates (or, if less,
the number of days which is equal to 25% of the relevant performance period).
The committee shall determine whether performance goals are met, the amount of
the performance-based award and the time of payment.

     Options.  The committee determines the exercise price for each option;
provided, however, that options must have an exercise price that is at least
equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date the option is
granted (at least equal to 110% of fair market value in the case of an incentive
stock option granted to an employee who owns common stock having more than 10%
of the voting power). An option holder may exercise an option by written notice
and payment of the exercise price in (1) cash, (2) by the surrender of a number
of shares of common stock already owned by the option holder for at least six
months with a fair

                                       71
<PAGE>   75

market value equal to the exercise price, (3) a combination of cash and common
stock (as qualified by clause (2)); or (4) through the delivery of irrevocable
instruments to a broker to deliver promptly to us an amount equal to the
exercise price for the shares being purchased.

     Stock Appreciation Rights.  The committee may grant stock appreciation
rights independent of or in connection with an option. The exercise price per
share of a stock appreciation right shall be an amount determined by the
committee but in no event shall such amount be less than the greater of (1) the
fair market value of the common stock on the date the stock appreciation right
is granted or, in the case of a stock appreciation right granted in conjunction
with an option, the exercise price of the related option and (2) an amount
permitted by applicable laws, rules, by-laws or policies of regulatory
authorities or stock exchanges. Generally, each stock appreciation right shall
entitle a participant upon exercise to an amount equal to (1) the excess of (A)
the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of common stock over (B)
the exercise price, times (2) the number of shares of common stock covered by
the stock appreciation right. Payment shall be made in common stock or in cash,
or partly in common stock and partly in cash (any common stock valued at fair
market value), all as shall be determined by the committee.

     Transferability.  Unless otherwise determined by the committee, awards
granted under the stock incentive plan are not transferable other than by will
or by the laws of descent and distribution.

     Change in Control.  In the event of a change of control (as defined in the
stock incentive plan), (1) any outstanding awards then held by participants
which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested shall automatically be deemed
exercisable or otherwise vested, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to
the change of control and (2) the committee may make provision for a cash
payment to the holder of an award in consideration for the cancellation of the
award.

     Amendment and Termination.  Our board of directors may amend, alter or
discontinue the stock incentive plan in any respect at any time, but no
amendment (1) without the approval of our shareholders, can increase the total
number of shares of common stock reserved for the purposes of the stock
incentive plan or change the maximum number of shares of common stock for which
awards may be granted to any participant or (2) can impair any awards previously
granted or deprive an option holder, without his or her consent, of any common
stock previously acquired.

     Tax Consequences.  Generally, we are entitled to a deduction equal to the
compensation recognized by the holder for our taxable year that ends with or
within the taxable year in which the holder recognized the compensation,
assuming the compensation amounts satisfy the ordinary and necessary and
reasonable compensation requirements for deductibility.

PENSION PLANS

     TD Bank has entered into retirement income arrangements with Messrs.
McDonald, See and Sterns, which supplement the defined benefit pension payable
from the Pension Fund Society and the pension attributable to the profit sharing
plan for U.S. employees, maintained by TD Bank. Similar arrangements have not
been entered into with Messrs. Neiman and Petrilli. Under these arrangements,
each participating officer is entitled, upon retirement, to receive a benefit
based on 2% per year of service (to a maximum of 35 years) of the average of the
final three year's salary minus an adjustment for Canadian or, where applicable,
U.S. social security benefits. These amounts payable include the annual lifetime
benefits under the Pension Fund Society or, where applicable, the profit sharing
plan. The maximum annual benefit payable to participating officers will be the
greater of (A) 50% (60% in the case of Mr. McDonald) of the average of the
highest five consecutive years of salary and incentive compensation payments in
the last ten years of service, or (B) 70% of the average of the final three
years of salary.

     Messrs. McDonald, See and Sterns are expected to have attained the maximum
years of service credit at age 63.

     Benefits earned in respect of service in Canada are determined and paid in
Canadian dollars. Similarly, benefits earned in respect of service in the U.S.
are determined and paid in U.S. dollars. These retirement benefits are payable
for life. Upon death, reduced payments continue to the surviving spouse.
                                       72
<PAGE>   76

     Tables I and II show the standard annual pension benefits payable to the
Named Executive Officers who participate in the supplementary retirement income
arrangements described above at age 63 for the various salary/service
combinations shown in the table. The amounts in Table I reflect the exclusion of
payments of U.S. Social Security benefits. The amounts in Table II pension plans
reflect the exclusion of payments from Canada or Quebec Pension Plans. These
benefits are reduced for those who retire earlier than age 62.

                                    TABLE I

                    OFFSET FOR U.S. SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEARS OF SERVICE
FINAL AVERAGE                             ----------------------------------------------------
BASE SALARY                                  15         20         25         30         35
- -------------                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
$100,000...............................   $ 22,939   $ 30,585   $ 38,231   $ 45,878   $ 53,524
$200,000...............................   $ 52,939   $ 70,585   $ 88,231   $105,878   $123,524
$300,000...............................   $ 82,939   $110,585   $138,231   $165,878   $193,524
$400,000...............................   $112,939   $150,585   $188,231   $225,878   $263,524
$500,000...............................   $142,939   $190,585   $238,231   $285,878   $333,524
$600,000...............................   $172,939   $230,585   $288,231   $345,878   $403,524
$700,000...............................   $202,939   $270,585   $338,231   $405,878   $473,524
$800,000...............................   $232,939   $310,585   $388,231   $465,878   $543,524
$900,000...............................   $262,939   $350,585   $438,231   $525,878   $613,524
$1,000,000.............................   $292,939   $390,585   $488,231   $585,878   $683,524
</TABLE>

                                    TABLE II

          OFFSET FOR CANADA PENSION PLAN/QUEBEC PENSION PLAN BENEFITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEARS OF SERVICE
FINAL AVERAGE                             ----------------------------------------------------
BASE SALARY                                  15         20         25         30         35
- -------------                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
$100,000...............................   $ 27,442   $ 36,589   $ 45,736   $ 54,883   $ 64,030
$200,000...............................   $ 57,442   $ 76,589   $ 95,736   $114,883   $134,030
$300,000...............................   $ 87,442   $116,589   $145,736   $174,883   $204,030
$400,000...............................   $117,442   $156,589   $195,736   $234,883   $274,030
$500,000...............................   $147,442   $196,589   $245,736   $294,883   $344,030
$600,000...............................   $177,442   $236,589   $295,736   $354,883   $414,030
$700,000...............................   $207,442   $276,589   $345,736   $414,883   $484,030
$800,000...............................   $237,442   $316,589   $395,736   $474,883   $554,030
$900,000...............................   $267,442   $356,589   $445,736   $534,883   $624,030
$1,000,000.............................   $297,442   $396,589   $495,736   $594,883   $694,030
</TABLE>

                                       73
<PAGE>   77

ANTICIPATED STOCK OPTION GRANTS

     In connection with the offerings, we expect to make grants of stock options
to executive officers, non-employee directors and certain other employees. The
exercise price of such options is expected to be the public offering price of
our common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The following
table sets forth the number of shares of our common stock underlying options
that are expected to be granted to the cach of our executive officers, our
executive officers as a group, our non-employee directors as a group, and all
other employees as a group.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   ANTICIPATED
                                                                 NUMBER OF SHARES
NAME                                                            UNDERLYING OPTIONS
- ----                                                            ------------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Stephen D. McDonald.........................................           25,000
Frank J. Petrilli...........................................           37,500
John G. See.................................................           25,000
Richard H. Neiman...........................................            6,000
B. Kevin Sterns.............................................            6,000
Other Executive Officers....................................           99,500
                                                                    ---------
  Total Executive Officer Group.............................          199,000
Non-employee Director Group.................................           20,000
All Other Employees.........................................        1,559,460
                                                                    ---------
     Total..................................................        1,778,460
                                                                    =========
</TABLE>



EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS



     We are currently negotiating and expect to enter into employment agreements
with certain of our key executive officers immediately following the
reorganization.


                                       74
<PAGE>   78

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER

     All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are currently owned by TD
Bank. Upon completion of the offerings, TD Bank will beneficially own
approximately 91.2% of our outstanding common stock, including shares issuable
upon exchange of the exchangeable preference shares issued to TD Bank in the
reorganization (90.0% if the underwriters and managers exercise their
over-allotment option in full).

     Other than as set forth above, we are not aware of any person or group that
will beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock after the
offerings.

     TD Bank is a chartered bank which was formed on February 1, 1955. At April
30, 1999, TD Bank ranked as the largest Canadian bank in terms of market
capitalization and the fifth largest based on total assets. TD Bank serves its
customers through its network of more than 900 retail banking and investment
outlets, as well as through its electronic banking services.

     TD Bank has advised us that it is its present intention to maintain
majority ownership of TD Waterhouse for the foreseeable future.

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN US AND TD BANK

     After the reorganization, TD Bank will continue to provide services to our
Canadian operations, such as office space, equipment purchase and maintenance,
human resources and employee pension and benefits, audit, tax planning and
reporting, legal, compliance, banking, risk management, telecommunications,
technology research and development. TD Bank, as our affiliate, will continue to
provide banking products and services to our Canadian customers. In addition,
the services of any employees who are to be transferred to us, but remain with
TD Bank on a transitional basis, will also be made available to us. Both we and
TD Bank will continue to make available to each other those personnel who
provided executive and support services to each other prior to the
reorganization.

     We believe the fees and other amounts to be paid by and to us under the
above arrangements approximate the amounts that would be paid if such
arrangements were provided by unaffiliated third parties.

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

     In connection with the reorganization, we and TD Bank will enter into an
intercompany master services agreement with respect to services to be provided
by TD Bank to us (primarily to TD Waterhouse Canada) and vice-versa. The master
services agreement provides that such services will be provided in exchange for
fees which, generally, (1) in the case of services purchased by TD Bank from
third parties for us will be based upon the incremental cost charged by such
third parties to TD Bank and (2) in the case of services directly provided by TD
Bank to us, will be based on estimated or actual cost, including a reasonable
allocation of direct and indirect overhead cost incurred by TD Bank, plus,
unless otherwise agreed, a reasonable profit margin. The master services
agreement may be terminated by either party on one year's notice. The services
will be made available on an "as needed" basis. This arrangement provides us
with the flexibility to bring "in-house" services we currently receive from TD
Bank if it is suitable to do so. In the performance of these services, TD Bank
may enter into contracts with third parties as our agent.

     The purpose of the master services agreement is to ensure that TD Bank and
we provide services to each other in the scope and manner which are generally
consistent with current practices, having regard to the various assets and
employees to be transferred to us pursuant to the reorganization. The primary
services initially to be provided by TD Bank to us are described below in more
detail.

OFFICE SPACE

     TD Bank will make available to our Canadian operations space within certain
buildings leased or owned by TD Bank. We are required to indemnify TD Bank
against certain liabilities in respect of the use of this space. In addition, if
we request, TD Bank will enter into leases with third parties as agent for us
and on our

                                       75
<PAGE>   79

behalf for premises which are solely used for our Canadian operations. We will
indemnify TD Bank in connection with all obligations under these leases.

EQUIPMENT PURCHASE AND MAINTENANCE

     TD Bank may purchase on behalf of TD Waterhouse such equipment, furniture
and office supplies as requested by our Canadian operations and, in addition,
will provide equipment and furniture maintenance services.

HUMAN RESOURCES AND EMPLOYEE PENSION AND BENEFITS

     As presently contemplated, human resources and employee pension and benefit
services will be limited to policy, executive compensation and corporate
development.

AUDIT, TAX PLANNING AND REPORTING, LEGAL AND COMPLIANCE

     TD Bank will provide high level tax and internal audit services for TD
Waterhouse Canada, and will assist in the development of corporate budgets. TD
Bank will provide legal services to our non-U.S. operations and, with the office
of the General Counsel of TD Waterhouse, will direct legal matters and
proceedings of TD Waterhouse. The employees primarily responsible for TD
Waterhouse Canada's compliance functions will be transferred to and become
employees of TD Waterhouse Canada. TD Bank will provide management oversight and
executive support of compliance functions.

BANKING

     TD Bank will provide customary banking services to TD Waterhouse Canada.

RISK MANAGEMENT

     TD Bank will provide high level risk management oversight of our credit,
concentration and risk management policies.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS, TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

     TD Bank will continue to make available to us its in-house technology
infrastructure, facilities and expertise, including its applications research
and development capabilities.

TERMINATION

     Either party may terminate the master services agreement by providing a
minimum of one years notice to the other party. The agreement may also be
terminated by either party immediately and without notice in the event that the
other party enters into proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
liquidation, dissolution or any other similar proceeding.

CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS

     Under a separate agreement, TD Bank will make available to TD Waterhouse
Canada credit at market rates in the form of a standby subordinated loan
facility required for regulatory compliance.

SECURITIES TRADING AND RELATED ISSUES

     TD Bank will continue to provide to TD Waterhouse Canada trade execution
for equities and fixed income securities, as well as sales channel access
through its retail branch network for new accounts. TD Waterhouse Canada will
provide clearing and custodial services to TD Bank's non-discount broker
subsidiaries. We will continue to provide to TD Bank various management and
technology-related support for its securities-related non-discount broker
businesses.

                                       76
<PAGE>   80

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS BETWEEN US AND WATERHOUSE NATIONAL BANK

     Waterhouse National Bank was established in 1994 primarily to offer deposit
and loan products and other banking services to the customer base of Waterhouse
Securities, Inc. Though Waterhouse National Bank will not be owned directly by
us after the reorganization, Waterhouse National Bank will, as an affiliated
company, continue to provide such banking products and services to our customer
base. In addition to providing deposit and loan related products, Waterhouse
National Bank will also provide us with certain support services such as check
and debit card processing. We in turn will continue to provide Waterhouse
National Bank with various marketing and administrative support services. These
services include the marketing of Waterhouse National Bank's FDIC insured
deposit accounts and various credit products. We will also provide Waterhouse
National Bank with various executive and administrative support services,
including providing office space, and audit, tax, human resource, employee
benefits and legal services. The master services agreement includes the
provision of these intercompany services.

TAX-SHARING AGREEMENT

     After the offerings, we will be included in the Waterhouse Investor
Services, Inc. ("WISI") federal consolidated income tax group, and our federal
income tax liability will be included in the consolidated federal income tax
liability of WISI and its subsidiaries. In addition, in some cases our
subsidiaries will also be included with certain WISI subsidiaries in combined,
consolidated or unitary income tax groups for state and local tax purposes. In
connection with the reorganization, we and WISI will enter into a tax-sharing
agreement. Pursuant to this tax-sharing agreement, we and WISI will make
payments between each other such that, with respect to any period, the amount of
taxes to be paid by us, subject to certain adjustments, will be determined as
though we were the common parent of an affiliated group of corporations filing
combined, consolidated or unitary (as applicable) federal, state and local
returns rather than a consolidated subsidiary of WISI with respect to federal,
state and local income taxes (including, except as provided below, any amounts
determined to be due as a result of a redetermination of the tax liability of
WISI arising from an audit or otherwise). With respect to foreign tax credits
and other tax attributes, our right to reimbursement will be determined based on
the usage of such tax attributes by the consolidated group.

     In determining the amount of tax-sharing payments under the tax-sharing
agreement, WISI will prepare or cause to be prepared pro forma returns with
respect to federal and applicable state and local income taxes that reflect the
same positions and elections used by WISI in preparing the tax returns for
WISI's consolidated group and other applicable groups. Under the tax-sharing
agreement, WISI will continue to have all the rights of a parent of a
consolidated group (and similar rights provided for by applicable state and
local law with respect to a parent of a combined, consolidated or unitary
group), will be the sole and exclusive agent for us in any and all matters
relating to our income tax, franchise tax and similar liabilities, will have
sole and exclusive responsibility for the preparation and filing of consolidated
federal and consolidated or combined state and local income tax returns (or
amended returns), and will have the power, in its sole discretion, to contest or
comprise any asserted tax adjustment or deficiency and to file, litigate or
compromise any claim for refund on our behalf related to such return.

     In general, we will be included in WISI's consolidated group for federal
income tax purposes for so long as WISI beneficially owns at least 80% of the
total voting power and value of our outstanding common stock. Each member of a
consolidated group is jointly and severally liable for the federal income tax
liability of each other member of the consolidated group. Accordingly, although
the tax-sharing agreement allocates tax liabilities between us and WISI as
though we were the common parent of a separate affiliated group of companies,
during the period in which we are included in WISI's consolidated group, we
could be liable in the event that any federal tax liability is incurred, but not
discharged, by any other member of WISI's consolidated group.

TRANSFER AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENTS

     As part of the reorganization of its brokerage business, TD Bank will be
transferring its Canadian discount brokerage business and brokerage clearing
business to our newly formed Canadian subsidiary,

                                       77
<PAGE>   81

TD Waterhouse Canada. The transfer will take place on the later of the date of
completion of these offerings and the date all regulatory consents and approvals
are obtained. Pending consummation of the transfer, TD Bank will own and operate
these businesses, and will provide to our subsidiary, TD Waterhouse Canada, on
the transfer date the economic benefit of these businesses beginning on the
first day of the month in which these offerings are completed until the transfer
occurs. See "The Reorganization."

                                       78
<PAGE>   82

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

     The total number of shares of all classes of stock that we have authority
to issue under our charter is 900,000,000 shares, of which 700,000,000 shares
represent shares of our common stock, 100,000,000 shares represent shares of our
preferred stock and 100,000,000 shares represent shares of our series common
stock . As of the date of this prospectus, 100 shares of our common stock and no
shares of either the preferred stock or the series common stock were issued and
outstanding.

COMMON STOCK

     Subject to any preferential rights of any preferred stock or series common
stock created by our board of directors, each outstanding share of common stock
will be entitled to such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time
by our board of directors. See "Dividend Policy." Each outstanding share is
entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. In the
event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock
are entitled to receive on a pro rata basis any assets remaining after provision
for payment of creditors and after payment of any liquidation preferences to
holders of preferred stock and series common stock.

     The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, L.L.C.

PREFERRED STOCK AND SERIES COMMON STOCK

     Each of the authorized preferred stock and the authorized series common
stock is available for issuance from time to time in one or more series at the
discretion of our board of directors without stockholder approval except as
noted below. Our board of directors has the authority to prescribe for each
series of preferred stock or series common stock it establishes the number of
shares in that series, the voting rights (if any) to which shares in that series
are entitled, the consideration for shares in that series and the designation,
powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special
rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares in that
series. Depending upon the rights of such preferred stock or series common
stock, as applicable, the issuance of preferred stock or series common stock, as
applicable, could have an adverse effect on holders of common stock by delaying
or preventing a change in control of our company, making removal of our present
management more difficult or resulting in restrictions upon the payment of
dividends and other distributions to the holders of common stock.

     For a description of the terms of the special voting preferred share that
we will issue in the reorganization, see "-- Special Voting Preferred Share,"
below.

AUTHORIZED BUT UNISSUED CAPITAL STOCK

     Delaware law generally does not require stockholder approval for any
issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE
require stockholder approval of certain issuances of stock equal to or exceeding
20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of
our common stock. In addition, the rules of the TSE may also require shareholder
approval in certain circumstances. These additional shares may be used for a
variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise
additional capital or to facilitate corporate acquisitions. We currently do not
have any plans to issue additional shares of common stock, preferred stock or
series common stock other than in connection with employee compensation plans.

EXCHANGEABLE PREFERENCE SHARES OF TD WATERHOUSE CANADA


     As part of the reorganization, TD Bank will contribute all of the assets
and liabilities of its Canadian discount brokerage business and certain related
businesses to TD Waterhouse Canada, in return for           million exchangeable
preference shares of our subsidiary, TD Waterhouse Canada. TD Bank will also
acquire one special voting preferred share of TD Waterhouse.


                                       79
<PAGE>   83

     The exchangeable preference shares, by their terms and together with the
special voting preferred share and a support and exchange agreement we will
enter into with TD Bank and TD Waterhouse Canada, are designed to have
characteristics equivalent to shares of our common stock. The material
attributes of the exchangeable preference shares and the support and exchange
agreement in that regard include the following:

     Ranking.  The exchangeable preference shares will rank senior to the TD
Waterhouse Canada common shares and any other shares ranking junior to the
exchangeable preference shares with respect to the payment of dividends and the
distribution of assets in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of TD Waterhouse Canada.

     Dividends.  TD Bank will be entitled to receive dividends in respect of the
exchangeable preference shares equivalent to dividends, if any, paid from time
to time by us on shares of our common stock. The declaration date, record date
and payment date for dividends on the exchangeable preference shares will be the
same as that for the corresponding dividends on the shares of our common stock.

     Voting Rights.  Except as required by applicable law, the exchangeable
preference shares will not entitle TD Bank to receive notice of or attend any
meeting of the shareholders of TD Waterhouse Canada or to vote at any such
meeting.

     Exchange Rights.  TD Bank will be entitled at any time to exchange an
exchangeable preference share for one of our common shares plus an additional
cash amount equivalent to the full amount of all declared and unpaid dividends,
if any, on the exchangeable preference share and all dividends and distributions
declared on a share of our common stock not declared on the exchangeable
preference shares with a record date prior to the exchange of such exchangeable
preference shares.

     Certain Restrictions.  In the event that dividends on the outstanding
exchangeable preference shares corresponding to any dividends declared on our
common stock have not been declared and paid in full, subject to certain
exceptions, TD Waterhouse Canada may not, without the approval of TD Bank, pay
dividends on, or redeem, purchase or make capital distributions in respect of,
certain of its securities. In addition, TD Waterhouse Canada will not, without
the prior approval of TD Bank, issue any shares other than exchangeable
preference shares, TD Waterhouse Canada common shares and other shares not
ranking superior to the exchangeable preference shares.

     Transfer Restrictions.  No exchangeable preference share may be transferred
without the approval of the board of directors of TD Waterhouse Canada.

     Amendment and Approval.  The rights, privileges, restrictions and
conditions attaching to the exchangeable preference shares may be changed only
with the approval of TD Bank.

     Support and Exchange Agreement.  The following is a summary description of
other material provisions of the support and exchange agreement.

     Under the support and exchange agreement, we will agree that:

     -  we will not declare or pay dividends on our common stock unless TD
        Waterhouse Canada has sufficient money or assets or authorized but
        unissued securities available to enable the due declaration and punctual
        payment in accordance with applicable law of an equivalent dividend on
        the exchangeable preference shares and TD Waterhouse Canada
        simultaneously declares or pays, as the case may be, an equivalent
        dividend on the exchangeable preference shares;

     -  we will advise TD Waterhouse Canada in advance of the declaration of any
        dividend on our common stock;

     -  we will ensure that the record date for any dividend declared on our
        common stock is not less than ten business days after the declaration
        date for such dividend or such shorter period within which applicable
        law may be complied with;

                                       80
<PAGE>   84

     -  we will take all actions and do all things necessary to ensure that TD
        Waterhouse Canada is able to perform its obligations in respect of the
        exchange rights of the exchangeable preference shares; and

     -  we will not vote or otherwise take any action or omit to take any action
        causing the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of TD Waterhouse
        Canada.

     The support and exchange agreement also provides that without the prior
approval of TD Waterhouse Canada and TD Bank (as set forth under "-- Amendment
and Approval" above), we will not (1) distribute additional shares of our common
stock or rights, options or warrants to subscribe therefor (except for an issue
of shares of our common stock to shareholders who exercise an option to receive
dividends in the form of shares of our common stock) or other securities,
property or assets to all or substantially all holders of shares of our common
stock, (2) change any of the rights, privileges or other terms of our common
stock or (3) effect a merger, consolidation, reorganization or other transaction
affecting the common stock, unless the same or an equivalent distribution on or
change to the exchangeable preference shares (or in the rights of the holders
thereof) is made simultaneously. In the event of any proposed tender offer,
exchange offer or similar transaction affecting our common stock, we will use
reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary or desirable to enable TD Bank
in respect of the exchangeable preference shares to participate in such
transaction to the same extent and on an economically equivalent basis as the
holders of our common stock.

     We will make such filings and seek such regulatory consents and approvals
as are necessary so that the shares of our common stock issuable upon the
exchange of exchangeable preference shares will be issued in compliance with
applicable securities laws.

SPECIAL VOTING PREFERRED SHARE

     As part of the reorganization, we will issue to TD Bank one special voting
preferred share of TD Waterhouse. The special voting preferred share will have
the following terms:

     Dividends and Distributions.  The holder of the special voting preferred
share shall not be entitled to receive any portion of any dividend or
distribution at any time.

     Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.  Upon any liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of TD Waterhouse, the holder of the special voting preferred share
shall not be entitled to any portion of any distribution.

     Voting Rights.  The special voting preferred share shall entitle the holder
to an aggregate number of votes equal to the number of exchangeable preference
shares of TD Waterhouse Canada then outstanding. Except as otherwise provided
herein or by law, the holder of the special voting preferred share and the
holders of shares of our common stock shall vote together as one class on all
matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. The written consent of the
holder of the special voting preferred shares will be required to effect any
amendment or change to the terms of the special voting preferred share.

     Additional Provisions.  At such time as (1) the special voting preferred
share entitles the holder to a number of votes equal to zero because there are
no exchangeable preference shares of TD Waterhouse Canada then outstanding, and
(2) there is no share of stock, debt, option or other agreement, obligation of
or commitment of TD Waterhouse Canada that could by its terms require TD
Waterhouse Canada to issue any exchangeable preference shares to any person,
then the special voting preferred share will be retired and cancelled promptly
thereafter.

                                       81
<PAGE>   85

     Purchase for Cancellation.  If the special voting preferred share should be
purchased or otherwise acquired by us in any manner whatsoever, then the special
voting preferred share shall be retired and canceled promptly after it is
acquired.

     No Redemption or Conversion.  The special voting preferred share will not
be redeemable or convertible.

     Transfer Restrictions.  The special voting preferred share may not be
transferred without the approval of our board of directors.

                                       82
<PAGE>   86

                   CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS

     Our charter and by-laws and applicable sections of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware (the "DGCL") contain several provisions that may
make the acquisition of control of our company more difficult without the prior
approval of our board of directors.

DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

     The terms of Section 203 of the DGCL apply to us since we are a Delaware
corporation. Pursuant to Section 203, with certain exceptions, a Delaware
corporation may not engage in any of a broad range of business combinations,
such as mergers, consolidations and sales of assets, with an "interested
stockholder" for a period of three years from the time that such person became
an interested stockholder unless (1) the transaction that results in the
person's becoming an interested stockholder or the business combination is
approved by the board of directors of the corporation before the person becomes
an interested stockholder, (2) upon consummation of the transaction which
results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owns 85% or more of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding
at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by persons who are
directors and also officers, and shares owned by certain employee stock plans or
(3) on or after the time the person becomes an interested stockholder, the
business combination is approved by the corporation's board of directors and by
holders of at least two-thirds of the corporation's outstanding voting stock,
excluding shares owned by the interested stockholder, at a meeting of
stockholders. Under Section 203, an "interested stockholder" is defined as any
person, other than the corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned
subsidiary, that is (1) the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock
of the corporation or (2) an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was
the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at
any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it
is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder.
Section 203 does not apply to a corporation that so provides in an amendment to
its charter or by-laws passed by holders of a majority of its outstanding
shares, but such stockholder action does not become effective for 12 months
following its adoption and would not apply to persons who were already
interested stockholders at the time of the amendment. Our charter does not
exclude us from the restrictions imposed under Section 203.

     Under certain circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a
person who would be an "interested stockholder" to effect various business
combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. The provisions of
Section 203 may encourage companies interested in acquiring our company to
negotiate in advance with our board of directors, because the stockholder
approval requirement is avoided if our board of directors approves either the
business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder becoming
an interested stockholder. Such provisions also may have the effect of
preventing changes in the board of directors. It is further possible that such
provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that
stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

PREFERRED STOCK AND SERIES COMMON STOCK

     Our charter authorizes our board to issue additional shares of common stock
without the need for further stockholder approval. Our charter also authorizes
our board of directors to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock and
100,000,000 shares of series common stock, in one or more series, and to
establish the rights and preferences (including the convertibility of such
shares into shares of common stock) of any series of preferred stock or series
common stock so issued. One of the effects of the existence of unissued and
unreserved common stock, preferred stock and series common stock may be to
enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current
management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt
to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy
contest or otherwise, and thereby delay or prevent a change in control of our
company even if some of our stockholders believed that such change of control
was in their best interests.

                                       83
<PAGE>   87

PROVISIONS OF OUR CHARTER AND BY-LAWS AFFECTING A CHANGE IN CONTROL

     Certain provisions of our charter and by-laws may delay or make more
difficult unsolicited acquisitions or changes of control of our company. We
believe that such provisions will enable us to develop our business in a manner
that will foster our long-term growth without disruption caused by the threat of
a takeover not deemed by our board of directors to be in the best interests of
our company and our stockholders. Such provisions could have the effect of
discouraging third parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited
acquisition or change of control of our company, although such proposals, if
made, might be considered desirable by a majority of our stockholders. Such
provisions may also have the effect of making it more difficult for third
parties to cause the replacement of the current board of directors. These
provisions include, in addition to those noted above:

     -  prohibitions against stockholders' calling a special meeting of
        stockholders or, in certain circumstances, acting by written consent in
        lieu of a meeting;

     -  requirements for advance notice for raising business or making
        nominations at stockholders' meetings;

     -  the ability of the board of directors to increase the size of the board
        of directors and to appoint directors to newly created directorships;

     -  a classified board of directors; and

     -  higher than majority requirements to make certain amendments to the
        by-laws and charter.

     Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings

     Our charter and by-laws provide that prior to the date on which TD Bank
beneficially owns less than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding capital
stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be
effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting, but that after such date
stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting and cannot
be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our charter and by-laws also
provide that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our
Chief Executive Officer or by a vote of the majority of our board of directors.
Furthermore, our by-laws provide that only such business as is specified in the
notice of any such special meeting of stockholders may come before such meeting.

     Advance Notice for Raising Business or Making Nominations at Meetings

     Our by-laws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals
to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders and for nominations by
stockholders of candidates for election as directors at an annual or special
meeting at which directors are to be elected. Only such business may be
conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as has been brought before the
meeting by, or at the direction of, the chairman of the board of directors, or
by a stockholder of ours who is entitled to vote at the meeting who has given to
the Secretary of TD Waterhouse timely written notice, in proper form, of the
stockholder's intention to bring that business before the meeting. The chairman
of such meeting has the authority to make determinations as to the business to
be conducted. Only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction of, the
chairman of the board of directors, or who are nominated by a stockholder who
has given timely written notice, in proper form, to the Secretary prior to a
meeting at which directors are to be elected will be eligible for election as
our directors.

     To be timely, a stockholder's notice of business to be brought before an
annual meeting and nominations of candidates for election as directors at any
annual meeting shall be delivered to the Secretary of TD Waterhouse at our
principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior
to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting. However, in the
event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 20 days, or
delayed by more than 70 days, from such anniversary date, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 120th day
prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the
later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following
the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

                                       84
<PAGE>   88

     To be timely, a stockholder's notice of nominations of persons for election
to the board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders if
the stockholder's notice is delivered to the Secretary of TD Waterhouse at our
principal executive offices not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special
meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day
prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public
announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the
nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting.

     The notice of any nomination for election as a director must set forth the
name and address of, and the class and number of shares of our capital stock
held by, the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and the beneficial
owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made; the name and
address of the person or persons to be nominated; a representation that the
stockholder is a holder of record of our capital stock entitled to vote at such
meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate
the person or persons specified in the notice; a description of all arrangements
or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person
or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or
nominations are to be made by the stockholder, such other information regarding
each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would have been required to be
included in a proxy statement tiled pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC had
each nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated by the board of
directors; and the consent of each nominee to serve as a director if so elected.

     Our by-laws and charter provide that as long as TD Bank beneficially owns
ten percent or more of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, the
foregoing advance notice procedure for director nominations and stockholder
proposals will not apply to it.

     Number of Directors; Filling of Vacancies; Removal

     Our charter and by-laws provide that newly created directorships resulting
from an increase in the authorized number of directors (or any vacancy) may only
be filled by a vote of a majority of directors then in office. Accordingly, the
board of directors may be able to prevent any stockholder from obtaining
majority representation on the board of directors by increasing the size of the
board and filling the newly created directorships with its own nominees. If any
applicable provision of the DGCL expressly confers power on stockholders to fill
such a directorship at a special meeting of stockholders, such a directorship
may be filled at such meeting only by the affirmative vote of at least 80% in
voting power of all shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in
the election of directors, voting as a single class. Until such time as TD Bank
beneficially owns less than 50% of the voting power of our outstanding capital
stock, directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the
affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all shares of our capital
stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting as a
single class. Thereafter, directors may be removed only for cause, and only by
the affirmative vote of at least 80% in voting power of all shares of our
capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting as
a single class.

     Classified Board of Directors

     Our charter provides for the board of directors to be divided into three
classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. As a result,
approximately one-third of the board of directors will be elected each year.

     We believe that a classified board will help to assure the continuity and
stability of our board of directors and our business strategies and policies as
determined by our board of directors, because a majority of the directors at any
given time will have prior experience as our directors. This provision should
also help to ensure that the board of directors, if confronted with an
unsolicited proposal from a third party that has acquired a block of our voting
stock, will have sufficient time to review the proposal and appropriate
alternatives and to seek the best available result for all stockholders.

     This provision could prevent a party who acquires control of a majority of
the outstanding voting stock from obtaining control of the board of directors
until the second annual stockholders meeting following the date the acquirer
obtains the controlling stock interest, could have the effect of discouraging a
potential

                                       85
<PAGE>   89

acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of
our company and could thus increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will
retain their positions.

     Amendments to Our By-laws

     Our charter provides that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
80% in voting power of all the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall
be required in order for the stockholders to alter, amend or repeal any
provision of the by-laws which is to the same effect as provisions contained in
our charter relating to (1) the amendment of our by-laws, (2) the classified
board of directors and the filling of director vacancies and (3) calling and
taking actions at meetings of stockholders and prohibiting stockholders from
taking action by written consent.

     Amendments to Our Charter

     Our charter requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% in
voting power of all the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally
in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, to alter, amend
or repeal provisions of our charter relating to (1) the amendment of our charter
and/or by-laws, (2) the classified board of directors and the filling of
director vacancies and (3) calling and taking actions at meetings of
stockholders and prohibiting stockholders from taking action by written consent.

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

     Our charter will provide that TD Bank shall have no duty to refrain from
engaging in the same or similar activities or lines of business as us and
neither TD Bank nor any officer or director thereof (except as provided below)
shall be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by
reason of any such activities of TD Bank. In the event that TD Bank acquires
knowledge of a potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate
opportunity for both TD Bank and us, TD Bank shall have no duty to communicate
or offer such corporate opportunity to us and shall not be liable to us or our
stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder of ours by reason
of the fact that TD Bank pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for
itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not
communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to us.

     In the event that one of the directors or officers of our company who is
also a director or officer of TD Bank acquires knowledge of a potential
transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both us and TD
Bank, such director or officer of ours shall have fully satisfied and fulfilled
the fiduciary duty of such director or officer and our stockholders with respect
to such corporate opportunity if such director or officer acts in a manner
consistent with the following policy:

     -     a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of
        ours, and who is also a director but not an officer of TD Bank, shall
        belong to us;

     -     a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director but
        not an officer of ours, and who is also a director or officer of TD
        Bank, shall belong to us if such opportunity is expressly offered to
        such person in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director of
        ours, and otherwise shall belong to TD Bank; and

     -     a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer of
        both ours and TD Bank shall belong to us if such opportunity is
        expressly offered to such person in writing solely in his or her
        capacity as an officer of ours, and otherwise shall belong to TD Bank.

     For purposes of the foregoing:

     -     a director of ours who is chairman of our board of directors or of a
        committee of our board of directors shall not be deemed to be an officer
        of ours by reason of holding such position (without regard to whether
        such position is deemed an officer of ours under our by-laws), unless
        such person is a full-time employee of ours;

                                       86
<PAGE>   90

     -     "us" or "ours" means TD Waterhouse and all corporations,
        partnerships, joint ventures, associations and other entities in which
        we beneficially own (directly or indirectly) 50% or more of the
        outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership interests or similar
        voting interests; and

     -     the term "TD Bank" shall mean TD Bank and all corporations,
        partnerships, joint ventures, associations and other entities (other
        than TD Waterhouse, as defined in accordance with the preceding clause
        (A) in which TD Bank beneficially owns (directly or indirectly) 50% or
        more of the outstanding voting stock, voting power, partnership
        interests or similar voting interests.

     The foregoing provisions of our charter shall expire on the date that TD
Bank ceases to beneficially own common stock representing at least ten percent
of the total voting power of all classes of outstanding voting stock and no
person who is a director or officer of ours is also a director or officer of TD
Bank or any of its subsidiaries (other than us).

     In addition to any vote of the stockholders required by our charter, until
the time that TD Bank ceases to beneficially own common stock representing at
least ten percent of the total voting power of all classes of our outstanding
common stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of more than 80% of the total
voting power of all classes of our outstanding voting stock shall be required to
alter, amend or repeal in a manner adverse to the interests of TD Bank and its
subsidiaries (other than us), or adopt any provision adverse to the interests of
TD Bank and its subsidiaries (other than us), and inconsistent with, the
corporate opportunity provisions described above. Accordingly, so long as TD
Bank beneficially owns common stock representing at least ten percent of the
total voting power of all classes of our outstanding common stock, it can
prevent any such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

     Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring our common stock will be
deemed to have notice of, and to have consented to, the foregoing provisions of
our charter.

     The Delaware courts have not directly ruled on the validity of provisions
similar to the foregoing corporate opportunity provisions which are included in
our charter and could rule that they are not valid or enforceable.

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Our charter provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to
the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware. Our charter
also provides that a director of our company shall not be liable to us or our
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not
permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

     The indemnification rights conferred by our charter are not exclusive of
any other right to which a person seeking indemnification may otherwise be
entitled. We will also provide liability insurance for our directors and
officers for certain losses arising from claims or charges made against them,
while acting in their capacities as directors or officers.

                                       87
<PAGE>   91

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Upon consummation of the offerings, we will have 365.0 million shares of
common stock issued and outstanding. Of these shares, the shares of common stock
sold in the offerings will be freely tradeable without restrictions or further
registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by an
"affiliate" of ours as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Rule
144"), which will be subject to the resale limitations under Rule 144. We have
agreed with the underwriters not to effect transactions in or relating to our
common stock for a period of time following this offering. See "Underwriting."

     Immediately after the offerings, TD Bank will beneficially own 333.0
million shares of common stock (including shares issuable upon exchange of the
exchangeable preference shares acquired by TD Bank in the reorganization), which
will represent approximately 91.2% of our outstanding common stock in the
aggregate (90.0% if the underwriters and managers exercise their over-allotment
option in full). None of the shares of common stock beneficially owned by TD
Bank will be registered under the Securities Act upon consummation of the
offerings and may not be sold by TD Bank in the absence of an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, except in accordance with an
exemption from registration thereunder, including under Rule 144. As an
"affiliate" of ours, TD Bank will be able to freely sell shares of our common
stock currently owned by it after the offerings, subject only to the volume and
manner of sale restrictions under Rule 144 described below. TD Bank has agreed
with the underwriters not to effect any transactions in or relating to our
common stock for a period of time following the offerings. See "Underwriting."

     In general, under Rule 144, a person or persons whose shares are required
to be aggregated who has beneficially owned shares of common stock for a period
of one year, including a person who may be deemed an "affiliate," is entitled to
sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares not exceeding the
greater of (1) 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of such class and
(2) the average weekly reported trading volume of such class during the four
calendar weeks immediately preceding such sale. A person who is not an
"affiliate" of ours and who has beneficially owned shares for at least two years
is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without regard to the volume
limitations described above. Under Rule 144, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a
person that directly or indirectly through the use of one or more intermediaries
controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer.

                                       88
<PAGE>   92


       MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS



     In the opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, our counsel, the following
describes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the
ownership and disposition of our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder (as described
below) as of the date hereof. This discussion does not address all aspects of
U.S. federal income and estate taxes that may be relevant to such Non-U.S.
Holders in light of their personal circumstances and does not discuss any
potential foreign, state and local tax consequences of owning or disposing of
our common stock. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions
of the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of
the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked or modified so as
to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed
below. PERSONS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON
STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME
TAX CONSEQUENCES IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY
CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION.



     As used herein, a "U.S. Holder" of our common stock means a holder that is
(1) a citizen or resident of the U.S., (2) a corporation, or other entity that
is taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the
U.S. or any political subdivision thereof, (3) an estate the income of which is
subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source and (4) a trust
(X) that is subject to the supervision of a court within the U.S. and the
control of one or more U.S. persons as described in section 7701(a)(30) of the
Code or (Y) that has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury
regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. In the case of a partnership that
holds our common stock, any partner described in any of (1) through (4), above,
is also a U.S. Holder. A "Non-U.S. Holder" is a holder, including any partner in
a partnership that holds our common stock, that is not a U.S. Holder.


DIVIDENDS

     Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of common stock generally will be
subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower
rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends
that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the
Non-U.S. Holder within the U.S. and, where a tax treaty applies, are
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder, are not
subject to the withholding tax, but instead are subject to U.S. federal income
tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates.
Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order
to be exempt from withholding under such effectively connected income exemption.
Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may,
under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at
a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax
treaty.

     Until January 1, 2001, dividends paid to an address outside the U.S. are
presumed to be paid to a resident of such country (unless the payer has
knowledge to the contrary) for purposes of the withholding tax discussed above
and, under the current interpretation of U.S. Treasury regulations, for purposes
of determining the applicability of a tax treaty rate. However, under U.S.
Treasury regulations (the "Final Regulations"), a Non-U.S. Holder of common
stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate (and avoid
back-up withholding as discussed below) for dividends paid after December 31,
2000, will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other
requirements.

     A Non-U.S. Holder of common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S.
withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any
excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the
Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS").

GAIN ON DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK

     A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax
with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of common stock
unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the
Non-U.S. Holder in the U.S., and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to
a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Holder, (2) in the case of a
Non-U.S. Holder who is an

                                       89
<PAGE>   93

individual and holds our common stock as a capital asset, such holder is present
in the U.S. for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other
disposition and certain other conditions are met or (3) we are or have been a
"U.S. real property holding corporation" (a "USRPHC") at any time during the
shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition by the
Non-U.S. Holder or the period during which the Non-U.S. Holder held our common
stock, and certain other conditions are met.

     An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (1) above will be subject
to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S.
federal income tax rates. An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in clause (2)
above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which
may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not
considered a resident of the U.S.). If a Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign
corporation falls under clause (1) above, it will be subject to tax on its gain
under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and, in addition, may be
subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected
earnings and profits within the meaning of the Code for the taxable year, as
adjusted for certain items, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an
applicable income tax treaty.

     If we are or have been a USRPHC during the shorter of the periods described
in clause (3), above, then, any gain or loss on the disposition of our common
stock by a Non-U.S. Holder would be treated as effectively connected with a
trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder in the U.S., and the Non-U.S. Holder
would be taxed as described with respect to clause (1), above. However, even if
we were a USRPHC, any gain recognized by a Non-U.S. Holder still would not be
subject to U.S. tax if our shares were considered to be "regularly traded on an
established securities market" and the Non-U.S. Holder disposing of such shares
did not own, actually or constructively, at any time during the shorter of the
periods described in clause (3), above, more than five percent of a class of our
common stock. We believe that we never have been and are not currently a USRPHC,
and we consider it unlikely, based on our current business plans and operations,
that we will become a USRPHC in the foreseeable future.

     Special rules may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders, such as "controlled
foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies" and "foreign
personal holding companies," that are subject to special treatment under the
Code. Such entities should consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S.
federal, state, local and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them.

FEDERAL ESTATE TAX

     Common stock held by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of death
will be included in such holder's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax
purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

     We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount
of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such
dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the
information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made
available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder
resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

     Under current law, backup withholding at the rate of 31% generally will not
apply to dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder at an address outside the U.S.
(unless the payer has knowledge that the payee is a U.S. person). Under the
Final Regulations, however, a Non-US Holder will be subject to back-up
withholding with respect to dividends paid after December 31, 2000 unless
applicable certification requirements are met.

     Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the U.S. or
conducted through certain U.S. related financial intermediaries is subject to
information reporting and, in the case of a payment made within the U.S. or made
through a U.S. office of a broker, backup withholding unless the applicable
documentary or certification requirements are met or the holder otherwise
establishes an exemption.

     Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a
refund or a credit against such holder's U.S. federal income tax liability
provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

                                       90
<PAGE>   94

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation ("CSFBC") and TD Securities (USA)
Inc. are acting as the U.S. representatives for the U.S. underwriters named
below. Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited, and The Toronto-Dominion
Bank are acting as the international representatives for the international
managers named below. Each of the U.S. and Canadian underwriters and
international managers has agreed to purchase the number of shares set forth
below opposite its name. Their obligations are subject to certain conditions to
be contained in a U.S. and international underwriting agreement dated
          , 1999, and a Canadian underwriting agreement dated           , 1999.
We have filed the form of the U.S. and international underwriting agreement as
an exhibit to the registration statement.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER OF
                     U.S. UNDERWRITERS                           SHARES
                     -----------------                          ---------
<S>                                                             <C>
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation......................
TD Securities (USA) Inc.....................................
Goldman, Sachs & Co.........................................
Salomon Smith Barney Inc....................................
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated...........................
                                                                --------
     Subtotal...............................................
                                                                --------
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER OF
                   CANADIAN UNDERWRITERS                         SHARES
                   ---------------------                        ---------
<S>                                                             <C>
TD Securities Inc...........................................
Credit Suisse First Boston Securities Canada, Inc...........
Nesbitt Burns Inc...........................................
ScotiaMcLeod Inc............................................
CIBC World Markets Inc......................................
RBC Dominion Securities Inc.................................
Merrill Lynch Canada Inc....................................
Levesque Beaubien Geoffrion Inc.............................
Griffiths McBurney & Partners...............................
First Marathon Securities Limited...........................
HSBC James Capel Canada Inc.................................
Newcrest Capital Inc........................................
Trilon Securities Corporation...............................
                                                                --------
     Subtotal...............................................
                                                                --------
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER OF
                   INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS                        SHARES
                   ----------------------                       ---------
<S>                                                             <C>
Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited.................
The Toronto-Dominion Bank...................................
Goldman Sachs International.................................
Salomon Brothers International Limited......................
Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited..................
                                                                --------
     Subtotal...............................................
                                                                --------
       Total................................................
                                                                ========
</TABLE>

     The U.S. offering, the Canadian offering and the international offering are
each conditioned upon the closing of the others.

     The underwriting agreements provide that the U.S. underwriters, the
Canadian underwriters and the international managers will be obligated to
purchase all the shares of common stock in the offerings if any are purchased,
other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below.
The underwriting
                                       91
<PAGE>   95

agreements also provide that, in the event of a default, purchase commitments
may be increased or the underwriting agreements may be terminated.

     We have granted to the underwriters and managers a 30-day option
exercisable by CSFBC and TD Securities (USA) Inc., the joint global
coordinators. The underwriters and managers may purchase on a pro rata basis up
to 4.8 million additional shares of common stock at the public offering price,
less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised
only to cover any over-allotments.

     The underwriters and managers are entering into an inter-syndicate
agreement providing for, among other things, the coordination of certain of
their activities by the joint global coordinators. Pursuant to the inter-
syndicate agreement, sales may be made between the U.S. underwriters, the
Canadian underwriters and the international managers of such number of shares as
may be agreed upon by the joint global coordinators. The per share price of any
shares so sold will be the public offering price of such shares less an amount
not greater than the per share amount of the selling concession or commissions
to dealers applicable to such shares. Pursuant to the inter-syndicate agreement,
each U.S. underwriter agrees that it has not and will not offer or sell,
directly or indirectly, any shares or distribute any prospectus relating to the
offering other than within the United States or to a United States Person; each
Canadian underwriter agrees that it has not and will not offer or sell, directly
or indirectly, any shares or distribute any prospectus relating to the offering
to any person outside of Canada or to any United States Person; and each
international manager agrees that it has not and will not offer or sell,
directly or indirectly, any shares or distribute any prospectus relating to the
offering within the United States and Canada or to any United States Person. The
foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization transactions or to certain
other transactions specified in the inter-syndicate agreement. In this context,
"United States Person" means any individual who is resident in the United
States, or any corporation, pension, profit sharing or other trust entity or
other entity organized or incorporated under or governed by the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof (other than a foreign branch
or agency of any United States person), and includes any United States branch or
agency of a non-United States Person. "United States" means the United States of
America, its territories and possessions and all areas subject to its
jurisdiction. "Canada" means Canada, its provinces and territories and
possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.

     The underwriters and managers will offer the common stock initially at the
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to the
selling group members at such price less a concession of $          per share.
The underwriters and the managers and the selling group members may also reallow
a discount of $          per share on sales to certain other broker/dealers.
After the initial offering, the offering price, concession and discount may be
changed only by mutual agreement of the joint global coordinators.

     The following table summarizes the compensation and the estimated expenses
payable by us.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                     --------------------------------
                                                                        WITHOUT             WITH
                                                        PER SHARE    OVER-ALLOTMENT    OVER-ALLOTMENT
                                                        ---------    --------------    --------------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>               <C>
Underwriting discounts and commissions..............     $              $                 $
Expenses payable by us..............................     $              $                 $
</TABLE>

     The underwriters and managers have informed us that they will not make
discretionary sales of the common stock being offered.

     Each of the underwriters and managers represents and agrees that:

     (1)  it has not offered or sold and prior to the date six months after the
        date of issue will not offer or sell any of our common stock to persons
        in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities
        involved them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of
        investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses
        or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted or do not result
        in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of
        the Public Offers of the Securities Regulations 1995;

                                       92
<PAGE>   96

     (2)  it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the
        Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done by it in
        relation to our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United
        Kingdom; and

     (3)  it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in the
        United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the issue
        of our common stock to a person who is of a kind described in Article
        II(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)
        (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom such document may
        otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

     We and TD Bank have each agreed that we will not sell or otherwise dispose
of any additional shares of common stock or securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of common stock, or disclose the
intention to make any sale or disposition. These restrictions are effective for
a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These restrictions are
subject to the following exceptions:

     (1)  in the case of TD Waterhouse, grants of stock options with respect to
        our common stock to our officers, directors and employees and issuances
        of common stock in connection with the exercise of such stock options,
        and in connection with the exchange of exchangeable preference shares of
        TD Waterhouse Canada; and

     (2)  the prior written consent of the joint global coordinators.

     We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and managers against certain
liabilities described in the underwriting agreements. In addition, we have
agreed to contribute to payments which the underwriters and managers may be
required to make relating to such liabilities.


     Our common stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE and has been
conditionally approved for listing under the symbol "TWE." In order to meet one
of the requirements for listing our common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters
and managers have agreed to sell round lots of 100 shares or more to a minimum
of 2,000 beneficial owners. The listing on the TSE is conditioned upon our
fulfillment of all of the requirements of the TSE on or before September 7,
1999, including the distribution of our shares of common stock to a minimum
number of public shareholders.


     Prior to the offerings, there has been no public market for our common
stock. The initial public offering price for the common stock will be determined
by negotiation between us and the underwriters and managers, and may not reflect
the market price for the common stock following the offerings. Among the
principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price
will be:

     -  the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to
        the underwriters and managers;

     -  market conditions for initial public offerings;

     -  the history of and prospects for the industry in which we are competing;

     -  our past and present operations;

     -  our past and present earnings and current financial position;

     -  the ability of our management;

     -  our prospects for future earnings;

     -  the present state of our development and our current financial
        condition;

     -  the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common
        stock of generally comparable companies;

     -  the general condition of the securities markets at the time of these
        offerings; and

     -  other relevant factors.

                                       93
<PAGE>   97

     We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond
to the price at which the common stock will trade in the public market
subsequent to the offerings or that an active trading market for the common
stock will develop and continue after the offerings.

     The joint global co-ordinators may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing
transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance
with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Over-allotment involves syndicate sales in excess of the offering size, which
creates a syndicate short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to
purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common
stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to
cover syndicate short positions. Penalty bids permit the U.S. representatives to
reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when common stock
originally sold by such syndicate member is purchased in a syndicate covering
transaction to cover syndicate short positions. Such stabilizing transactions,
syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may cause the price of our
common stock to be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of such
transactions. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE and the TSE or
otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

     After the offerings, because TD Securities (USA) Inc. is a member of the
NYSE and because of its relationship with us and TD Bank, it will not be
permitted under the rules of the NYSE to make markets in or recommendations
regarding the sale of our common stock.

     TD Bank, which currently owns 100% of our common stock, is also the parent
of and thereby an affiliate of TD Securities (USA) Inc., a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and an underwriter
in this offering. As a result of the foregoing, this offering is subject to the
provision of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules of the NASD (formerly Schedule E to
the Bylaws of the NASD). Accordingly, the underwriting terms for offering
conform with the requirements set forth in Rule 2720. In particular, the price
at which our common stock is to be distributed to the public must be at a price
no higher than that recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter" who has
also participated in the preparation of this prospectus and the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part and who meets certain standards. In
accordance with this requirement, CSFBC will serve in such role and will
recommend the public offering price in compliance with the requirements of Rule
2720. CSFBC in its role as qualified independent underwriter, has performed the
due diligence investigations and reviewed and participated in the preparation of
this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a
part.

     The underwriters and the managers and their affiliates have provided and
will in the future continue to provide investment banking and other financial
services, including the provision of credit facilities, for us and TD Bank and
certain of our respective affiliates in the ordinary course of business for
which they have received and will receive customary compensation. TD Securities
Inc. will receive a portion of the proceeds of these offerings when we repay
certain indebtedness owed by us to TD Securities Inc. See "The Reorganization."

     A portion of the common stock being underwritten by TD Securities (USA)
Inc. will be offered for sale to our U.S. customers. A portion of the common
stock being underwritten by TD Securities Inc. will be offered for sale to our
Canadian customers.

     This prospectus may be used by the underwriters and managers and other
dealers in connection with offers and sales of the shares, including sales of
shares initially sold by the underwriters in the offerings being made outside of
the U.S., to persons located in the U.S.

                                       94
<PAGE>   98

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the shares of our common stock being offered by us will be
passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett, New York, New York. Cravath,
Swaine & Moore, New York, New York represents the underwriters.

                                    EXPERTS

     The combined financial statements of TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. (a
combination of certain businesses of The Toronto-Dominion Bank) as of October
31, 1998 and 1997 and for each of the three years in the period ended October
31, 1998 included in this prospectus, and the combined financial statements of
Waterhouse Securities Group (a combination of certain businesses of Waterhouse
Investor Services, Inc.) for the twelve months ended October 31, 1996 also
included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     Upon completion of the offerings, we will be required to file annual,
quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the
SEC. You may read and copy any documents filed by us at the SEC's public
reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call
the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room.
Our filings with the SEC are also available to the public through the SEC's
Internet site at http://www.sec.gov and through the New York Stock Exchange,
Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. After the offerings, we expect
to provide annual reports to our shareholders that include financial information
reported on by our independent public accountants.

     We have filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC. This
prospectus is a part of the Registration Statement and does not contain all of
the information in the Registration Statement. Whenever a reference is made in
this prospectus to a contract or other document of ours, please be aware that
such reference is not necessarily complete and that you should refer to the
exhibits that are a part of the Registration Statement for a copy of the
contract or other document. You may review a copy of the Registration Statement
at the SEC's public reference room in Washington, D.C. as well as through the
SEC's Internet site.

                                       95
<PAGE>   99

                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)
                     INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                          AND SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                             -------
<S>                                                          <C>
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
Report of Independent Accountants...........................     F-2
Combined Statements of Financial Condition as of October 31,
  1997 and 1998, and April 30, 1999 (unaudited).............     F-3
Combined Statements of Income for the years ended October
  31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, and for the six months ended
  April 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited)...........     F-4
Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended
  October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, and for the six months
  ended April 30, 1999 (unaudited)..........................     F-5
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
  October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, and for the six months
  ended April 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited).....     F-6
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements..................     F-7
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:
Combined Statements of Income, of Changes in Equity and of
  Cash Flows of Waterhouse Securities Group (a combination
  of certain businesses of Waterhouse Investor Services,
  Inc.) for the twelve month period ended October 31,
  1996......................................................    F-26
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements..................    F-29
Report of Independent Accountants...........................    F-35
</TABLE>

                                       F-1
<PAGE>   100

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors
and Stockholder of
TD Waterhouse Group, Inc.

     In our opinion, the accompanying combined statements of financial condition
and the related combined statements of income, of changes in equity and of cash
flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TD
Waterhouse Group, Inc. (a combination of certain businesses of The Toronto-
Dominion Bank) at October 31, 1997 and 1998, and the results of its operations
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended October 31, 1998,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
April 29, 1999

                                       F-2
<PAGE>   101

                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

                   COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         OCTOBER 31,    OCTOBER 31,     APRIL 30,
                                                            1997           1998           1999
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents............................    $  291,511     $  522,029     $  671,286
Securities owned, at market value....................        66,549         76,279         63,407
Receivable from brokers and dealers..................       113,795         71,717        199,251
Receivable from customers............................     1,757,019      2,556,182      5,096,753
Deposits paid for securities borrowed................       170,837        232,685        696,708
Receivable from affiliates...........................        71,760         82,038        106,672
Deposits with clearing organizations.................         4,975         15,914         26,192
Fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation........        19,798         27,604         33,714
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization............       413,314        672,516        657,374
Other assets.........................................        37,036         41,772         77,025
                                                         ----------     ----------     ----------
  Total assets.......................................    $2,946,594     $4,298,736     $7,628,382
                                                         ==========     ==========     ==========
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
LIABILITIES
Bank loans and overdrafts............................    $   18,575     $   31,183     $  232,728
Deposits received for securities loaned..............       916,700      1,033,964      3,780,347
Securities sold, not yet purchased...................         7,095          4,987          7,848
Payable to brokers and dealers.......................        94,371        152,865        140,553
Payable to customers.................................     1,190,480      1,947,430      2,010,910
Payable to affiliates................................         5,672         36,181         27,053
Accrued compensation, taxes payable and other
  liabilities........................................        94,182         96,991        238,536
                                                         ----------     ----------     ----------
  Total liabilities..................................     2,327,075      3,303,601      6,437,975
                                                         ----------     ----------     ----------
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 6, 8
  and 12)
EQUITY
Equity...............................................       619,763        994,452      1,190,234
Accumulated other comprehensive income...............          (244)           683            173
                                                         ----------     ----------     ----------
  Total equity.......................................       619,519        995,135      1,190,407
                                                         ----------     ----------     ----------
  Total liabilities and equity.......................    $2,946,594     $4,298,736     $7,628,382
                                                         ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   102

                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)
                         COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 FOR THE
                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                          FOR THE YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,        APRIL 30,
                                          ------------------------------   -------------------
                                            1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                          (NOTE 1)                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
REVENUES
Commissions and fees...................   $104,688   $313,572   $409,432   $192,112   $328,678
Mutual fund and related revenue........      8,288     35,762     59,022     23,386     43,595
Net interest revenue...................     31,826     68,874    117,733     52,668     73,315
Other..................................     22,607     28,424     28,274     13,745     18,445
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Total revenues.......................    167,409    446,632    614,461    281,911    464,033
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
EXPENSES
Employee compensation and benefits.....     40,432    138,261    183,377     88,560    130,321
Execution and clearing costs...........     21,954     63,316     95,523     41,450     68,103
Occupancy and equipment................     14,306     43,485     56,596     26,396     36,801
Advertising and marketing..............      5,118     18,511     33,184     15,819     24,056
Communications.........................      9,983     22,981     30,809     13,916     22,716
Amortization of goodwill...............      1,633     21,630     33,000     15,363     18,563
Professional fees......................      5,388     14,871     15,350      7,194     10,248
Other..................................     14,420     44,956     63,144     26,925     60,211
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Total expenses.......................    113,234    368,011    510,983    235,623    371,019
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income before income taxes.............     54,175     78,621    103,478     46,288     93,014
Income tax provision...................     24,556     42,416     54,765     24,954     42,985
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  NET INCOME...........................   $ 29,619   $ 36,205   $ 48,713   $ 21,334   $ 50,029
                                          ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   103

                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)
                    COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  COMPREHENSIVE
                                                                      EQUITY         INCOME
                                                                    ----------    -------------
<S>                                                        <C>      <C>           <C>
Balance at October 31, 1995............................             $   51,836
  Net income...........................................                 29,619       $29,619
  Dividend to Parent...................................                 (3,259)
  Capital contributions................................                389,760
  Translation adjustment arising during the period, net
     of taxes..........................................                   (545)         (545)
                                                                    ----------
Total Equity at October 31, 1996.......................                467,411
                                                                                     -------
Total comprehensive income as of October 31, 1996......                              $29,074
                                                                                     =======
  Net income...........................................                 36,205       $36,205
  Capital Contributions................................                115,322
  Translation adjustment arising during the period, net
     of taxes..........................................                    581           581
                                                                    ----------
Total Equity at October 31, 1997.......................                619,519
                                                                                     -------
Total comprehensive income as of October 31, 1997......                              $36,786
                                                                                     =======
  Net income...........................................                 48,713       $48,713
  Capital Contributions................................                325,976
  Translation adjustment arising during the period, net
     of taxes..........................................                    927           927
                                                                    ----------
Total Equity at October 31, 1998.......................                995,135
                                                                                     -------
Total comprehensive income as of October 31, 1998......                              $49,640
                                                                                     =======
  Net income (Unaudited)...............................                 50,029       $50,029
  Capital Contributions (Unaudited)....................                145,753
  Translation adjustment arising during the period, net
     of taxes (Unaudited)..............................                   (510)         (510)
                                                                    ----------
Total Equity at April 30, 1999 (Unaudited).............             $1,190,407
                                                                    ----------
                                                                                     -------
Total comprehensive income as of April 30, 1999
  (Unaudited)..........................................                              $49,519
                                                                                     =======
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   104

                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FOR THE
                                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                           FOR THE YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,           APRIL 30,
                                         ----------------------------------   ----------------------
                                           1996        1997         1998        1998         1999
                                         --------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ----------
                                         (NOTE 1)                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.............................  $ 29,619   $    36,205   $  48,713   $  21,334   $   50,029
Adjustments to reconcile net income to
  cash (used in)/provided by operating
  activities:
Depreciation and amortization..........     1,633        28,649      42,855      19,993       24,636
(Increases) decreases in operating
  assets:
  Securities owned.....................   (35,310)       (4,327)     (9,730)    (11,027)      12,872
  Receivable from brokers and
     dealers...........................   (32,157)      (52,625)     42,078     (19,422)    (127,534)
  Receivable from customers............   (88,578)   (1,329,202)   (799,163)   (963,384)  (2,540,571)
  Deposits paid for securities
     borrowed..........................    56,798       (48,937)    (61,848)   (892,537)    (464,023)
  Receivable from affiliates...........     7,557       (71,760)    (10,278)     71,760      (24,634)
  Deposits with clearing
     organizations.....................        --        (4,975)    (10,939)     (8,401)     (10,278)
  Other assets.........................      (728)      (27,799)     (4,736)    (13,590)     (35,254)
Increases (decreases) in operating
  liabilities:
  Bank loans and overdrafts............        --        18,575      12,608       6,425      201,545
  Deposits received for securities
     loaned............................    67,812       776,249     117,264     614,650    2,746,383
  Securities sold, not yet purchased...   (15,958)        7,095      (2,108)      2,006        2,861
  Payable to brokers and dealers.......    75,750         1,220      58,494      91,734      (12,312)
  Payable to customers.................   123,269       570,824     756,950   1,116,570       63,480
  Payable to affiliates................        --         5,672       8,371       8,090       (9,128)
  Accrued compensation, taxes payable
     and other liabilities.............    16,206        36,171       2,809      (9,954)     141,628
                                         --------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ----------
     Cash provided by/(used in)
       operating activities............   205,913       (58,965)    191,340      34,247       19,700
                                         --------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of furniture, equipment and
  leasehold improvements...............        --       (26,817)    (17,661)    (10,459)     (12,183)
Acquisitions of businesses, net of
  assets acquired and liabilities
  assumed..............................  (393,085)      (16,726)   (292,202)   (203,085)      (3,421)
                                         --------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ----------
     Cash used in investing
       activities......................  (393,085)      (43,543)   (309,863)   (213,544)     (15,604)
                                         --------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Subordinated debt with affiliate.......        --            --      22,138      20,133          (82)
Dividend to Parent.....................    (3,259)           --          --          --           --
Capital contribution from Parent.......   389,760       115,322     325,976     159,004      145,753
                                         --------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ----------
     Cash provided by financing
       activities......................   386,501       115,322     348,114     179,137      145,671
                                         --------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ----------
Effect of exchange rate differences in
  cash and cash equivalents............      (545)          581         927       1,348         (510)
                                         --------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ----------
Increase in cash and cash
  equivalents..........................   198,784        13,395     230,518       1,188      149,257
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
  period...............................    79,332       278,116     291,511     291,511      522,029
                                         --------   -----------   ---------   ---------   ----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of
  period...............................  $278,116   $   291,511   $ 522,029   $ 292,699   $  671,286
                                         ========   ===========   =========   =========   ==========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow
  information
  Cash paid for interest...............  $ 24,492   $    36,854   $ 107,197   $  29,458   $   48,971
                                         ========   ===========   =========   =========   ==========
  Cash paid for income taxes...........  $ 28,613   $    38,615   $  55,677   $  22,059   $   32,373
                                         ========   ===========   =========   =========   ==========
</TABLE>


    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   105

                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

1.   ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

     On March 31, 1999, the Board of Directors of The Toronto-Dominion Bank ("TD
Bank") approved the initial public offering of TD Bank's global discount
brokerage business. The accompanying financial statements include the entities
and divisions described below which comprise TD Bank's global discount brokerage
business for all periods during which they were under TD Bank's control (Note
3). The financial statements for the year ended October 31, 1996 include only
the results of operations and cash flows of Green Line, as defined below. The
separate financial statements of Waterhouse, as defined below, which was
acquired effective October 31, 1996, have been included as supplemental
information.

     The TD Bank's global discount brokerage business consists of the following
entities and divisions:

     Waterhouse Securities Group ("Waterhouse")

     -  Waterhouse Securities, Inc. ("WSI"), a U.S. registered broker-dealer
        which provides discount brokerage services to retail customers in the
        U.S.

     -  National Investor Services, Corp. ("NISC"), a U.S. registered
        broker-dealer which provides execution and clearance services for
        affiliates, including WSI, and third-party broker-dealers.

     -  Waterhouse Asset Management, Inc. ("WAM"), a U.S. registered investment
        advisor which provides investment advice to a series of affiliated
        mutual funds.

     -  Waterhouse, Nicoll & Associates, Inc. ("WNA"), a U.S. based advertising
        firm which places advertising for affiliates.

     Green Line Group ("Green Line")

     -  Green Line Investor Services (Canada) ("GLIS-Canada"), a division of TD
        Securities Inc. which provides discount brokerage services to retail
        clients in Canada and the U.S.

     -  TD Securities Services ("TDSS"), a division of TD Bank which provides
        execution and clearance services to GLIS-Canada, TD Securities Inc., TD
        Bank and third-party broker-dealers.

     -  Green Line Investor Services (Europe) Limited ("GLIS-UK"), a registered
        broker-dealer which provides discount brokerage services to customers in
        the United Kingdom.

     -  Green Line Investor Services (Hong Kong) Inc. ("GLIS-HK"), a registered
        broker-dealer which provides discount brokerage services to customers
        located in Asia.

     -  Green Line Investor Services Limited ("GLIS-Australia"), a registered
        broker-dealer which provides discount brokerage services to customers
        located in Australia.

     As more fully discussed in Note 17, through a series of transactions, TD
Bank will reorganize the aforementioned entities and divisions under the
ownership of its indirect wholly owned subsidiary TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. (the
"Company") a Delaware corporation, which, immediately after such reorganization,
will commence with an initial public offering of its common stock. Hereafter,
references to the "Company" will refer to TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. and the
entities and divisions comprising TD Bank's global discount brokerage business
on a combined basis.

                                       F-7
<PAGE>   106
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     As more fully discussed in Note 14, certain expenses related to corporate
overhead costs have been allocated to the Company by TD Bank. In the opinion of
management, the methods used to allocate such expenses are reasonable for
purposes of preparing the accompanying combined financial statements.

     The Company is one of the largest discount brokers in the world and
provides securities and mutual fund investment services to retail customers
located in the United States, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom and Hong
Kong. The Company also provides clearing and execution services for other
broker-dealers in the United States and Canada and through WAM, acts as
investment advisor to a series of proprietary mutual funds.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and the entities and divisions comprising TD Bank's global discount brokerage
business, described in Note 1, on a combined basis for all periods during which
they were under TD Bank's control (Note 3). All significant transactions and
balances between and among the combined entities and divisions have been
eliminated in the combination. The accompanying financial statements of the
Company for the year ended October 31, 1996 include only the results of
operations and cash flows of Green Line. The separate financial statements of
Waterhouse, which was acquired effective October 31, 1996, have been included as
supplemental information.

     USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     COMMISSIONS AND FEES

     Customers' securities transactions are recorded on a settlement date basis
with commission revenue and related expenses recorded on a trade date basis.
Fees consist primarily of payments from market makers and exchanges for
directing order executions, and clearing fees.

     MUTUAL FUND AND RELATED REVENUE

     Mutual fund and related revenue consists of fees earned for providing
investment advisory services to a series of related mutual funds, and trailer
fees for services provided to third party mutual funds, affiliated mutual funds
and an affiliated bank. Such revenue is recorded when earned.

     NET INTEREST REVENUE

     The Company reports interest revenue, which primarily arises from margin
loans to customers, net of the related financing cost (interest expense). For
the years ended October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the six months ended
April 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited), interest expense was $40,921,
$39,422, $110,175, $47,698 (unaudited) and $75,594 (unaudited), respectively.

                                       F-8
<PAGE>   107
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

     Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred.

     DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION OF FIXED ASSETS

     Depreciation of capitalized furniture and equipment is provided on a
straight-line basis using estimated useful lives of three to five years.
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of
the lease term or the estimated useful life. Fixed assets are stated at cost net
of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $10,332, $14,156 and $18,733
(unaudited) at October 31, 1997 and 1998 and April 30, 1999 (unaudited),
respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense is included in occupancy and
equipment expense in the combined statements of income. The Company recorded
depreciation and amortization of $7,019, $9,855, $4,630 (unaudited), and $6,073
(unaudited) for the years ended October 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the six months
ended April 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited), respectively.

     GLIS-Canada has been charged rental expense for its use of equipment and
other fixed assets, which are owned by TD Bank. (See also Note 14.) The rental
expense approximates the depreciation on such equipment. The Company was charged
$5,857, $7,942, $7,584, $4,072 (unaudited), and $3,399 (unaudited) for the years
ended October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the six months ended April 30,
1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited) respectively, which has been included in
occupancy and equipment expense in the combined statements of income.

     ACQUISITIONS AND GOODWILL

     All business combinations have been accounted for under the purchase method
and accordingly, the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net
assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill on the combined statements of
financial condition. Pursuant to the purchase method, the results of operations,
changes in equity and cash flows of acquired companies and businesses are
included in combined operations only for those periods following the date of
their acquisition. (Note 3)

     Goodwill arising from acquisitions of businesses is amortized on a
straight-line basis over a period of no more than twenty years. Goodwill is
stated at cost, net of accumulated amortization of $24,341, $57,341 and $75,904
(unaudited) at October 31, 1997 and 1998 and April 30, 1999 (unaudited),
respectively.

     INCOME TAXES

     The Company's U.S. operations are included in the consolidated federal
income tax returns filed by an affiliate in the U.S. and the Company's Canadian
operations are included in the federal income tax returns filed by TD Bank or TD
Securities Inc. in Canada. The Company files separate income tax returns in
other countries. The Company determines its provision for federal income taxes
as if it were to file separate income tax returns. In the U.S., the Company also
files combined state and local income tax returns with an affiliate. In Canada,
the Canadian operations are also included in the provincial tax returns filed by
TD Bank or TD Securities Inc.

     The Company records deferred tax assets and liabilities for the difference
between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and the amounts recorded for
financial reporting purposes, using current tax rates. Deferred tax expenses and
benefits are recognized in the combined statements of income for changes in
deferred tax assets and liabilities.

                                       F-9
<PAGE>   108
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     For purposes of reporting cash flows, the Company considers all highly
liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less (except for
amounts designated as securities owned) to be cash equivalents.

     SECURITIES OWNED

     Securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased are recorded on a
trade date basis and primarily represent U.S. and Canadian government
securities, other debt instruments, equity securities and mutual fund positions
and are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in
income.

     FINANCING TRANSACTIONS

     Deposits paid for securities borrowed and deposits received for securities
loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.
Deposits paid for securities borrowed transactions require the Company to
deposit cash with the lender. With respect to deposits received for securities
loaned, the Company receives collateral in the form of cash in an amount
generally in excess of the market value of the securities loaned. The Company
monitors the market value of the securities borrowed and loaned on a daily
basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded, as necessary.

     FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

     Assets and liabilities of foreign entities and divisions are translated
based on the end of period exchange rates from local currency to U.S. dollars.
Results of operations are translated at the average exchange rates in effect
during the period. The resulting gains or losses are reported as a component of
equity on the combined statements of financial condition.

     SEGMENT INFORMATION

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 131 Disclosures
about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, establishes standards
for reporting information about operating and geographic segments of the
Company's business. Currently, the nature and extent of the Company's operations
are such that it operates in only one reportable segment as a provider of
discount brokerage services. Information regarding the Company's geographic
segments is set forth in Note 15.

     UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The combined financial information at April 30, 1999 and for the six months
ended April 30, 1998 and 1999 is unaudited. In the opinion of management, such
information contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
accruals, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of such periods.

3.   ACQUISITIONS

     The Company has been active in acquiring discount brokerage businesses. A
description of the Company's more significant acquisitions, including the date
acquired, purchase price (including acquisition costs) and goodwill recognized,
is as follows:

                                      F-10
<PAGE>   109
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     Marathon Brokerage, a division of First Marathon Securities Limited, a
Canadian discount brokerage firm, was acquired in October 1993 for $46 million
and its operations were merged into GLIS-Canada. The $42 million excess of the
purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as
goodwill.

     Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. ("WISI"), a U.S. bank holding company
and nationwide discount brokerage firm, was acquired by TD Bank in October 1996
for cash and TD Bank common stock. For purposes of preparing the combined
financial statements of the Company, the discount brokerage business of WISI,
which included WSI, NISC, WAM and WNA, was assumed to be contributed by TD Bank
to the Company as of the close of business on October 31, 1996. The $390 million
excess of the purchase price assigned to the discount brokerage business of $525
million, over the fair value of the net assets acquired from WISI and
contributed to the Company was recorded by the Company as goodwill. The combined
financial statements of WISI's discount brokerage business for the twelve-months
ended October 31, 1996 have been included as supplemental information.


     Kennedy Cabot & Co. ("KCC") a discount brokerage firm located in Beverly
Hills, California was acquired in November 1997 for approximately $163 million
and its operations were merged into WSI. The acquisition was funded by capital
contributions from TD Bank and goodwill of $159 million was recorded.



     Pont Securities ("Pont") and Rivkin, Croll, Smith ("Rivkin"), Australian
based discount brokerage firms, were acquired during fiscal year 1997 and 1998,
respectively, for an aggregate price of $42 million and their operations were
reorganized to create GLIS-Australia. The $38 million excess of the purchase
price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.



     Jack White & Co. ("Jack White") a discount brokerage firm, based in San
Diego, California was acquired in May 1998 for $106 million and its operations
were merged into WSI. The acquisitions were funded by capital contributions from
TD Bank and the $102 million excess of the purchase price over the fair value of
the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.



     Gall & Eke ("G&E") a UK based discount brokerage firm, was acquired in
September 1998 for $13 million and merged with GLIS-UK. The $11 million excess
of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired was
recorded as goodwill.



     Pursuant to the purchase method of accounting, the accompanying combined
statements of income only reflect the results of operations of the
aforementioned entities and businesses subsequent to the date of acquisition.
The following supplemental pro forma information has been prepared to give
effect to the acquisition as of the beginning of the fiscal year preceding the
fiscal year in which the acquisition occurred.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       FISCAL 1996(1)   FISCAL 1997(2)   FISCAL 1998(3)
                                                       --------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>              <C>
Pro forma revenues..................................      $376,601         $581,991         $650,908
                                                          ========         ========         ========
Pro forma net income................................      $ 26,542         $ 51,050         $ 47,749
                                                          ========         ========         ========
</TABLE>


- ---------------


(1) Adjusted to reflect the acquisitions of Waterhouse and Pont as of November
    1, 1995.



(2) Adjusted to reflect the acquisition of Pont, Rivkin, KCC, Jack White and G&E
    as of November 1, 1996.



(3) Adjusted to reflect the acquisitions of Rivkin, KCC, Jack White and G&E as
    of November 1, 1997.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>   110
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

4.   RECEIVABLE FROM AND PAYABLE TO BROKERS AND DEALERS

     Receivables from and payables to brokers and dealers are comprised of the
following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           OCTOBER 31,    OCTOBER 31,     APRIL 30,
                                                              1997           1998           1999
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Receivable
  Securities failed to deliver.........................     $ 93,004       $ 40,743       $188,701
  Clearing and other fees..............................       11,815         14,463          7,048
  Other................................................        8,976         16,511          3,502
                                                            --------       --------       --------
                                                            $113,795       $ 71,717       $199,251
                                                            ========       ========       ========
Payable
  Securities failed to receive                              $ 93,119       $126,060       $113,873
  Other                                                        1,252         26,805         26,680
                                                            --------       --------       --------
                                                            $ 94,371       $152,865       $140,553
                                                            ========       ========       ========
</TABLE>

5.   RECEIVABLE FROM AND PAYABLE TO CUSTOMERS

     Receivables from customers are generally collateralized by marketable
securities. Receivables from customers are reported net of unsecured or
partially secured amounts over 30 days recorded as an allowance for doubtful
accounts of $2,619, $4,731, and $9,931 (unaudited) as of October 31, 1997 and
1998, and April 30, 1999 (unaudited), respectively.

     Payables to customers primarily represent free credit balances in
customers' accounts. The Company pays customers interest on certain free credit
balances at a rate based on prevailing short-term money market rates. Interest
expense for the years ended October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the six
months ended April 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited) was $25,196,
$17,898, $58,226, $26,205 (unaudited) and $34,146 (unaudited), respectively.

6.   FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     Bank loans and overdrafts primarily represent short-term borrowings in the
U.S. which bear interest at rates based primarily on the Federal funds rate. The
loans are generally collateralized by customers' margin securities valued at
approximately $99,258, $115,448, and $786,084 (unaudited) as of October 31, 1997
and 1998, and April 30, 1999 (unaudited), respectively. The following is a
summary of comparative bank loan data:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           OCTOBER 31,    OCTOBER 31,     APRIL 30,
                                                              1997           1998           1999
                                                           -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Average amount outstanding during the period...........     $ 17,843       $ 24,068       $135,239
Maximum amount outstanding during the period...........       79,400        230,900        344,400
Weighted average interest rate at period-end...........         6.02%          5.85%          5.30%
Weighted average interest rate during the period.......         5.83%          5.88%          5.22%
</TABLE>

                                      F-12
<PAGE>   111
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     Waterhouse maintains available bank credit lines totaling $255,000,
$255,000, and $405,000 (unaudited) at October 31, 1997 and 1998 and April 30,
1999 (unaudited), respectively. Included within the April 30, 1999 (unaudited)
balance is a bank credit line of $150,000 with TD Bank. All the lines require
collateralization and bear interest at a rate based on the Federal funds rate.
At October 31, 1997 and 1998 and April 30, 1999 (unaudited) Waterhouse had drawn
down $16,900, $400 and $182,300 (unaudited), respectively, on these credit
lines. GLIS-Canada has received unsecured letters of credit agreements with TD
Bank on behalf of two clearing organizations totalling $36,955, $47,369, and
$99,897 (unaudited) at October 31, 1997, 1998 and April 30, 1999 (unaudited),
respectively. GLIS-Canada pays an annual fee of 25 basis points on the notional
value of the letters of credit which amounted to $130, $191, $244, $116
(unaudited), and $140 (unaudited) for the years ended October 31, 1996, 1997 and
1998, and the six months ended April 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited),
respectively. There were no borrowings outstanding under these lines at October
31, 1997, 1998 and April 30, 1999 (unaudited).

     Deposits received for securities loaned primarily represent short term
collateralized financing transactions which bear interest based on prevailing
market rates (rate of 5.28%, 5.02%, and 4.63% (unaudited) at October 31, 1997
and 1998, and April 30, 1999 (unaudited), respectively. In addition, Green Line
acts as an intermediary between lenders and borrowers of securities and earns a
net interest spread on stock loan and stock borrow transactions.

7.   STOCK OPTIONS

     Certain employees of the Company participate in TD Bank's stock option
plan. Under TD Bank's stock option plan, options on TD Bank common shares are
issued to certain employees of the Company for terms of 10 years, vesting over a
four-year period and exercisable at the market price of the shares on the date
the options were issued. During 1997, the plan was modified to allow employees
to elect to receive cash for the options equal to their intrinsic value, being
the difference between the option exercise price and the current market value of
the shares. Pursuant to SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,
the Company records compensation expense based on the annual change in the
intrinsic value of the stock options. The Company recorded compensation expense
(income) in the amount of, $5,478, $(117), $2,739 (unaudited) and $5,321
(unaudited) for the years ended October 31, 1997, 1998 and the six month periods
ended April 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited), respectively, for
employee stock options. No compensation expense was recognized for fiscal years
prior to 1997. Outstanding options have exercise prices ranging from $11.23 to
$42.00, they have a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.6 years,
and they expire on dates ranging from April 2003 to December 2008.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>   112
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     A summary of the Company's portion of stock option activity and related
information of TD Bank is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                            WEIGHTED
                                        WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED                   AVERAGE
                              OCTOBER   AVERAGE    OCTOBER   AVERAGE    OCTOBER   AVERAGE       APRIL       EXERCISE
                                31,     EXERCISE     31,     EXERCISE     31,     EXERCISE    30, 1998        PRICE
                               1996      PRICE      1997      PRICE      1998      PRICE     (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
                              -------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------   -----------   -----------
<S>                           <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>           <C>
Number outstanding,
 beginning of period.......   208,282    $13.84    291,056    $15.14    410,896    $17.59      410,896       $17.59
Granted....................   100,400     17.33    194,300     25.33    250,900     41.58      250,900        42.95
Exercised..................   (14,875)    13.54    (69,475)    13.63    (48,650)    14.47      (18,148)       23.81
Forfeited..................   (2,751)     15.27    (4,985)     18.07    (1,049)     20.03         (626)       20.76
                              -------    ------    -------    ------    -------    ------      -------       ------
Number outstanding, end of
 period....................   291,056    $15.14    410,896    $17.59    612,097    $21.47      643,022       $27.28
                              -------    ------    -------    ------    -------    ------      -------       ------
Exercisable, end of
 period....................   89,848     $13.92    178,402    $14.40    227,617    $15.09      244,896       $15.42
                              =======    ======    =======    ======    =======    ======      =======       ======

<CAPTION>
                                            WEIGHTED
                                             AVERAGE
                                APRIL       EXERCISE
                              30, 1999        PRICE
                             (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
                             -----------   -----------
<S>                          <C>           <C>
Number outstanding,
 beginning of period.......    612,097       $21.47
Granted....................    336,700        33.71
Exercised..................    (35,591)       14.82
Forfeited..................     (4,073)       31.99
                               -------       ------
Number outstanding, end of
 period....................    909,133       $30.59
                               -------       ------
Exercisable, end of
 period....................    275,098       $23.29
                               =======       ======
</TABLE>

8.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

     The Company leases office space and equipment under noncancellable
operating leases with third parties and affiliates (Note 14) extending for
periods in excess of one year. Future minimum rental commitments under such
leases as of October 31, 1998 and April 30, 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               OCTOBER 31,     APRIL 30,
                                                                  1998           1999
                                                               -----------    -----------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>
Year ending October 31, 1999...............................      $20,486        $12,337
Year ending October 31, 2000...............................       19,134         19,486
Year ending October 31, 2001...............................       13,718         13,944
Year ending October 31, 2002...............................       11,281         11,501
Year ending October 31, 2003...............................        7,496          7,697
Thereafter.................................................       13,929         16,134
                                                                 -------        -------
                                                                 $86,044        $81,099
                                                                 =======        =======
</TABLE>

     Rental expense amounted to approximately, $11,181, $15,081 and $22,300 for
the years ended October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively, and $9,891
(unaudited) and $13,849 (unaudited) for the six months ended April 30, 1998
(unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited), respectively.

     Securities sold, not yet purchased represent obligations of the Company to
purchase securities at a future date. The Company may incur a loss if the market
value of the securities subsequently increases.

     The Company and several other discount brokers providing online trading
services have received a letter from the New York State Office of the Attorney
General dated February 2, 1999 requesting that WSI provide certain documents and
make certain employees available to discuss complaints that the Attorney
General's office has received regarding system outages or failures of online
brokerage services. The Company has met with representatives of the Attorney
General's office, has provided certain information to them and is continuing to
produce information as requested. In addition, the Company also understands that
the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and other federal and state
regulatory authorities are conducting inquiries into or reviewing similar
matters.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>   113
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     The Company recently received correspondence from the SEC's Office of
Compliance, Inspections and Examinations, which conducts examinations of
registered broker-dealers, requesting information with respect to the Company's
execution policies and practices regarding the handling of customer orders. The
Company understands that other discount brokerage firms have received similar
correspondence from the SEC. The Company has provided and will continue to
provide information and documentation to the SEC regarding the policies and
practices in this area. In response to concerns raised by the SEC staff
regarding the practices followed by a number of brokerage firms, including the
Company, to obtain best execution of trades for customers, the Company has
engaged in an ongoing review of the Company's practices and policies in the area
in order to assure that it is in compliance with applicable rules.
Communications between the Company and the SEC staff on this subject are
ongoing.

     In the normal course of conducting its securities business, the Company has
been named as a defendant in certain lawsuits, claims and legal actions. In the
opinion of management, after consultation with outside legal counsel, the
ultimate outcome of pending litigation matters and the inquiries described above
will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of
operations of the Company.

9.   NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     As registered broker-dealers and members of the New York Stock Exchange,
WSI and NISC are subject to the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule (the "Rule")
which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. At October 31, 1997 and
1998, and April 30, 1999 (unaudited), WSI and NISC were both in compliance with
their respective capital requirements and had net capital of $7,455, $15,339 and
$15,704 (unaudited), and $84,792, $160,314 and $346,677 (unaudited),
respectively, which was $6,352, $13,299 and $12,584 (unaudited), and $61,086,
$118,269 and $257,059 (unaudited), respectively, in excess of their required net
capital.

     Subsequent to the reorganization described in Note 17, GLIS-Canada will be
a member of the Investment Dealers Association of Canada ("IDA"), and will be
required to meet the risk adjusted capital rules which require the maintenance
of minimum risk adjusted capital of Cdn. $250 (US$172 at April 30, 1999).
Previously, as a division of TD Securities Inc., GLIS-Canada was not subject to
the IDA risk adjusted capital rules and therefore did not maintain stand alone
minimum risk adjusted capital.

     GLIS-UK, GLIS-Australia and GLIS-Hong Kong were all subject to
broker-dealer capital requirements in their respective countries and as of
October 31, 1997 and 1998 and April 30, 1999 (unaudited) were in compliance with
such requirements, as and when applicable.

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     Substantially all of the Company's full-time U.S. employees are eligible to
participate in the defined contribution profit sharing and 401(K) plans
sponsored by an affiliate. The Company makes discretionary contributions to the
profit sharing plan and makes mandatory matching contributions to the 401(K)
plan based on a percentage of each employee's contribution up to 6% per pay
period of the employee's compensation. The total expense recognized by the
Company for contributions to the U.S. profit sharing and 401(K) plans for the
years ended October 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the six months ended April 30,
1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited) were $5,035, $6,400, $3,060 (unaudited)
and $4,724 (unaudited), respectively. There were no contributions made to the
plans in 1996.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>   114
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     Substantially all of the Company's Canadian employees are eligible to
participate in TD Bank's pension plan. In TD Bank's pension plan, membership is
voluntary and funding is provided by contributions from TD Bank and members of
the plan. Each year, actuarial valuations are made of the pension plans
maintained by TD Bank to determine the present value of the accrued pension
benefits. Pension plan assets are valued at market values. Pension costs are
determined based upon separate accrued valuations using the projected benefit
method pro-rated on service and TD Bank management's estimates rather than on
valuations for funding purposes. There is no separate actuarial valuation for
the Company but the Company is charged its portion of pension expense from TD
Bank. Pension expense (income) includes the cost of pension benefits for the
current year's service, interest expense on pension liabilities, income on plan
assets and the amortization of pension adjustments on a straight-line basis over
the expected average remaining service life of TD Bank's employee group. The
Company's pro-rata share of TD Bank's pension cost (income) was ($60), ($341),
($182), and ($100) (unaudited) for the years ended October 31, 1996, 1997, 1998
and the six months ended April 30, 1998 (unaudited) and $638 (unaudited) for the
six months ended April 30, 1999 (unaudited), respectively.

     TD Bank also provides the Company's Canadian employees with certain health
care and life insurance benefits for its employees upon retirement. Eligible
employees are those who retire from TD Bank and the Company at normal retirement
age.

11. INCOME TAXES

     Income tax expense consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,            APRIL 30,
                                           -----------------------------    ------------------
                                            1996       1997       1998       1998       1999
                                           -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal..............................    $    --    $12,099    $27,392    $ 8,940    $25,064
  State................................         --      2,074      4,696      1,533      4,297
  Foreign..............................     24,230     20,544     21,180     10,093     11,893
                                           -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
  Total Current........................     24,230     34,717     53,268     20,566     41,254
                                           -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Deferred:
  Federal..............................         --      6,363      1,149      3,532      1,250
  State................................         --      1,091        197        606        214
  Foreign..............................        326        245        151        250        267
                                           -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
  Total Deferred.......................        326      7,699      1,497      4,388      1,731
                                           -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
Total Income Tax Expense...............    $24,556    $42,416    $54,765    $24,954    $42,985
                                           =======    =======    =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-16
<PAGE>   115
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     The temporary differences which have created deferred tax assets and
liabilities, included in other assets on the combined statements of financial
condition, are detailed below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 OCTOBER 31,         APRIL 30,
                                                              ------------------    -----------
                                                               1997       1998         1999
                                                              -------    -------    -----------
                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Depreciation and amortization...........................    $ 1,206    $   645      $   693
  Accruals and allowances.................................      1,893      2,269        1,761
                                                              -------    -------      -------
  Total deferred tax assets...............................      3,099      2,914        2,454
                                                              -------    -------      -------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Goodwill and other......................................         --     (1,312)      (2,583)
                                                              -------    -------      -------
  Total deferred tax liabilities..........................         --     (1,312)      (2,583)
                                                              -------    -------      -------
Net deferred tax asset/(liability)........................    $ 3,099    $ 1,602      $  (129)
                                                              =======    =======      =======
</TABLE>

     The Company determined that no valuation allowance against deferred tax
assets at October 31, 1997 and 1998, and April 30, 1999 (unaudited) was
necessary.

     The following is a reconciliation of the provision for income taxes and the
amount computed by applying the U.S. Federal statutory rate to income before
income taxes.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                                    FOR THE YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 31,      ENDED APRIL 30,
                                                   --------------------------------    ------------------
                                                     1996        1997        1998       1998       1999
                                                   --------    --------    --------    -------    -------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate.........     35.0%       35.0%       35.0%       35.0%      35.0%
State and local income taxes, net of
  Federal income tax benefit...................        --         3.5         4.8         3.0        3.2
Foreign Provincial income taxes................      10.0         6.7         6.7         8.4        4.3
Amortization of goodwill.......................       0.3         8.7         6.4         7.5        3.7
                                                    -----       -----       -----       -----      -----
                                                    45.3%       53.9%       52.9%       53.9%      46.2%
                                                    =====       =====       =====       =====      =====
</TABLE>

12.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND CONCENTRATION OF
      CREDIT RISK

     In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to
off-balance-sheet risk. The Company executes, as agent, securities transactions
on behalf of its customers. If either the customer or a counterparty fails to
perform, the Company may be required to discharge the obligations of the
nonperforming party. In such circumstances, the Company may sustain a loss if
the market value of the security is different from the contract value of the
transaction.

     In the normal course of business, the Company may deliver securities as
collateral in support of various secured financing sources such as bank loans
and deposits received for securities loaned. Additionally, the Company delivers
customer securities as collateral to satisfy margin deposits of various clearing
organizations. In the event the counterparty is unable to meet its contracted
obligation to return customer securities delivered as collateral, the Company
may be obligated to purchase the securities in order to return them to the
owner. In

                                      F-17
<PAGE>   116
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

such circumstances, the Company may incur a loss up to the amount by which the
market value of the securities exceeds the value of the loan or other collateral
received or in the possession or control of the Company.

     For transactions in which the Company extends credit to customers and
counterparties, the Company seeks to control the risks associated with these
activities by requiring customers to maintain margin collateral in compliance
with various regulatory and internal guidelines. The Company monitors required
margin levels daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requests customers to
deposit additional collateral or reduce securities positions, when necessary.

     The Company has a global retail customer base. The Company conducts
business with brokers and dealers, clearing organizations and depositories that
are primarily located in the U.S., Canada, Australia, U.K. and Hong Kong. The
majority of the Company's transactions and, consequently, the concentration of
its credit exposures are with customers, broker-dealers and other financial
institutions in the United States and Canada. These result in credit exposure in
the event that the counterparty fails to fulfill its contractual obligations.
The Company's exposure to credit risk can be directly impacted by volatile
securities markets which may impair the ability of counterparties to satisfy
their contractual obligations. The Company seeks to control its credit risk
through a variety of reporting and control procedures, including establishing
credit limits based upon a review of the counterparties' financial condition and
credit ratings. The Company monitors collateral levels on a daily basis for
compliance with regulatory and internal guidelines and requests changes in
collateral levels, as appropriate.

13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, Disclosure about Fair
Value of Financial Instruments, requires the disclosure of the fair value of
financial instruments, including assets and liabilities recognized on the
combined statement of financial condition. Management estimates that the
aggregate net fair value of all other financial instruments recognized on the
combined statements of financial condition (including deposits received for
securities loaned, receivables, payables and accruals, and bank loans and
overdrafts) approximates their carrying value, as such financial instruments are
short term in nature, bear interest at current market rates or are subject to
restrictions or other specific provisions which offset their fair value.

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company transacts business and has extensive relationships with TD
Bank, WISI and other affiliates. Due to these relationships, it is possible that
the terms of these transactions are not the same as those that would result from
transactions among unrelated parties. A description of these transactions and
relationships is set forth below:

     GENERAL

     Directors, officers and employees of the Company maintain cash and margin
accounts with the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries and execute securities
transactions through these firms in the ordinary course of business. As of
October 31, 1997 and 1998, and April 30, 1999 (unaudited), receivable from
customers includes $6,162, $15,264, and $29,994 (unaudited), respectively,
representing accounts of executive officers and directors. As of October 31,
1997 and 1998, and April 30, 1999 (unaudited), payable to customers

                                      F-18
<PAGE>   117
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

includes $380, $1,621 and $3,607 (unaudited), respectively, representing
accounts of executive officers and directors.

     The Company, where possible, utilizes the commercial banking and related
services of TD Bank and its affiliates, which are provided to the Company at
standard commercial rates for the services provided.

     As more fully discussed in Note 11, the Company's U.S. operations are
included in the consolidated federal income tax returns and combined state and
local income tax returns of an affiliate filed in the U.S. and its Canadian
operations are included in income tax returns filed by TD Bank or TD Securities
Inc. in Canada. The provisions recorded by the Company for income taxes in the
U.S. and Canada do not differ materially from the provisions that would have
resulted had the Company filed separate income tax returns.

     WATERHOUSE

     WAM acts as investment advisor and provides various administrative and
shareholder services to a series of proprietary mutual funds. WAM receives fees
from the funds based primarily on the average daily net asset value of the
funds, but may, at its discretion, choose to waive all or a portion of the fees
at any time.

     WAM also provides investment advisory services to Waterhouse National Bank
("WNB"), an affiliated commercial bank, with respect to WNB's investments in
fixed income securities and receives fees based on the market value of the
assets under management.

     Customers of WSI and NISC may elect to sweep their excess cash balances
held in their brokerage accounts into an FDIC insured money market account
offered by WNB. In connection with this arrangement, WSI and NISC provide WNB
with record keeping and shareholder services and as compensation receive a fee
based on the average daily cash balance that their customers maintain at WNB.

     Fee income related to the aforementioned transactions and relationships of
Waterhouse have been included in Mutual fund and related revenue in the
accompanying combined statements of income and the corresponding amounts are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FOR THE
                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                OCTOBER 31,                    APRIL 30,
                                      --------------------------------    --------------------
                                        1996        1997        1998        1998        1999
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Fees..............................    $     --    $ 17,253    $ 23,719    $ 10,488    $ 21,143
Fees waived.......................          --      (1,331)     (3,894)     (1,611)     (5,037)
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Fee income........................    $     --    $ 15,922    $ 19,825    $  8,877    $ 16,106
                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>

     Commencing in fiscal 1998, NISC provided clearing services to a U.S.
affiliate of TD Bank and received clearing fees, at rates approximating those
charged to third-party introducing brokers. The income from this relationship
was $959 for the year ended October 31, 1998 and $385 (unaudited) and $418
(unaudited) respectively, for the six months ended April 30, 1998 (unaudited)
and 1999 (unaudited) which have been included in commissions and fees.

     In addition, the Company, primarily through WSI, provides WNB with various
marketing and administrative support services. These services include the
marketing of WNB's FDIC insured deposit

                                      F-19
<PAGE>   118
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

accounts and various credit products. In addition to these marketing services,
WSI provides WNB with various executive and administrative support services.
These services include providing office space, audit, tax, human resources,
employee benefits and legal. The Company is reimbursed for such services based
on a cost recovery basis, which approximates $50 per month or $600 per annum
which has been included in Other revenue in the combined statements of income.

     GREEN LINE

     GLIS-Canada sells mutual funds to customers, some of which are managed by
TD Asset Management ("TDAM"). TDAM pays trailer fees to the Company based on the
net asset value of the mutual funds held by GLIS-Canada's customers.

     GLIS-Canada also pays TD Bank a referral fee for customers introduced by TD
Bank's retail bank branches.

     TDSS provides clearing services to TD Bank. Since TDSS was a division of TD
Bank during the periods presented in the accompanying financial statements, fees
received by TDSS from TD Bank have been determined on a cost recovery basis.
Subsequent to the reorganization and initial public offering, fees for such
services will be renegotiated at commercial rates.

     All employees involved in the Green Line businesses are employees of TD
Bank. TD Bank has allocated compensation expense to the Company based on an
estimate of the actual compensation earned by each TD Bank employee that
performs services for Green Line, plus an estimate of the related employment
benefits applicable to these employees which was based on a percentage of total
compensation.

     TD Bank provides significant administrative and other services to Green
Line. Charges for these services are calculated on a cost recovery basis. A
detailed description of the services is as follows:

     Leases for Green Line's head office and branch locations are negotiated by
TD Bank and rental expense is allocated to the Company by TD Bank. The rental
charge includes the lease costs, insurance and management and maintenance
expenses. Rental amounts are also paid by the Company on TD Bank owned property
which Green Line occupies. TD Bank also charges GLIS-Canada for use of their
equipment and provides hardware, software, and telephone infrastructure services
which are charged to GLIS-Canada based on services used.

     Professional services such as internal audit and legal are provided by TD
Bank and charged to the Company at an hourly rate for specific work performed on
Green Line's business. TD Bank's systems research and development group works
with the Green Line in-house systems group to provide software solutions.

     Overhead costs associated with the following general services are allocated
to the Company based on the proportion of Green Line's revenues to the total
consolidated TD Bank revenues: payroll services and corporate human resource
policy and procedures, financial statement consolidation, business planning,
forecasting and tax planning, official external communications which include
press releases and annual and quarterly reporting and investor, government and
community relations, charitable donations and the costs related to employee
communications, and overall TD Bank marketing expenses which include advertising
and market research. In addition, economic research is provided for Green Line
and used for marketing and client education purposes and the costs to prepare
the research is charged based on usage. Policies and procedures for credit and
market risk management are formulated centrally by TD Bank. Expense allocations
are determined based on the time spent on each business.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>   119
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     TD Bank advances funding in the form of subordinated loans to
GLIS-Australia and GLIS-UK. GLIS-Australia and GLIS-UK maintained available
subordinated debt lines with an affiliate totaling $24,944 and $26,454
(unaudited) and $8,373 and $8,055 (unaudited), respectively, as of October 31,
1998 and April 30, 1999 (unaudited), respectively. At October 31, 1998 and April
30, 1999 (unaudited), GLIS-Australia had drawn down $22,138 and $22,222
(unaudited), respectively, on these lines. GLIS-UK had drawn down $2,416
(unaudited) on its loan as of April 30, 1999 (unaudited).

Revenues and expenses resulting from the aforementioned transactions and
relationships of Green Line, which are included in the accompanying combined
statements of income, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED           FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                OCTOBER 31,                      APRIL 30,
                                      --------------------------------    ------------------------
                                        1996        1997        1998         1998          1999
                                      --------    --------    --------    ----------    ----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
REVENUES
Commissions and fees..............    $  8,937    $ 14,706    $ 16,524     $  8,290      $  8,430
Mutual Fund and related revenue...       3,336       4,710       5,959        2,895         2,835
Net interest revenue..............          --          --      (1,038)        (503)         (584)
                                      --------    --------    --------     --------      --------
Total revenues....................    $ 12,273    $ 19,416    $ 21,445     $ 10,682      $ 10,681
                                      ========    ========    ========     ========      ========
EXPENSES
Compensation and benefits.........    $ 40,432    $ 51,647    $ 52,717     $ 22,124      $ 22,950
Occupancy and equipment...........      13,371      16,783      17,065        8,853         9,033
Professional fees.................       3,139       4,141       3,600        1,863         1,759
Other expenses....................       4,947       7,054       7,190        3,901         4,313
                                      --------    --------    --------     --------      --------
Total expenses....................    $ 61,889    $ 79,625    $ 80,572     $ 36,741      $ 38,055
                                      ========    ========    ========     ========      ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-21
<PAGE>   120
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

15. INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

     The total revenues, income before income taxes, and identifiable assets of
the Company's businesses by geographic region are summarized below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED           FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                OCTOBER 31,                      APRIL 30,
                                      --------------------------------    ------------------------
                                        1996        1997        1998         1998          1999
                                      --------    --------    --------    ----------    ----------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
Total revenues:
  United States...................    $     --    $250,095    $423,789     $183,512      $343,191
  Canada..........................     167,409     194,028     180,051       93,136       110,938
  Other...........................          --       2,509      10,621        5,263         9,904
                                      --------    --------    --------     --------      --------
  Total...........................    $167,409    $446,632    $614,461     $281,911      $464,033
                                      ========    ========    ========     ========      ========
Income before income taxes:
  United States...................    $     --    $ 35,775    $ 64,243     $ 27,029      $ 66,825
  Canada..........................      54,175      44,290      45,739       20,985        29,807
  Other...........................          --      (1,444)     (6,504)      (1,726)       (3,618)
                                      --------    --------    --------     --------      --------
  Total...........................    $ 54,175    $ 78,621    $103,478     $ 46,288      $ 93,014
                                      ========    ========    ========     ========      ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              OCTOBER 31,    OCTOBER 31,                APRIL 30,
                                                 1997           1998                       1999
                                              -----------    -----------                ----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                             <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>
Identifiable assets:
  United States.............                  $1,635,497     $2,800,713                 $5,237,650
  Canada....................                   1,258,675      1,383,020                  2,210,241
  Other.....................                      52,422        115,003                    180,491
                                              ----------     ----------                 ----------
  Total.....................                  $2,946,594     $4,298,736                 $7,628,382
                                              ==========     ==========                 ==========
</TABLE>

16. RECONCILIATION OF U.S. AND CANADIAN GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

     The combined financial statements of the Company are prepared in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
("US GAAP"). Material differences at October 31, 1997 and 1998 and April 30,
1999 (unaudited) and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998
and for the six months ended April 30, 1998 (unaudited) and 1999 (unaudited)
between US GAAP and accounting principles generally accepted in Canada
("Canadian GAAP") are described below.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>   121
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

NET INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            FOR THE YEAR ENDED           FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                OCTOBER 31,                     APRIL 30,
                                       -----------------------------    --------------------------
                                        1996       1997       1998         1998           1999
                                       -------    -------    -------    -----------    -----------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
Net income based on US GAAP........    $29,619    $36,205    $48,713      $21,334        $50,029
Stock-based compensation, net of
  tax..............................         --      3,177        (68)       1,589          3,086
                                       -------    -------    -------      -------        -------
Net income based on Canadian GAAP..    $29,619    $39,382    $48,645      $22,923        $53,115
                                       =======    =======    =======      =======        =======
</TABLE>

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 OCTOBER 31,    OCTOBER 31,     APRIL 30,
                                    1997           1998           1999
                                 -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Total assets based on US
  GAAP.......................    $2,946,594     $4,298,736     $7,628,382
Customer transactions as of a
  trade date.................       307,425        795,429      1,423,091
                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
Total assets based on
  Canadian GAAP..............    $3,254,019     $5,094,165     $9,051,473
                                 ==========     ==========     ==========
Total liabilities based on US
  GAAP.......................    $2,327,075     $3,303,601     $6,437,975
Customer transactions as of
  trade date.................       307,425        795,429      1,423,091
                                 ----------     ----------     ----------
Total liabilities based on
  Canadian GAAP..............    $2,634,500     $4,099,030     $7,861,066
                                 ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     During 1997, the TD Bank employee stock option plan was modified to allow
option holders to elect to receive cash for the option's intrinsic value, being
the difference between the option's exercise price and the current market value
of the shares. In accounting for stock options with this feature, SFAS No. 123
requires expensing the annual change in the intrinsic value of the stock
options. For options that have not fully vested, the change in intrinsic value
is amortized over the remaining vesting period. For purposes of preparing its
Canadian GAAP financial statements, TD Bank does not record compensation expense
for stock-based compensation, but rather cash payments to option holders are
charged to retained earnings.

CUSTOMERS' SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

     Under U.S. GAAP, customers' securities transactions are recorded on a
settlement date basis. Under Canadian GAAP, customers securities transactions
are recorded on a trade date basis.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>   122
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
       (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK)

             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                   (INFORMATION AT APRIL 30, 1999 AND FOR THE
             SIX MONTHS ENDED APRIL 30, 1998 AND 1999 IS UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

17. PROPOSED REORGANIZATION AND INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING (UNAUDITED)

     TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. was organized as an indirect wholly owned
subsidiary of TD Bank. In connection with an initial public offering of TD
Waterhouse Group, Inc.'s common stock, TD Bank will reorganize the entities and
divisions which comprise TD Bank's global discount brokerage business (see Note
1) under the ownership of TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. Management anticipates that
the reorganization will include the following steps:

     -  TD Bank will transfer all of the stock of WSI, NISC, WAM and WNA to TD
        Waterhouse Group, Inc. at their respective net book values.

     -  TD Bank will transfer the assets and liabilities of GLIS-Canada and TDSS
        to a newly formed Canadian subsidiary of TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. in
        exchange for a series of exchangeable preference shares of this
        subsidiary at their respective net book values. The exchangeable
        preference shares will have voting and dividend rights equal to an
        equivalent number of shares of TD Waterhouse Group, Inc.'s common stock,
        and will be exchangeable at any time, at TD Bank's option, for an
        equivalent number of shares of TD Waterhouse Group, Inc.'s common stock.

     -  TD Bank will transfer all of the stock of GLIS-UK, GLIS-HK and
        GLIS-Australia to TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. at their respective net book
        values.

     -  TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. will enter into an inter-company services
        agreement with TD Bank and its affiliates for services provided and
        received.

                                      F-24
<PAGE>   123

                            SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

                                      F-25
<PAGE>   124

                            SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

                          WATERHOUSE SECURITIES GROUP
                      (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES
                     OF WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES, INC.)

                          COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE TWELVE
                                                                  MONTHS ENDED
                                                                OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                                                ----------------
<S>                                                             <C>
REVENUES
Commissions and fees........................................        $165,817
Mutual fund and related revenue.............................          15,227
Net interest revenue........................................          21,259
Other.......................................................           1,074
                                                                    --------
  TOTAL REVENUES............................................         203,377
                                                                    --------
EXPENSES
Employee compensation and benefits..........................          66,705
Execution and clearing costs................................          25,556
Occupancy and equipment.....................................          30,107
Advertising and marketing...................................           9,321
Communications..............................................           9,171
Professional fees...........................................           9,646
Other.......................................................          19,891
                                                                    --------
  TOTAL EXPENSES............................................         170,397
                                                                    --------
Income before income taxes..................................          32,980
Income tax provision........................................          16,807
                                                                    --------
  NET INCOME................................................        $ 16,173
                                                                    ========
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   125

                          WATERHOUSE SECURITIES GROUP
                      (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES
                    OF WATERHOUSE INVESTORS SERVICES, INC.)

                    COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 TOTAL
                                                                 EQUITY
                                                                --------
<S>                                                             <C>
Balance at October 31, 1995.................................    $ 54,824
Net income..................................................      16,173
Purchase accounting adjustments.............................     389,760
                                                                --------
Balance at October 31, 1996.................................    $460,757
                                                                ========
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   126

                          WATERHOUSE SECURITIES GROUP
                      (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES
                     OF WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES, INC.)

                        COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 FOR THE TWELVE
                                                                  MONTHS ENDED
                                                                OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                                                ----------------
<S>                                                             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income..................................................       $  16,173
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.............................           9,272
  (Increases) decreases in operating assets:
     Securities owned.......................................          (4,185)
     Receivable from brokers and dealers....................           1,624
     Receivable from customers..............................        (118,849)
     Deposits with clearing organizations...................            (763)
     Other assets...........................................          (1,600)
  Increases (decreases) in operating liabilities:
     Bank loans and overdrafts..............................         (22,500)
     Deposits received for securities loaned................         263,314
     Payable to brokers and dealers.........................        (136,508)
     Payable to customers...................................          23,169
     Accrued compensation, taxes payable and other
      liabilities...........................................          14,802
                                                                   ---------
       CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES................          43,949
                                                                   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of fixed assets and leasehold improvements.........         (14,458)
                                                                   ---------
       CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES....................         (14,458)
                                                                   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Decrease in advances from affiliates........................         (25,506)
                                                                   ---------
       CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES....................         (25,506)
                                                                   ---------
       INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................           3,985
       CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD.......          14,553
                                                                   ---------
       CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD.............       $  18,538
                                                                   =========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
  Cash paid for interest....................................       $  13,637
                                                                   =========
  Cash paid for income taxes................................       $  23,543
                                                                   =========
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   127

                          WATERHOUSE SECURITIES GROUP
  (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES, INC.)
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

1.   ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

     On March 31, 1999, the Board of Directors of The Toronto-Dominion Bank ("TD
Bank") approved the public offering of TD Bank's global discount brokerage
business, which includes the following subsidiaries of Waterhouse Investor
Services, Inc. ("WISI"):

     -  Waterhouse Securities, Inc. ("WSI"), a U.S. registered broker-dealer
        which provides discount brokerage services to retail customers in the
        U.S.

     -  National Investor Services, Corp. ("NISC"), a U.S. registered
        broker-dealer with limited operations as of October 31, 1996.

     -  Waterhouse Asset Management ("WAM"), a U.S. registered investment
        advisor which provides investment advice to a series of affiliated
        mutual funds.

     -  Waterhouse, Nicoll & Associates, Inc. ("WNA"), a U.S. based advertising
        firm which places advertising for affiliates.

     The aforementioned entities constitute WISI's discount brokerage business
and are collectively hereinafter referred to as "Waterhouse."

     Waterhouse provides securities and mutual fund investment services to
retail customers throughout the United States. Waterhouse also acts as an
investment advisor to a series of proprietary mutual funds and provides
execution and clearing services to third-party broker-dealers.

     WISI was acquired by TD Bank in October 1996 for cash and TD Bank Common
Stock. The transaction was accounted for under the purchase method and the $390
million excess of the purchase price assigned to Waterhouse's business over the
fair value of the net assets acquired was recorded by Waterhouse as goodwill, to
be amortized over a period of twenty years. For financial reporting purposes the
transaction was accounted for as of October 31, 1996, TD Bank's year end date,
which, in the opinion of management, did not have a material effect on the
accompanying financial statements for the twelve months ended October 31, 1996.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of the
individual entities comprising Waterhouse on a combined basis. All transactions
and balances between and among the entities within the combined group have been
eliminated.

     USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

                                      F-29
<PAGE>   128
                          WATERHOUSE SECURITIES GROUP
  (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES, INC.)
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     COMMISSIONS AND FEES

     Customers' securities transactions are recorded on a settlement date basis
with related commission revenue and related expenses recorded on a trade date
basis. Fees consist primarily of payments from market makers and exchanges for
directing order executions and clearing fees.

     MUTUAL FUND AND RELATED REVENUE

     Mutual fund and related revenue consist of fees earned for providing
investment advisory services to a series of related mutual funds and fees for
record keeping and shareholder services provided to third-party mutual funds and
an affiliated bank. Such revenue is recorded when earned.

     NET INTEREST REVENUE

     Waterhouse reports interest revenue, which primarily arises from margin
loans to customers net of the related financing cost (interest expense).
Interest expense for the twelve months ended October 31, 1996 was $16,197.

     ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

     Advertising and marketing costs are expensed as incurred.

     DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION OF FIXED ASSETS

     Depreciation of capitalized furniture and equipment is provided on a
straight-line basis using estimated useful lives of three to five years.
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of
the lease term or the estimated useful life.

     INCOME TAXES

     Waterhouse's results of operations were included in the consolidated income
tax returns filed by WISI. WISI allocated income tax expense to Waterhouse based
on Waterhouse's ratable share of WISI's taxable income as if Waterhouse were to
file separate income tax returns. Deferred tax expenses and benefits were
recognized in the combined statement of income for changes in deferred tax
assets and liabilities.

     CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     For purposes of reporting cash flows, Waterhouse considers all highly
liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less (except for
amounts designated as securities owned) to be cash equivalents.

     SEGMENT INFORMATION

     The nature and extent of Waterhouse's operations are such that it operates
in only one reportable segment as a provider of discount brokerage services and
in one geographic location, the United States.

                                      F-30
<PAGE>   129
                          WATERHOUSE SECURITIES GROUP
  (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES, INC.)
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

3.   STOCK OPTIONS

     Certain employees of Waterhouse participated in WISI's stock option plan,
which provided for the issuance of WISI's stock options at prices equal to the
market value of WISI's stock on the date of grant. WISI accounted for these
options in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. WISI had not recognized any
compensation expenses relative to Waterhouse's employees; accordingly, no
compensation expense was reflected in Waterhouse's financial statements. As a
result of WISI's acquisition by TD Bank, all outstanding options were exercised
and the plan was terminated. Waterhouse recorded approximately $4.1 million in
compensation expense relating to the termination of certain employee stock
options prior to its acquisition by TD Bank.

4.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

     Waterhouse leased office space under noncancellable operating leases
extending for periods in excess of one year. Future minimum rental commitments
under such leases were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TWELVE MONTHS ENDING OCTOBER 31,
- --------------------------------
<S>                                                             <C>
1997........................................................    $ 6,685
1998........................................................      6,818
1999........................................................      6,383
2000........................................................      5,863
2001........................................................      5,038
Thereafter..................................................     10,202
                                                                -------
                                                                $40,989
                                                                =======
</TABLE>

     Rent expense for the twelve months ended October 31, 1996 was approximately
$5,485.

5.   NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

     As registered broker-dealers and members of the New York Stock Exchange,
WSI and NISC are subject to the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule (the "Rule")
which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. At October 31, 1996 WSI
and NISC had net capital of $40,995 and $768, respectively, which was $29,728
and $518, respectively, in excess of required net capital.

6.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     WISI had an employee stock ownership plan in which employees of Waterhouse
participated. In connection with this plan, Waterhouse recorded compensation
expense of $1,950 during the twelve months ended October 31, 1996 which equaled
WISI's contributions to the plan on behalf of Waterhouse's employees. As a
result of TD Bank's acquisition of all of WISI's outstanding common stock, the
plan was terminated and the assets were distributed to participants or, at their
election, transferred to a newly created defined contribution plan.

     WISI also had a 401k plan in which employees of Waterhouse participated.
Neither Waterhouse nor WISI made contributions to this plan during the twelve
months ended October 1996.

                                      F-31
<PAGE>   130
                          WATERHOUSE SECURITIES GROUP
  (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES, INC.)
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

7.   INCOME TAXES

     The reported amount of income tax expense differs from the amount of income
tax expense that would result from applying Federal statutory rates to pretax
income due primarily to state and local income taxes, accrued expenses and other
items such as nondeductible business development expenses and officers'
nondeductible life insurance premiums. A reconciliation of Waterhouse's
effective tax rate for the twelve months ended October 31, 1996 was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                             <C>
Federal statutory income tax rate...........................    35.0%
State and local income taxes, net of Federal income tax
  benefit...................................................      7.6
Accrued expenses............................................      5.9
Other, net..................................................      2.4
                                                                -----
                                                                50.9%
                                                                =====
</TABLE>

     Income tax expense was as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Current
  Federal...................................................    $ 9,626
  State.....................................................      1,650
                                                                -------
  Total Current.............................................     11,276
                                                                -------
Deferred
  Federal...................................................      4,722
  State.....................................................        809
                                                                -------
  Total Deferred............................................      5,531
                                                                -------
Total Income Tax Expense....................................    $16,807
                                                                =======
</TABLE>

8.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK AND CONCENTRATIONS OF
CREDIT RISK

     In the normal course of business, Waterhouse executes, as agent, securities
transactions on behalf of its customers and the customers introduced by other
broker-dealers. If either the customer or a counterparty fails to perform,
Waterhouse may be required to discharge the obligations of the nonperforming
party. In such circumstances, Waterhouse may sustain a loss if the market value
of the security is different from the contract value of the transaction.

     In the normal course of business, Waterhouse may deliver securities as
collateral in support of various secured financing sources such as securities
loaned. Additionally, Waterhouse delivers customer securities as collateral to
satisfy margin deposits of various clearing organizations. In the event the
counterparty is unable to meet its contracted obligation to return customer
securities delivered as collateral, Waterhouse may be obligated to purchase the
securities in order to return them to the owner. In such circumstances,
Waterhouse may incur a loss up to the amount by which the market value of the
securities exceeds the value of the loan or other collateral received or in the
possession or control of Waterhouse.

     For transactions in which Waterhouse extends credit to customers,
Waterhouse seeks to control the risks associated with these activities by
requiring customers to maintain margin collateral in compliance with various
regulatory and internal guidelines. Waterhouse monitors required margin levels
daily and, pursuant to

                                      F-32
<PAGE>   131
                          WATERHOUSE SECURITIES GROUP
  (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES, INC.)
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

such guidelines, requests customers to deposit additional collateral or reduce
securities positions, when necessary.

     Waterhouse has a nationwide retail customer base. Waterhouse conducts
business with brokers and dealers, clearing organizations and depositories that
are primarily located in the New York area. The majority of Waterhouse's
transactions and, consequently, the concentration of its credit exposures, are
with customers, broker-dealers and other financial institutions in the United
States. These result in credit exposure in the event that the counterparty fails
to fulfill its contractual obligations. Waterhouse's exposure to credit risk can
be directly impacted by volatile securities markets which may impair the ability
of counterparties to satisfy their contractual obligations. Waterhouse seeks to
control its credit risk through a variety of reporting and control procedures,
including establishing credit limits based upon a review of the counterparties'
financial condition and credit ratings. Waterhouse monitors collateral levels on
a daily basis for compliance with regulatory and internal guidelines and
requests changes in collateral levels, as appropriate.

9.   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     Waterhouse transacts business and has extensive relationships with WISI and
its affiliates. Due to these relationships, it is possible that the terms of
these transactions were not the same as those that would have resulted from
transactions among unrelated parties. A description of these transactions and
relationships is set forth below:

     Directors, officers and employees of Waterhouse maintained cash and margin
accounts with Waterhouse's broker-dealer subsidiaries and executed securities
transactions through these firms in the ordinary course of business.

     As more fully discussed in Note 2, Waterhouse was included in the
consolidated federal and combined state and local income tax returns of WISI.

     WAM acted as investment advisor and provided various administrative and
shareholder services to a series of proprietary mutual funds. WAM received fees
from the funds based primarily on the average daily net asset value of the
funds, but may, at its discretion, choose to waive all or a portion of the fees
at any time.

     WAM also provided investment advisory services to Waterhouse National Bank
("WNB"), an affiliated commercial bank, with respect to WNB's investments in
fixed income securities and received fees based on the market value of the
assets under management.

     Customers of WSI and NISC may have elected to sweep their excess cash
balances held in their brokerage accounts into an FDIC insured money market
account offered by WNB. In connection with this arrangement, WSI and NISC
provided WNB with record keeping and shareholder services and as compensation
received a fee based on the average daily cash balance that their customers
maintained at WNB.

     Fee income related to the aforementioned transactions and relationships
have been included in Mutual fund and related revenue in the accompanying
combined statement of income and the corresponding amounts were as follows:

<TABLE>
    <S>                                      <C>
    Fees.................................    $ 9,458
    Fees waived..........................     (1,926)
                                             -------
    Fee income...........................    $ 7,532
                                             =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-33
<PAGE>   132
                          WATERHOUSE SECURITIES GROUP
  (A COMBINATION OF CERTAIN BUSINESSES OF WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES, INC.)
             NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                OCTOBER 31, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

     In addition, the Company, primarily through WSI, provided WNB with referral
and administrative support services. These services included the marketing of
WNB's FDIC insured deposit accounts and various credit products. In addition to
these marketing services, WSI provided WNB with various executive and
administrative support services. These services included providing office space,
audit, tax, human resources, employee benefits and legal. The Company was
reimbursed for those services based on an estimate of the costs of providing the
services, which approximated $50 per month or $600 per annum and is included in
Other revenue in the combined statement of income.

     In the normal course of business, Waterhouse obtained advances from WISI to
finance its operations. The advances were payable on demand and bore interest at
an annual rate of 10%. For the twelve months ended October 31, 1996, WISI
charged Waterhouse interest of approximately $3.2 million.

     During the twelve months ended October 31, 1996, WISI charged Waterhouse a
management fee of $600 for management services. In addition, another subsidiary
of WISI charged Waterhouse a fee of $600 for advertising services.

10. RECONCILIATION OF U.S. AND CANADIAN GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

     The combined financial statements of the Company were prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America ("US GAAP"). For the twelve months ended October 31, 1996 there were no
material differences between net income and equity, as presented in the
accompanying financial statements under U.S. GAAP, and net income and equity
determined by applying accounting principles generally accepted in Canada.

                                      F-34
<PAGE>   133

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc.

     In our opinion, the accompanying combined statements of income, of changes
in equity and of cash flows of Waterhouse Securities Group (a combination of
certain businesses of Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc.) present fairly, in all
material respects, the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year
ended October 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
April 29, 1999

                                      F-35
<PAGE>   134

                                      LOGO
                                      LOGO

Branch office network
[Graphic: Waterhouse Investor Services Office]

                                                     Touch-tone telephone access
                                                            [Graphic: Telephone]

Online-web Broker
[Graphic: Laptop Computer with Waterhouse Securities Website on Screen]

                                                24-hour service in U.S. & Canada
                 [Graphic: Customer Service Representative on Phone with Client]



<PAGE>   135

                                      LOGO
                                      LOGO
<PAGE>   136

                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

     Set forth below is an estimate (except for the SEC, TSE and NYSE fees) of
the fees and expenses payable by us in connection with the offerings of the
common stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FEES AND EXPENSES
                                                                -----------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Registration Fees...........................................        $278,000
Printing and Engraving Costs................................         *
Legal Fees and Expenses.....................................         *
Accounting Fees and Expenses................................         *
NYSE Listing Fee............................................         *
TSE Listing Fee.............................................         *
NASD Filing Fees............................................         *
Registrar and Transfer Agent's Fees.........................         *
Blue Sky Qualification Fees and Expenses....................         *
Miscellaneous Fees and Expenses.............................         *
                                                                    --------
     Total..................................................        $*
                                                                    ========
</TABLE>

- ---------------

* To be filled in by amendment.

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL")
permits a provision in the certificate of incorporation of each corporation
organized thereunder, eliminating or limiting, with certain exceptions, the
personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for certain breaches of fiduciary duty as a director.
Waterhouse's Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the personal liability of
directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

     Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a Delaware corporation, within certain
limitations, to indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents against
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with any suit
or proceeding other than by or on behalf of the corporation, if they acted in
good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to a criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful.

     With respect to actions by or on behalf of the corporation, Section 145
permits a corporation to indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents
against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such
person meets the standard of conduct described in the preceding paragraph,
except that no indemnification is permitted in respect of any claim where such
person has been found liable to the corporation, unless the Court of Chancery or
the court in which such action or suit was brought approves such indemnification
and determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to be
indemnified.

     Our charter provides for the indemnification of our officers and directors
(the "Indemnitees") to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Delaware
law currently permits a Delaware corporation (i) to indemnify any officer or
director in any third-party or governmental actions against them for expenses,
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and, in derivative actions, for
expenses, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in the manner he believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interest of such corporation and (ii) to
advance expenses in any action, provided that such officer or directors agrees
to reimburse the corporation if it is ultimately determined that he was not
entitled to indemnification.

     Pursuant to the underwriting agreement between us and the underwriters
filed as an exhibit to this registration statement, the underwriters have agreed
to indemnify each of our officers and directors and each

                                      II-1
<PAGE>   137

person, if any, who controls us within the meaning of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under said
Act.

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     Since our formation, we have issued the following securities that were not
registered under the Securities Act:

     On April 21, 1999, we issued 100 shares of our common stock to Waterhouse
Investor Services, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TD Bank. Such issuance was
made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration provisions of the
Securities Act set forth in section 4(2) thereof relating to sales by an issuer
not involving a public offering. The foregoing securities are deemed restricted
securities for purposes of the Securities Act.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

     (a) EXHIBITS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER    DESCRIPTION
- -------   -----------
<C>       <S>
 1**      Form of U.S. and International Underwriting Agreement
 2.1*     Form of Transfer and Assumption Agreement between TD Bank
          and TD Waterhouse Canada
 2.2*     Form of Transfer and Assumption Agreement between TD
          Securities Inc. and TD Waterhouse Canada
 2.3*     Form of Share Transfer Agreement between TD Bank and TD
          Waterhouse
 3.1**    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
          TD Waterhouse
 3.2**    Form of By-laws of TD Waterhouse
 4.1**    Specimen common stock certificate
 4.2*     Form of Support and Exchange Agreement between TD
          Waterhouse, TD Waterhouse Canada, TD Bank, Waterhouse
          Investor Services, Inc. and TD Securities Inc.
 4.3*     Form of Exchangeable Preference Share Terms of TD Waterhouse
          Canada
 4.4*     Form of Certificate of Designation creating Special Voting
          Preferred Stock of TD Waterhouse
 4.5*     Specimen Special Voting Preferred stock certificate
 5.1*     Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett as to validity of
          common stock
 8*       Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett regarding certain tax
          matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
10.1*     Form of 1999 TD Waterhouse Stock Incentive Plan
10.2**    The Toronto-Dominion Bank 1993 Stock Option Plan
10.3**    Form of Master Services Agreement between TD Waterhouse and
          TD Bank
10.4**    Form of Tax Sharing Agreement between TD Waterhouse and
          Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc.
21.1**    List of subsidiaries
23.1*     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2*     Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (included in Exhibit
          5.1)
27.1**    Financial Data Schedule
99.1**    Consent of Nominee Director
99.2**    Consent of Nominee Director
99.3**    Consent of Nominee Director
99.4**    Consent of Nominee Director
</TABLE>


- ---------------

*   Filed herewith.

**  Previously filed.


     (b) All other schedules are omitted as the required information is included
in the Registrant's consolidated financial statements or the related notes or
such schedules are not applicable.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>   138

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or
otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by a
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of such registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

     (1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
        1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
        of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
        in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
        424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of
        this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

     (2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
        of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
        prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating
        to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
        at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
        thereof.

     (3)  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
        underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement,
        certificates in such denominations registered in such names as required
        by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>   139

                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New
York, State of New York, on the   th day of June, 1999.


                                          TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.

                                          By:    /s/ STEPHEN D. MCDONALD
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name: Stephen D. McDonald
                                            Title: Chief Executive Officer


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed on June   , 1999 by the
following persons in the capacities indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     SIGNATURE                                             TITLE
                     ---------                                             -----
<C>                                                  <S>
              /s/ STEPHEN D. MCDONALD                Chief Executive Officer and Deputy
- ---------------------------------------------------  Chair of the Board of Directors
                Stephen D. McDonald                  (Principal Executive Officer)

                         *                           Executive Vice-President and Chief Financial
- ---------------------------------------------------  Officer
                  B. Kevin Sterns                    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

                         *                           Chairman of the Board of Directors
- ---------------------------------------------------
                A. Charles Baillie

                         *                           Director
- ---------------------------------------------------
                 Frank J. Petrilli

                         *                           Director
- ---------------------------------------------------
                    John G. See

                         *                           Director
- ---------------------------------------------------
            Lawrence M. Waterhouse, Jr.

* By /s/ Stephen D. McDonald
     Name:  Stephen D. McDonald
     Title:   Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>

                                      II-4
<PAGE>   140

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SEQUENTIAL
EXHIBIT                                                                    PAGE
NUMBER    DESCRIPTION                                                     NUMBER
- -------   -----------                                                   ----------
<C>       <S>                                                           <C>
 1**      Form of U.S. and International Underwriting Agreement
 2.1*     Form of Transfer and Assumption Agreement between TD Bank
          and TD Waterhouse Canada
 2.2*     Form of Transfer and Assumption Agreement between TD
          Securities Inc. and TD Waterhouse Canada
 2.3*     Form of Share Transfer Agreement between TD Bank and TD
          Waterhouse
 3.1**    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of
          TD Waterhouse
 3.2**    Form of By-laws of TD Waterhouse
 4.1**    Specimen common stock certificate
 4.2*     Form of Support and Exchange Agreement between TD
          Waterhouse, TD Waterhouse Canada, TD Bank, Waterhouse
          Investor Services, Inc. and TD Securities Inc.
 4.3*     Form of Exchangeable Preference Share Terms of TD Waterhouse
          Canada
 4.4*     Form of Certificate of Designation creating Special Voting
          Preferred Stock of TD Waterhouse
 4.5*     Specimen Special Voting Preferred stock certificate
 5.1*     Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett as to validity of
          common stock
 8*       Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett regarding certain tax
          matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
10.1*     Form of 1999 TD Waterhouse Stock Incentive Plan
10.2**    The Toronto-Dominion Bank 1993 Stock Option Plan
10.3**    Form of Master Services Agreement between TD Waterhouse and
          TD Bank
10.4**    Form of Tax Sharing Agreement between TD Waterhouse and
          Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc.
21.1**    List of subsidiaries
23.1*     Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
23.2*     Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (included in Exhibit
          5.1)
27.1**    Financial Data Schedule
99.1**    Consent of Nominee Director
99.2**    Consent of Nominee Director
99.3**    Consent of Nominee Director
99.4**    Consent of Nominee Director
</TABLE>


- ---------------

*   Filed herewith.


**  Previously filed.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 2.1

                       TRANSFER AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT



                           THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
                               (AS TD TRANSFEROR)


                                    - AND -


                 TD WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES (CANADA) INC.
                                (AS TRANSFEREE)











                               DATED JUNE , 1999










<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



<TABLE>
<S>           <C>                                                            <C>
ARTICLE 1     INTERPRETATION
              1.1     Definitions............................................ 2
              1.2     Article, Section and Schedule References............... 6
              1.3     Interpretation Not Affected by Headings................ 7
              1.4     Included Words......................................... 7
              1.5     Schedules.............................................. 7

ARTICLE 2    PURCHASE AND SALE
              2.1     Transfer............................................... 7
              2.2     Assumption of Assumed Liabilities, Etc................. 7
              2.3     Purchase Price......................................... 8
              2.4     Allocation of the TD Purchase Consideration............ 8
              2.5     GST.................................................... 8
              2.6     Bulk Sales Act Legislation............................. 9

ARTICLE 3    TRANSFERS
              3.1     Specific Conveyances and Specific Assumptions.......... 9

ARTICLE 4    TAXES
              4.1     Section 85............................................. 9
              4.2     Unearned Amounts....................................... 9
              4.3     Transfer Taxes.........................................10

ARTICLE 5     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
              5.1     Representations and Warranties of TD Transferor........10
              5.2     Representations and Warranties of the Transferee.......11
              5.3     Limitation.............................................12
              5.4     Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants..12

ARTICLE 6     INDEMNITIES
              6.1     General Indemnity of Transferee........................12
              6.2     General Indemnity of TD Transferor.....................12
              6.3     Conduct of Third Party Claims..........................13

ARTICLE 7     CERTAIN RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
              7.1     Third Party Consents...................................13
              7.2     Absence of Consent.....................................14
              7.3     Commitments............................................14
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   3
                                     - ii -


<TABLE>
<S>            <C>                                                           <C>
               7.4      Letters to Suppliers.................................16
               7.5      Release of the Assurances............................16
               7.6      Employees and Independent Contractors................16
               7.7      Amounts Received in Respect of the TD Assets.........17
               7.8      Transfer of Legal Title..............................17

ARTICLE 8      GENERAL
               8.1      Further Assurances...................................18
               8.2      No Merger............................................18
               8.3      Entire Agreement.....................................18
               8.4      Governing Law........................................18
               8.5      Assignment, Enurement, Etc...........................18
               8.6      Time of Essence......................................19
               8.7      Notices..............................................19
               8.8      Invalidity of Provisions.............................20
               8.9      Waiver...............................................20
               8.10     Remedies Generally...................................20
               8.11     Amendment............................................21
               8.12     Counterpart Execution................................21
               8.13     Access to Books, Records and Personnel...............21
               8.14     Agency For Indemnities...............................21
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   4



                       TRANSFER AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT effective as of the o day of June, 1999,

BETWEEN:



           THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
     (a Canadian chartered bank)
     (hereinafter referred to as "TD Transferor")

     OF THE FIRST PART,

                                    - and -

            TD WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES (CANADA), INC.,
     a corporation incorporated under the laws of
     Ontario (hereinafter referred to as the "Transferee")

     OF THE SECOND PART.


WHEREAS TD Transferor wishes to transfer the Service Operations and the
Transferee wishes to acquire the Service Operations, subject to and in
accordance with the terms and conditions hereof;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the premises,
the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Parties have agreed as follows:


                                   ARTICLE 1
                                INTERPRETATION
                                --------------

1.1   DEFINITIONS.

      In this Agreement, including the recitals and the Schedules, unless the
      context otherwise requires:

      (a)  "ACCOUNTS PAYABLE" mean the payables owing at the Effective
           Time by TD Transferor to creditors for the purposes of, or in
           connection with, the Service Operations (including the trade
           payables, other payables, accrued expenses and arrears);

<PAGE>   5

                                    - 2 -




      (b)  "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" mean the receivables owing at the
           Effective Time by debtors of TD Transferor for the purposes of, or
           in connection with, the Service Operations (including trade
           receivables, other receivables, accrued income, and prepayments);

      (c)  "ASSURANCE" means any warranty, representation, statement,
           assurance, comfort letter, covenant, agreement, undertaking,
           indemnity, guarantee or commitment of any nature whatsoever;

      (d)  "BOOKS AND RECORDS" mean all books and records of TD
           Transferor containing Service Operations Information or other media
           on which any such information is recorded, including all forms of
           computer or machine readable material but excluding all books and
           records relating to Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities;

      (e)  "BUSINESS DAY" means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday
           or statutory holiday in Toronto, Ontario;

      (f)  "COMMITMENTS" mean contracts, arrangements, indentures,
           mortgages, licence agreements, commitments and engagements,
           including any quotation, order or tender for any of the foregoing
           which remains open for acceptance and any manufacturers' or
           suppliers' warranty, guarantee or commitment (express or implied),
           excluding the Leases;

      (g)  "DIRECTION AND ESCROW AGREEMENT REGARDING THE 1999 GREEN LINE
           REORGANIZATION" means the agreement entered into among TD
           Transferor, TD Waterhouse Group, Inc., TD Securities Inc. and the
           Transferee, dated the date hereof setting out with respect to the
           transactions contemplated therein, the list of documents to be
           exchanged, the parties to whom such documents are to be delivered,
           the participants in the closing and the terms of escrow and release
           of escrow, including the times at which the various deliveries of
           documents are made and the transactions contemplated thereby become
           effective;

      (h)  "EFFECTIVE TIME" means 00:01 a.m. on the first day of the
           month in which the IPO Closing Date occurs;

      (i)  "ELIGIBLE PROPERTY" means eligible property within the
           meaning of subsection 85(1.1) of the Tax Act or its applicable
           provincial counterpart, in respect of which an election has been or
           will be made as provided in Section 4.1 of this Agreement;


<PAGE>   6

                                     - 3 -



      (j)  "EMPLOYEE TRANSFER DATE" means the date designated by notice
           given by TD Transferor to the Transferee as the date for the
           transfer of the Employees to the Transferee; provided that the date
           so designated shall be on the same day as or after the Effective
           Time and prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Time;

      (k)  "EMPLOYEES" mean those Persons whose names are set out in
           Schedule "A" hereto;

      (l)  "ENCUMBRANCES" mean liens, charges, security interests,
           rights of others or other encumbrances;

           (m)  "EXCLUDED ASSETS" mean: (i) amounts recoverable in respect of
           Taxes relating to the Service Operations arising or relating to a
           period of time ending prior to the Effective Time, (ii) the rights of
           TD Transferor under the Reorganization Agreements, (iii) the benefits
           of the TD Transferor under the master service agreement dated January
           1, 1996 between TD Securities Inc. and TD Transferor to the extent
           that such services do not relate to the Service Operations, (iv) all
           stock exchange seats, (v) the benefits under the Leases and (vi)
           Accounts Receivable, cash and cash equivalents;

      (n)  "EXCLUDED LIABILITIES" mean: (i) all Taxes relating to the Service
           Operations arising or relating to a period of time ending prior to
           the Effective Time, (ii) the obligations of TD Transferor under the
           Reorganization Agreements, (iii) the burdens of TD Transferor under
           the master service agreement dated January 1, 1996 between TD
           Securities Inc. and TD Transferor to the extent that such services do
           not relate to the Service Operations, (iv) the obligations under the
           Leases and (v) Accounts Payable;

      (o)  "INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS" mean those Persons whose names are
           set out in Schedule "B" hereto;

      (p)  "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS" mean patents, trade marks,
           service marks, trade names, business names, rights in design,
           copyright (including rights in computer software and moral rights),
           database rights, rights in domain names and all other intellectual
           property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and
           including applications for the grant of any of the foregoing rights,
           and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar
           effect to any of the foregoing but excluding Service Operations
           Information;

<PAGE>   7

                                     - 4 -



      (q)  "IPO CLOSING DATE" means the date of the initial offering to
           the public of common shares in the capital stock of TD Waterhouse
           Group, Inc.;

      (r)  "LEASES" mean collectively the leases pertaining to the
           Premises and includes, if applicable, all amendments to and renewals
           and extensions of such documents and all documents issued in
           substitution therefor;

      (s)  "LOSSES AND LIABILITIES" mean, in relation to a Person,
           claims, demands, causes of action, liabilities, losses, costs,
           damages and expenses which such Person suffers, sustains, pays or
           incurs including legal fees on a "solicitor and his own client"
           basis;

      (t)  "MATERIAL CONSENT" means a regulatory approval or consent
           which if not obtained would preclude the Transferee from carrying on
           the business of a dealer in any Province or Territory of Canada;

      (u)  "PARTIES" mean the parties to this Agreement and "PARTY"
           means any one of them;

      (v)  "PERSON" shall include any individual, heir, executor,
           administrator or other legal representative of an individual, firm,
           company, corporation, other body corporate, association,
           unincorporated organization, partnership, trust, government and
           governmental or regulatory department or agency (whether or not
           having separate legal personality);

      (w)  "PREMISES" mean the premises used by TD Transferor in
           connection with the Service Operations;

      (x)  "RELEASE TIME" means the time of the release of this
           Agreement from the escrow constituted by the Direction and Escrow
           Agreement Regarding the 1999 Green Line Reorganization (such time
           being specified in the Direction and Escrow Agreement Regarding the
           1999 Green Line Reorganization);

      (y)  "REORGANIZATION AGREEMENTS" mean this Agreement and all other
           agreements, Specific Conveyances or Specific Assumptions to be
           entered into pursuant to this Agreement;

      (z)  "SALES TAXES" includes all federal, provincial, and other
           sales, goods and services, value added, use or other transfer taxes,
           and all other taxes whatsoever, including, without limitation, any
           goods and services tax and harmonized sales tax payable under the
           Excise Tax Act (Canada), and tax payable under An Act Respecting
           Quebec Sales Tax and any retail sales tax imposed by any Province in
           Canada;


<PAGE>   8

                                     - 5 -



      (aa) "SERVICE OPERATIONS" means: (i) the provision of services by
           the TD Transferor to the Canadian discount brokerage business
           presently and/or heretofore carried on by TD Securities Inc. through
           its division known as "Green Line Investor Services" and (ii) the
           provision of services by the TD Transferor to TD Securities Inc.
           through the TD Transferor's division known as "TD Securities
           Services";

      (bb) "SERVICE OPERATIONS INFORMATION" means all information that
           is used exclusively in the Service Operations and is owned or the
           rights in which are owned by TD Transferor;

      (cc) "SERVICE OPERATIONS IPR" means all Intellectual Property
           Rights owned by or on behalf of TD Transferor which is used
           exclusively in the Service Operations;

      (dd) "SPECIFIC ASSUMPTIONS" mean all assumption instruments,
           novations and other documents or instruments that are reasonably
           required to effectively cause the Transferee to assume the TD
           Assumed Liabilities, to make the Transferee, in the place and stead
           of the TD Transferor, liable to satisfy the TD Assumed Liabilities
           to the Third Parties to whom they are owed and to effect a release
           of the TD Transferor from the TD Assumed Liabilities;

      (ee) "SPECIFIC CONVEYANCES" mean all conveyances, assignments,
           transfers, novations and other documents or instruments that are
           reasonably required to convey, assign and transfer the TD Assets to
           the Transferee;

      (ff) "TANGIBLE ASSETS" mean all the tangible assets, including
           motor vehicles, computer equipment (but not software), other
           equipment and machinery, desks, chairs, other furniture and fixtures
           beneficially owned by TD Transferor and used exclusively in
           connection with the Service Operations;

      (gg) "TAX" means: (a) taxes on income, profit or gains and (b) all
           other taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings of
           any nature, including any Sales Taxes, any excise, property,
           capital, franchise and payroll taxes and any national or provincial
           insurance or social security contributions, together with all
           penalties, charges and interest relating to any of the foregoing or
           to any late or incorrect return in respect of any of them,
           regardless of whether such taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges,
           withholdings, penalties and interest are chargeable directly or
           primarily against or attributable directly or primarily to the
           Service Operations or any other Persons and of whether any amount in
           respect of them is recoverable from any other Person;

      (hh) "TAX ACT" means the Income Tax Act (Canada) 1985 R.S.C. (5th
           Supp.), c.1, as amended;

<PAGE>   9

                                    - 6 -



      (ii) "TD ASSETS" mean all of the assets, properties and
           undertakings owned, used or held by TD Transferor which exclusively
           relate to the Service Operations, including but not limited to, to
           the extent they are owned, used or held by TD Transferor and
           exclusively relate to the Service Operations, the Service Operations
           Information, the Service Operations IPR, Tangible Assets, Books and
           Records, and the benefits of the Commitments (including the rights
           and benefits of the TD Transferor under the master service agreement
           dated January 1, 1996 between TD Securities Inc. and TD Transferor)
           but excluding the Excluded Assets;

      (jj) "TD ASSUMED LIABILITIES" mean all liabilities and obligations
           of TD Transferor relating to or in respect of the Service
           Operations, whether direct or indirect, existing or contingent,
           accrued on or prior to, or accruing subsequent to, the Effective
           Time, including but not limited to liabilities relating to or
           incurred in connection with the TD Assets or the use of thereof,
           Assurances, Commitments (including all payment obligations
           thereunder), causes of action, claims and lawsuits presently or
           hereafter in existence whether known or unknown which relate to or
           are in respect of the Service Operations (including without
           limitation, causes of action, claims and lawsuits made by Employees)
           but excluding the Excluded Liabilities;

      (kk) "TD EXCHANGEABLE SHARES" mean o exchangeable preferred shares
           of the Transferee having the share conditions set forth in Schedule
           "C" hereto;

      (ll) "TD PROMISSORY NOTE" means the promissory note in the
           principal amount of $o to be made and delivered by the Transferee in
           favour of TD Transferor;

      (mm) "TD PURCHASE CONSIDERATION" has the meaning ascribed thereto
           in Section 2.3;

      (nn) "TD PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
           Section 2.3;

      (oo) "THIRD PARTY" means any Person other than a Party;

      (pp) "THIS AGREEMENT", "HEREIN", "HERETO", "HEREOF" and similar
           expressions refer to this Transfer and Assumption Agreement as
           amended from time to time;

      (qq) "TRANSFEREE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" has the meaning ascribed
           thereto in Section 6.2 hereof; and

      (rr) "TRANSFEROR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" has the meaning ascribed
           thereto in section 6.1 hereof.

1.2  ARTICLE, SECTION AND SCHEDULE REFERENCES.
<PAGE>   10

                                    - 7 -




      Except as otherwise expressly provided, a reference in this Agreement to
      an "Article", "section", "subsection", "paragraph" or "Schedule" is a
      reference to an article, section, subsection, paragraph or schedule of or
      to this Agreement.

1.3   INTERPRETATION NOT AFFECTED BY HEADINGS

      The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not
      affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

1.4   INCLUDED WORDS

      When the context reasonably permits, words suggesting the singular shall
      be construed as suggesting the plural and vice versa, and words
      suggesting one gender shall be construed as suggesting other genders.


1.5   SCHEDULES

The following Schedules are attached to and form a part of this Agreement:

Schedule "A" -     List of Employees;
Schedule "B" -     List of Independent Contractors;
Schedule "C" -     Share Conditions of Transferee's Exchangeable Shares; and
Schedule "D" -     Pension Arrangements.


                                   ARTICLE 2
                              PURCHASE AND SALE

2.1  TRANSFER

      As of the Effective Time, TD Transferor hereby transfers, assigns, sells
      and conveys all of its right, title and interest in and to the TD Assets
      to the Transferee and the Transferee hereby purchases and accepts from TD
      Transferor all of TD Transferor's right, title and interest in and to the
      TD Assets, subject to and in accordance with this Agreement including
      Section 7.8.  The Transferee acknowledges that the TD Assets may be
      subject to Encumbrances and it accepts the TD Assets in the condition in
      which they exist at the Effective Time.

2.2  ASSUMPTION OF ASSUMED LIABILITIES, Etc.

      The Transferee hereby assumes, and agrees to duly and fully perform,
      satisfy, pay and discharge, the TD Assumed Liabilities.


<PAGE>   11

                                     - 8 -


2.3  PURCHASE PRICE

      The purchase price for the TD Assets shall be equal to the aggregate fair
      market value of the TD Assets (such price being herein referred to as the
      "TD Purchase Price").  TD Transferor hereby acknowledges the receipt from
      the Transferee, and the sufficiency of, the consideration for the TD
      Assets (the "TD Purchase Consideration") being the TD Exchangeable
      Shares, the assumption of the TD Assumed Liabilities and the TD
      Promissory Note.

2.4 ALLOCATION OF THE TD PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

      (a)  The TD Purchase Price shall be allocated among each of the TD
           Assets as to an amount equal to the fair market value of each of the
           TD Assets.

      (b)  The TD Assumed Liabilities and the TD Promissory Note shall
           be allocated as follows:

            (i)  to each of the TD Assets which is an Eligible Property, other
                 than Tangible Assets and computer software, to the extent of
                 the amount agreed to by the TD Transferor and the Transferee in
                 their joint election under subsection 85(1) of the Tax Act, in
                 respect of the transfer of the particular property; and

            (ii) to each of the TD Assets which is not an Eligible Property, a
                 Tangible Asset or computer software, pro rata based on the fair
                 market value of each such property but in no event shall the
                 amount so allocated to a particular property exceed the fair
                 market value of the property.

      (c)  The TD Exchangeable Shares shall be allocated to each of the
           TD Assets to the extent that the fair market value of the particular
           property exceeds the principal amount of the liabilities allocated
           to the particular property as set out in Section 2.4(b) above.

2.5  GST

      (a)  The TD Purchase Price does not include any Sales Taxes, which
           are or may become exigible in connection with the transfer of the TD
           Assets.

      (b)  The Transferee shall pay to the TD Transferor any applicable
           goods and services tax or harmonized sales tax payable under the
           Excise Tax Act (Canada) and any applicable tax payable under An Act
           Respecting Quebec Sales Tax in connection with the transfer of the
           TD Assets.


<PAGE>   12

                                     - 9 -



2.6  BULK SALES ACT LEGISLATION

      The Parties hereto waive compliance with any and all applicable bulk
      sales legislation.


                                   ARTICLE 3
                                  TRANSFERS


3.1  SPECIFIC CONVEYANCES AND SPECIFIC ASSUMPTIONS

      The Transferee shall bear all costs incurred in preparing and entering
      into and, if necessary, registering any Specific Conveyances or Specific
      Assumptions and registering any further assurances required pursuant to
      this Agreement.  The Transferee shall register all such Specific
      Conveyances and Specific Assumptions promptly.


                                   ARTICLE 4
                                     TAXES

4.1  SECTION 85

      TD Transferor and the Transferee will jointly elect under subsection
      85(1) of the Tax Act and under any similar provincial legislation, in
      prescribed form and within the time provided, with respect to the
      transfer of each of the TD Assets which is an eligible property within
      the meaning of subsection 85(1.1) of the Tax Act and in respect of which
      TD Transferor designates, and the agreed amount for purposes of paragraph
      85(1)(a) of the Tax Act and any similar provincial legislation in respect
      of each such property will be the amount as determined by TD Transferor.

4.2  UNEARNED AMOUNTS

      TD Transferor agrees with the Transferee that TD Transferor is
      transferring assets with a fair market value equal to the amount of TD
      Transferor's obligations in respect of undertakings which arise from the
      operations of the Service Operations and to which paragraph 12(1)(a) of
      the Tax Act applies and, in respect of such transfer by TD Transferor to
      the Transferee at TD Transferor's option, the Transferee will jointly
      elect with TD Transferor under subsection 20(24) of the Tax Act, and any
      similar provision of any provincial legislation, to have the rules in
      subsection 20(24) apply.


<PAGE>   13

                                     - 10 -



4.3 TRANSFER TAXES

      The Transferee shall be liable for all Sales Taxes that may be imposed or
      assessed in connection with the transfer of TD Assets and the Transferee
      shall, subject to Section 2.5(b) hereof, pay such Sales Taxes directly to
      the relevant governmental authority.


                                   ARTICLE 5
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TD TRANSFEROR

      TD Transferor represents and warrants to the Transferee that:

      (a)  TD Transferor Standing: TD Transferor is a Canadian chartered
           bank, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Canada
           and now has the requisite corporate power and authority to perform
           its obligations in accordance with the Agreement;

      (b)  No Conflicts: the consummation of the transactions
           contemplated herein will not violate, nor be in conflict with, any
           of the constating documents, by-laws or governing documents of TD
           Transferor;

      (c)  Execution of Documents: this Agreement has been duly executed
           and delivered by TD Transferor and all other documents (including
           the Specific Conveyances) executed and delivered by TD Transferor
           pursuant hereto will be duly executed and delivered by TD
           Transferor, and  this Agreement does, and such documents will,
           constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the TD Transferor
           enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;

      (d)  Sufficiency of Assets and Services: As a result of: the
           transfer to the Transferee of the TD Assets, the assets transferred
           by TD Securities Inc. to the Transferee as of the date hereof
           pursuant to a separate transfer and assumption agreement, the
           provisions of Article 7 herein and of Article 7 of such separate
           transfer and assumption agreement, and the services to be provided
           by TD Transferor and certain of its affiliates to the Transferee
           pursuant to the master services agreement made as of the o day of
           June, 1999 between TD Transferor and TD Waterhouse Group, Inc., the
           Transferee will have all assets or services required to carry on the
           Canadian discount brokerage business presently or heretofore carried
           on by TD Securities Inc. through its division known as "Green Line
           Investor Services" and the Canadian brokerage clearing business
           presently and/or heretofore carried on by TD Securities Inc.


<PAGE>   14

                                    - 11 -



      (e)  Encumbrances: to the best of its knowledge, immediately after
           the transfer provided for in Section 2.1, any Encumbrances
           applicable to the TD Assets will not in any material way prevent the
           Transferee from using the TD Assets in the manner in which they were
           used immediately prior to such time.  Furthermore, TD Transferor has
           not created or permitted the creation of any Encumbrance on the TD
           Assets, except in connection with the conduct of the Service
           Operations;

      (f)  Residency: TD Transferor is not a non-resident of Canada
           within the meaning of the provisions of the Tax Act; and

      (g)  Registration Numbers: TD Transferor is registered under the
           Excise Tax Act (Canada) and An Act Respecting Quebec Sales Tax and
           its respective registration numbers are 105255145 and 100042923.

5.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRANSFEREE

      The Transferee represents and warrants TD Transferor that:

      (a)  Standing: the Transferee is a taxable Canadian corporation as
           defined in subsection 89(1) of the Tax Act, duly organized and
           validly existing under  the laws of Ontario and now has the
           requisite corporate power and authority to perform its obligations
           in accordance with this Agreement;

      (b)  No Conflicts: the consummation of the transactions
           contemplated by this Agreement will not violate, nor be in conflict
           with, the constating documents, by-laws or governing documents of
           the Transferee;

      (c)  Execution of Documents: this Agreement has been duly executed
           and delivered by the Transferee and all other documents (including
           the Specific Conveyances) executed and delivered by the Transferee
           pursuant hereto will be duly executed and delivered by the
           Transferee, and this Agreement does, and such documents will,
           constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Transferee
           enforceable in accordance with their respective terms; and

      (d)  Exchangeable Shares: the TD Exchangeable Shares are validly
           created, allotted and issued as fully-paid and non-assessable
           shares, are registered in the name of TD Transferor, except for o ,
           are the only issued and outstanding shares of the Transferee and are
           free and clear of any Encumbrance.


<PAGE>   15

                                    - 12 -



5.3  LIMITATION

      No claim under this Article 5 shall be made or be enforceable by the TD
      Transferor or by the Transferee, unless written notice of such claim,
      with reasonable particulars, is given by such Party to the Party against
      whom the claim is made.

5.4  SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS


      (a)  The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1
           and 5.2 shall survive the completion of the Transfer of the TD
           Assets herein provided for and, notwithstanding such completion,
           shall continue in full force and effect for a period of three (3)
           years from the Release Time.

      (b)  The covenants and indemnities of a Party set forth in this
           Agreement shall survive the transfer of the TD Assets herein
           provided for and, notwithstanding such completion, shall continue in
           full force and effect in accordance with the terms thereof.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                   INDEMNITIES

6.1  GENERAL INDEMNITY OF TRANSFEREE

      The Transferee covenants and agrees with TD Transferor to indemnify and
      save harmless TD Transferor, its directors, officers, agents, employees
      and their respective executors, heirs, administrators, successors and
      permitted assigns (collectively the "Transferor Indemnified Parties")
      from and against all Losses and Liabilities that any of the Transferor
      Indemnified Parties may suffer or incur directly or indirectly as a
      result of, or in connection with: (a) the TD Assumed Liabilities, (b) the
      use of any Service Operations IPR in the Service Operations, whether
      before or after the Effective Time, (c) the operation of the Service
      Operations from and after the Effective Time, (d) any breach of the
      Transferee's representations and warranties and covenants set out herein,
      (e) Sales Taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the TD Assets
      or (f) any misstatement or omission relating to the Service Operations in
      the prospectus of TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. dated o , 1999.

6.2  GENERAL INDEMNITY OF TD TRANSFEROR

      TD Transferor covenants and agrees with the Transferee to indemnify and
      save harmless the Transferee, its directors, officers, agents, employees
      and their respective executors, heirs, administrators, successors and
      permitted assigns (collectively the "Transferee Indemnified Parties")
      from and against all Losses and Liabilities that any of the Transferee
      Indemnified Parties may suffer or incur directly or indirectly as a
      result of, or in connection with:

<PAGE>   16

                                    - 13 -



      (a)  the operation by TD Transferor of any business or operations
           other than the Service Operations, whether before or after the
           Effective Time; or

      (b)  any breach of TD Transferor's representations warranties and
           covenants set out herein.

6.3 CONDUCT OF THIRD PARTY CLAIMS

      (a)  Unless otherwise notified by the beneficiary of an indemnity
           herein granted (an "Indemnified") in connection with any claim,
           demand or cause of action of, or asserted by a Third Party in
           respect of which a Party has given an indemnity under this Agreement
           (the "Indemnifier"), the Indemnifier shall take control of the
           defence or settlement of such claim, demand or cause of action;
           provided that the Indemnifier may not settle or make any admission
           of liability without having first obtained the Indemnified's written
           consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

      (b)  An Indemnifier shall not be entitled to exercise and hereby
           waives any rights or remedies the Indemnifier may now or in the
           future have against an Indemnified in respect of matters in respect
           of which it has indemnified the Indemnified, whether such rights and
           remedies are pursuant to the common law or statute or otherwise,
           including without limitation, the right to name the Indemnified as a
           third party to any action commenced by any Third Party against the
           Indemnifier.


                                   ARTICLE 7
                         CERTAIN RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

7.1  THIRD PARTY CONSENTS

      The Transferee acknowledges and agrees that it has been responsible for
      ascertaining and obtaining prior to the Release Time all licenses,
      permits, consents and giving all notices necessary to permit the
      effective transfer of the TD Assets from TD Transferor to the Transferee,
      to ensure that no Commitments or Assurances relating to the Service
      Operations are breached and that the Transferee may operate the Service
      Operations.  In the event that it has failed to do so, the Transferee
      shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to do so.  The
      Transferee hereby indemnifies and saves harmless the Transferor
      Indemnified Parties from and against all Losses and Liabilities that any
      of the Transferor Indemnified Parties may suffer as a result of, or in
      connection with, its failure to have obtained such licences, permits,
      consents and given such notices prior to the Release Time.  After the
      Release Time, TD Transferor shall provide reasonable co-operation and
      assistance to the Transferee to obtain any outstanding licences, permits
      and consents. Each of the TD Transferor

<PAGE>   17

                                     - 14 -



      and the Transferee shall be responsible for their internal and
      professional costs in carrying out their respective obligations under
      this section.  The Transferee shall be liable for and shall pay all fees,
      charges, costs and expenses levied by a Person in granting, or as a
      condition to grant a license, permit or its consent or  including
      assignment fees.

7.2 ABSENCE OF CONSENT

       (a)  Where any consent or agreement of any Third Party is
            required to the transfer of any of the TD Assets (other than in
            relation to the transfer of any Commitment (which is dealt with in
            Section 7.3)), and such consent or agreement has not been obtained
            at or before the Release Time, the transfer of the relevant asset
            shall not take effect until that consent or agreement has been
            obtained.

       (b)  After the Release Time, and until such time as any consent
            or agreement referred to in Section 7.2 (a) is obtained, TD
            Transferor shall be deemed to hold the benefit of such asset for
            the Transferee.

7.3 COMMITMENTS

       (a)  Where any consent or agreement of any Third Party is
            required to enable the Transferee to enjoy or perform any
            Commitment or to enable TD Transferor to transfer the benefit or
            burden of any Commitment to the Transferee, then the following
            provisions shall apply:

              (i)  this Agreement shall not constitute an
                   assignment or an attempted assignment of the relevant
                   Commitment if, or to the extent that, such an assignment or
                   attempted assignment would constitute a breach of such
                   Commitment;

              (ii) the Parties shall use all reasonable efforts
                   to obtain the consent or agreement of the Third Party to
                   whatever assignment, transfer or novation is necessary to
                   enable the Transferee to perform such Commitment after the
                   Effective Date or as the case may be to transfer the benefit
                   and burden of such Commitment to the Transferee;

              (iii) until the consent or agreement referred to
                   in Section 7.3(a) is obtained, the Transferee shall, unless
                   the relevant Commitment prohibits it, perform all the
                   obligations of TD Transferor under such Commitment, as agent
                   for or sub-contractor to TD Transferor and indemnify the
                   Transferor Indemnified Parties in respect of such
                   performance or, if the relevant Commitment prohibits the
                   Transferee

<PAGE>   18

                                    - 15 -



                    from so acting as agent and sub-contractor or the
                    Transferee cannot be permitted to act as agent and
                    sub-contractor because of confidentiality obligations, the
                    Transferor Indemnified Parties shall, at the cost of the
                    Transferee and to the extent that the TD Transferor is
                    reasonably able, do all such acts and things as the
                    Transferee may reasonably require to enable due performance
                    of the Commitment and to provide for the Transferee the
                    benefits, subject to the burdens, of the Commitment and the
                    Transferee shall indemnify the Transferor Indemnified
                    Parties in respect of all such acts and things.

       (b)  Until such time as the consent or agreement referred to in
            Section 7.3(a) is obtained, TD Transferor shall be deemed to hold
            the benefit of the relevant Commitment referred to in Section
            7.3(a) for the Transferee.

       (c)  If the rights or obligations under the Commitment to which
            TD Transferor is a party extend to both the Service Operations and
            any other operation or business of TD Transferor (in this Section
            7.3(c) a "Retained Business"), TD Transferor and the Transferee
            agree that:

                 (i)  the Commitment shall remain with the TD
                      Transferor which shall hold all rights under such
                      Commitment to the extent they relate to the Service
                      Operations for the benefit of the Transferee;

                 (ii) to the extent that any rights under
                      such Commitment are held by TD Transferor for the benefit
                      of the Transferee, TD Transferor and the Transferee shall
                      cooperate with each other to ensure that:

                       (A)  the Transferee obtains the
                            benefit of any such rights and satisfies any
                            associated or commensurate obligations;

                       (B)  the Transferee's rights
                            under such Commitment are enforced against the
                            issuer thereof or the other party or parties
                            thereto;

                       (C)  all such actions are taken
                            and all such things are done by TD Transferor as
                            may reasonably be requested by the Transferee, to
                            the extent TD Transferor can do so without
                            prejudice to its own rights under such Commitment;

                       (D)  all such actions are taken
                            and all such things are done by the Transferee as
                            may reasonably be requested by TD Transferor which
                            are necessary to ensure that all associated or
                            commensurate obligations are satisfied by the
                            Transferee; and

<PAGE>   19

                                    - 16 -



                       (E)  all monies and properties
                            collected by or paid or transferred to TD
                            Transferor in respect of such rights are paid over
                            or transferred to the Transferee as appropriate,
                            and all monies and properties payable or
                            transferable by the TD Transferor in respect of
                            such obligations are first paid over or transferred
                            to TD Transferor by the Transferee, as appropriate;
                            and.

                 (iii) the Transferee shall indemnify and
                      save harmless TD Transferor from and against any claims
                      in respect of any such Commitments in connection with or
                      arising as a result of any action reasonably taken by TD
                      Transferor in its capacity as holder of the Commitment
                      (including, any such actions taken by TD Transferor in
                      accordance with this Section 7.3).

7.4  LETTERS TO SUPPLIERS

       The Transferee shall promptly following the Release Time send out
       notices and letters to all suppliers of the Service Operations informing
       them of the transfer of the Service Operations and the Transferee's
       assumption of the TD Assumed Liabilities.

7.5  RELEASE OF THE ASSURANCES

       The Transferee covenants that, at the written request of TD Transferor
       made from time to time after the Release Time, the Transferee will use
       best efforts to execute and deliver all such instruments of assumption
       and acknowledgements in order to effect the release and discharge in
       full of any Assurance given by TD Transferor to any Person in respect of
       any obligation or liability of the Service Operations, and shall procure
       the assumption of, and the substitution of the Transferee as the primary
       obligor in respect of, each such Assurance on a non-recourse basis to TD
       Transferor.  Pending such release and discharge, the Transferee hereby
       agrees with the TD Transferor that the Transferee will assume and pay
       and discharge when due, and indemnify each Transferor Indemnified Person
       against, all such Assurances.

7.6  EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

       (a)  The Transferee will, effective as of the Employee Transfer
            Date and on terms and conditions (including remuneration and
            benefits, if any) which in the aggregate are similar to those which
            they presently enjoy, (i) employ from and after such time the
            Employees and (ii) retain from and after the Employee Transfer Date
            the Independent Contractors.

       (b)  The Transferee will recognize, to the extent previously
            recognized by the TD Transferor, accrued vacation, and other
            similar entitlements of

<PAGE>   20

                                   - 17 -



            Employees and the past service of the Employees with the TD
            Transferor and any prior service for which the TD Transferor has
            given the Employees service credit for all purposes, including
            eligibility to participate and extent of participation in all
            benefit plans and entitlement to notice of termination of employment
            or pay in lieu thereof or severance pay.

       (c)  The Transferee will indemnify and save harmless the
            Transferor Indemnified Parties against any Losses and Liabilities
            arising from or relating to: (i) the employment by the TD
            Transferor or Transferee of an Employee or termination thereof by
            the TD Transferor or Transferee, except that the TD Transferor
            shall bear any termination costs owing as a direct result of the
            transfer of the Service Operations, other than those termination
            costs attributable to an Employee's refusal to  accept employment
            with the Transferee; or (ii) the retainer by TD Transferor or the
            Transferee of an Independent Contractor or termination of that
            retainer by TD Transferor or the Transferee.

       (d)  Without limiting Section 7.6(a), the Transferee shall also
            employ or retain persons on short or long term disability or
            workers compensation leave, child care leave or any other approved
            paid or unpaid leave of absence who at the time of their
            disability, injury or the commencement of their leave were employed
            or retained in the Service Operations.

       (e)  The Parties agree to comply with the provisions relating to
            pensions set out in Schedule "D" hereof.

       (f)  It is acknowledged that the TD Transferor provides an
            unfunded benefit plan known as Executive Benefit Plan for some of
            the Employees and it is agreed by the parties that the TD
            Transferor will continue to provide such benefits with respect to
            employment with the TD Transferor prior to the Employee Transfer
            Date and with respect to employment with the Transferee on and
            after the Employee Transfer Date.

7.7  AMOUNTS RECEIVED IN RESPECT OF THE TD ASSETS

     Where after the Effective Date any amount is paid to TD Transferor in
respect of a TD Asset, TD Transferor shall forthwith (and in any event, within
30 days of the receipt of such amount) remit such amount to the Transferee.

7.8  TRANSFER OF LEGAL TITLE

     All parties acknowledge and agree that the legal transfer of the TD Assets
will occur on the later of immediately after the IPO Closing Date and the date
on which the last Material Consent is

<PAGE>   21

                                    - 18 -


obtained, but in any event the Parties acknowledge that the Transferee is
entitled to receive the net economic benefit derived from the operation of the
Service Operations from and after the Effective Time, as provided in Section
2.1.


                                   ARTICLE 8
                                    GENERAL

 8.1  FURTHER ASSURANCES

       Each Party will, from time to time and at all times after the Release
       Time, without further consideration, do such further acts and deliver
       all such further assurances, deeds and documents as shall be reasonably
       required in order to fully perform and carry out the terms of this
       Agreement.

8.2  NO MERGER

       Subject to any limitations set forth herein, the covenants,
       representations, warranties and indemnities contained in this Agreement
       shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and shall not merge in
       any assignments, conveyances, transfers or other documents executed and
       delivered at or after the date hereof, notwithstanding any rule of law,
       equity or statute to the contrary and such rules are hereby waived.

8.3  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

       The provisions contained in any and all documents and agreements
       collateral hereto shall at all times be read subject to the provisions
       of this Agreement and, in the event of conflict, the provisions of this
       Agreement shall prevail.

8.4  GOVERNING LAW

       This Agreement shall be subject to and interpreted, construed and
       enforced in accordance with the laws of Ontario and the laws of Canada
       applicable therein and shall be treated as a contract made in Ontario.
       The Parties irrevocably attorn and submit to the jurisdiction of the
       courts of Ontario and courts of appeal therefrom in respect of all
       matters arising out of this Agreement.

8.5  ASSIGNMENT, ENUREMENT, ETC.

       Neither the obligations nor the benefits under this Agreement shall be
       assignable unless:

       (a)  The assignor has given notice to the other party hereto;


<PAGE>   22

                                     - 19 -



       (b)  The assignment is an assignment of all of the assignor's
            rights, benefits and obligations hereunder; and

       (c)  The assignment is made in connection with or as part of a
            corporate reorganization of the assignor, a merger or amalgamation
            of the assignor with one or more other corporations or the sale by
            the assignor of all or substantially all of its assets.

       Notwithstanding any such assignment, the assignor shall continue to
       remain liable for its obligations hereunder jointly and severally with
       the assignee, and the assignee's rights and benefits hereunder shall be
       subject to any rights of set-off and equities existing as between the
       assignor and the other party hereto.  Any purported assignment in
       contravention of this section shall be void.  This Agreement shall be
       binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Transferee, TD Transferor,
       the Transferor Indemnified Parties, the Transferee Indemnified Parties
       and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and
       permitted assigns.

8.6  TIME OF ESSENCE

     Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.


8.7  NOTICES

     The addresses and fax number of each Party for notices shall be as follows:

TD Transferor       Toronto-Dominion Centre
                    P.O. Box 1, 12th Floor
                    Toronto, Ontario
                    M5K 1A2

                    Attention:  Senior Vice-President, Compliance
                    Fax:        (416) 944-6932

The Transferee:     c/o TD Waterhouse Group, Inc.
                    100 Wall Street
                    New York, New York
                    10005

                    Attention:  Executive Vice-President and General Counsel

                    Fax:        (212) 509-8099

Any notice, communication or statement (a "notice") required, permitted
or contemplated hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered as
follows:

<PAGE>   23

                                    - 20 -



       (a)  by delivery to a Party between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.
            local time on a Business Day at the address of such Party for
            notices, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been
            received by that Party when it is delivered; or

       (b)  by telecopier to a Party to the telecopier number of such
            Party for notices, in which case, if the notice was telecopied
            prior to 4:00 p.m. local time on a Business Day the notice shall be
            deemed to have been received by that Party when it was telecopied
            and if it was faxed on a day which is not a Business Day or is
            faxed after 4:00 p.m. local time on a Business Day, it shall be
            deemed to have been received on the next following Business Day.

       A Party may from time to time change its address for service or its fax
       number for service by giving written notice of such change to the other
       Party.

8.8  INVALIDITY OF PROVISIONS

       If at any time any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal,
       invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any
       jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

       (a)  the legality, validity or enforceability in that
            jurisdiction of any other provision of this Agreement; or

       (b)  the legality, validity or enforceability under the law of
            any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this
            Agreement.

8.9  WAIVER

       No waiver by any Party of any breach (whether actual or anticipated) of
       any of the terms, conditions, representations or warranties contained
       herein shall take effect or be binding upon that Party unless the waiver
       is expressed in writing under the authority of that Party.  Any waiver
       so given shall extend only to the particular breach so waived and shall
       not limit or affect any rights with respect to any other or future
       breach.

8.10 REMEDIES GENERALLY

       No failure on the part of any Party in exercising any right or remedy
       hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
       partial exercise of any such right or remedy preclude any other or
       further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy in
       law or in equity or by statute or otherwise conferred.


<PAGE>   24

                                    - 21 -

8.11 AMENDMENT

       This Agreement shall not be varied in its terms or amended by oral
       agreement or by representations or otherwise other than by an instrument
       in writing dated subsequent to the date hereof, executed by a duly
       authorized representative of each Party.

8.12 COUNTERPART EXECUTION

       This Agreement may be executed in counterpart and all executed
       counterparts together shall constitute one agreement.

8.13 ACCESS TO BOOKS, RECORDS AND PERSONNEL

       After the Release Time, the Transferee shall permit TD Transferor and
       its representatives to continue to have full and complete access to the
       books and records of the Service Operations and its personnel as TD
       Transferor may require for the purpose of complying with all laws as
       well as its legitimate business purposes, including without limitation
       in connection with any claims, demands or litigation.  The Transferee
       shall provide TD Transferor with its full co-operation (including
       testimony if requested) in connection with such purposes.  The
       Transferee shall preserve and maintain its books and records for the
       greater of: (i) 15 years or (ii) such other time as they may be
       relevant.

8.14 AGENCY FOR INDEMNITIES

       The Parties acknowledge and agree that TD Transferor has entered into
       the Agreement on its own behalf and as agent for and on behalf of the
       Transferor Indemnified Parties (whether or not formally appointed as
       agent on or before the date of this Agreement) and it is the express
       intention of the Parties that TD Transferor on behalf of the Transferor
       Indemnified Parties or the Transferor Indemnified Parties themselves may
       exercise and enforce all their rights and remedies provided herein in
       the same manner as if each were a signatory hereto.  The Transferee
       shall be generally entitled to deal with TD Transferor on behalf of the
       Transferor Indemnified Parties in respect of all matters concerning this
       Agreement without any obligation whatsoever to investigate the authority
       of the TD Transferor and notwithstanding anything contained herein, TD
       Transferor will continue to be bound by all of its obligations under
       this Agreement as if no such agency relationship existed and shall
       remain liable to perform the obligations of the Transferor Indemnified
       Parties hereunder to the extent that such persons fail to do so.  The
       foregoing also applies mutatis mutandis to the Transferee in respect of
       the Transferee Indemnified Parties.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Agreement.


<PAGE>   25

                                     - 22 -


THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK        TD WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES (CANADA), INC.

Per:________________________     Per:___________________________

Per:________________________     Per:___________________________


<PAGE>   1

                                                                     EXHIBIT 2.2

                       TRANSFER AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT





                               TD SECURITIES INC.
                              (AS TDSI TRANSFEROR)


                                    - AND -


                 TD WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES (CANADA), INC.
                                (AS TRANSFEREE)











                               DATED JUNE o, 1999











<PAGE>   2


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>                                                    <C>
ARTICLE 1     INTERPRETATION..................................................... 2
              1.1        Definitions............................................. 2
              1.2        Article, Section and Schedule References................ 7
              1.3        Interpretation Not Affected by Headings................. 7
              1.4        Included Words.......................................... 7
              1.5        Schedules............................................... 7

ARTICLE 2     PURCHASE AND SALE.................................................. 7
              2.1        Transfer................................................ 7
              2.2        Assumption of Assumed Liabilities, Etc.................. 8
              2.3        Purchase Price.......................................... 8
              2.4        Allocation of the TDSI Purchase Consideration........... 8
              2.5        GST..................................................... 8
              2.6        Bulk Sales Act Legislation.............................. 9

ARTICLE 3     TRANSFERS.......................................................... 9
              3.1        Specific Conveyances and Specific Assumptions........... 9

ARTICLE 4     TAXES.............................................................. 9
              4.1        Section 85.............................................. 9
              4.2        Accounts Receivable..................................... 9
              4.3        Unearned Amounts........................................10
              4.4        Transfer Taxes..........................................10

ARTICLE 5     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.....................................10
              5.1        Representations and Warranties of TDSI Transferor.......10
              5.2        Representations and Warranties of the Transferee........11
              5.3        Limitation..............................................11
              5.4        Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants...12

ARTICLE 6     INDEMNITIES........................................................12
              6.1        General Indemnity of Transferee.........................12
              6.2        General Indemnity of TDSI Transferor....................12
              6.3        Conduct of Third Party Claims...........................13

ARTICLE 7     CERTAIN RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.....................................13
              7.1        Third Party Consents....................................13
              7.2        Absence of Consent......................................14
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   3

                                      -ii-

<TABLE>
<S>           <C>                                                                <C>
              7.3        Commitments.............................................14
              7.4        Letters to Suppliers....................................16
              7.5        Release of the Assurances...............................16
              7.6        Employees and Independent Contractors...................16
              7.7        Amounts Received in Respect of the TDSI Assets..........17
              7.8        Transfer of Legal Title.................................17

ARTICLE 8     GENERAL............................................................18
              8.1        Further Assurances......................................18
              8.2        No Merger...............................................18
              8.3        Entire Agreement........................................18
              8.4        Governing Law...........................................18
              8.5        Assignment, Enurement, Etc..............................18
              8.6        Time of Essence.........................................19
              8.7        Notices.................................................19
              8.8        Invalidity of Provisions................................20
              8.9        Waiver..................................................20
              8.10       Remedies Generally......................................20
              8.11       Amendment...............................................21
              8.12       Counterpart Execution...................................21
              8.13       Access to Books, Records and Personnel..................21
              8.14       Agency For Indemnities..................................21
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   4



                       TRANSFER AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT made effective as of o day of June, 1999,

BETWEEN:

     TD SECURITIES INC., a corporation
     incorporated under the laws of Ontario
     (hereinafter referred to as "TDSI Transferor")

                                                    OF THE FIRST PART,

                                    - and -

     TD WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES (CANADA), INC.,
     a corporation incorporated under the laws of
     Ontario (hereinafter referred to as the "Transferee")

                                                   OF THE SECOND PART.


WHEREAS TDSI Transferor wishes to transfer the Transferred Business and the
Transferee wishes to acquire the Transferred Business, subject to and in
accordance with the terms and conditions hereof;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the premises,
the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Parties have agreed as follows:


                                   ARTICLE 1
                                 INTERPRETATION

1.1  DEFINITIONS

      In this Agreement, including the recitals and the Schedules, unless the
      context otherwise requires:

      (a)  "ACCOUNTS PAYABLE" mean the payables owing at the Effective
           Time by TDSI Transferor to creditors for the purposes of, or in
           connection with, the Transferred Business (including the trade
           payables, other payables, accrued expenses and arrears);


<PAGE>   5

                                    - 2 -



      (b)  "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" mean the receivables owing at the
           Effective Time by debtors of TDSI Transferor for the purposes of, or
           in connection with, the Transferred Business (including trade
           receivables, other receivables, accrued income, and prepayments);

      (c)  "ASSURANCE" means any warranty, representation, statement,
           assurance, comfort letter, covenant, agreement, undertaking,
           indemnity, guarantee or commitment of any nature whatsoever;

      (d)  "BALANCE SHEET ASSETS" mean all assets which are owned, used
           or held, by TDSI Transferor which exclusively relate to the
           Transferred Business but which as of the Effective Time are carried
           in TDSI Transferor's accounting or financial books or records at a
           value greater than "nil" and which are not carried on the accounting
           or financial books or records of the  Transferred Business;

      (e)  "BOOKS AND RECORDS" mean all books and records of TDSI
           Transferor containing Transferred Business Information or other
           media on which any such information is recorded, including all forms
           of computer or machine readable material but excluding all books and
           records relating to Excluded Assets or Excluded Liabilities;

      (f)  "BUSINESS DAY" means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday
           or statutory holiday in Toronto, Ontario;

      (g)  "COMMITMENTS" mean contracts, arrangements, indentures,
           mortgages, licence agreements, commitments and engagements,
           including the master services agreement dated January 1, 1996
           between the TDSI Transferor and The Toronto-Dominion Bank to the
           extent that such agreement relates to the Transferred Business, any
           quotation, order or tender for any of the foregoing which remains
           open for acceptance and any manufacturers' or suppliers' warranty,
           guarantee or commitment (express or implied);

      (h)  "DIRECTION AND ESCROW AGREEMENT REGARDING THE 1999 GREEN LINE
           REORGANIZATION" means the agreement entered into among The
           Toronto-Dominion Bank, TD Waterhouse Group, Inc., TDSI Transferor
           and the Transferee, dated the date hereof setting out with respect
           to the transactions contemplated therein, the list of documents to
           be exchanged, the parties to whom such documents are to be
           delivered, the participants in the closing and the terms of escrow
           and release of escrow, including the times at which the various
           deliveries of documents are made and the transactions contemplated
           thereby become effective;


<PAGE>   6

                                     - 3 -



      (i)  "EFFECTIVE TIME" means 00:01 a.m. on the first day of the
           month in which the IPO Closing Date occurs;

      (j)  "ELIGIBLE PROPERTY" means eligible property within the
           meaning of subsection 85(1.1) of the Tax Act or its applicable
           provincial counterpart, in respect of which an election has been or
           will be made as provided in Section 4.1 of this Agreement;

      (k)  "EMPLOYEES" mean those persons whose names are set out in
           Schedule "A" hereto;

      (l)  "EMPLOYEE TRANSFER DATE" means the date designated by notice
           given by TDSI Transferor to the Transferee as the date for the
           transfer of the Employees to the Transferee; provided that the date
           so designated shall be on the same day as or after the Effective
           Time and prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Time;

      (m)  "ENCUMBRANCES" mean liens, charges, security interests,
           rights of others or other encumbrances;

      (n)  "EXCLUDED ASSETS" mean: (i) amounts recoverable in respect of Taxes
           relating to the Transferred Business arising or relating to a period
           of time ending prior to the Effective Time, (ii) the rights of TDSI
           Transferor under the Reorganization Agreements, (iii) the Balance
           Sheet Assets, (iv) all stock exchange seats other than one seat on
           the Winnipeg Stock Exchange, and (v) the rights and benefits of TDSI
           Transferor under the master service agreement between The
           Toronto-Dominion Bank and TDSI Transferor dated as of January 1, 1996
           to the extent that they do not relate to the Transferred Business;

      (o)  "EXCLUDED LIABILITIES" mean: (i) all Taxes relating to the
           Transferred Business arising or relating to a period of time ending
           prior to the Effective Time, (ii) the obligations of TDSI Transferor
           under the Reorganization Agreements, and (iii) the obligations of
           TDSI Transferor under the master service agreement between The
           Toronto-Dominion Bank and TDSI Transferor dated as of January 1,
           1996 to the extent that they do not relate to the Transferred
           Business;

      (p)  "INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS" mean those Persons whose names are
           set out in Schedule "B" hereto;

      (q)  "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS" mean patents, trade marks,
           service marks, trade names, business names, rights in design,
           copyright (including rights in computer software and moral rights),
           database rights, rights in domain names and all other intellectual
           property rights, in each case whether registered or

<PAGE>   7

                                     - 4 -



            unregistered and including applications for the grant of any of the
            foregoing rights, and all rights or forms of protection having
            equivalent or similar effect to any of the foregoing but excluding
            Transferred Business Information;

      (r)  "IPO CLOSING DATE" means the date of the initial offering to
           the public of common shares in the capital stock of TD Waterhouse
           Group, Inc.;

      (s)  "LOSSES AND LIABILITIES" mean, in relation to a Person,
           claims, demands, causes of action, liabilities, losses, costs,
           damages and expenses which such Person suffers, sustains, pays or
           incurs including legal fees on a "solicitor and his own client"
           basis;

      (t)  "MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT" means the master services
           agreement between The Toronto-Dominion Bank and TD Waterhouse Group,
           Inc. dated o , 1999 as such may be amended, restated or supplemented
           from time to time;

      (u)  "MATERIAL CONSENT" means a regulatory approval or consent
           which if not obtained would preclude the Transferee from carrying on
           the business of a dealer in any Province or Territory of Canada;

      (v)  "PARTIES" mean the parties to this Agreement and "PARTY"
           means any one of them;

      (w)  "PERSON" shall include any individual, heir, executor,
           administrator or other legal representative of an individual, firm,
           company, corporation, other body corporate, association,
           unincorporated organization, partnership, trust, government and
           governmental or regulatory department or agency (whether or not
           having separate legal personality);

      (x)  "RELEASE TIME" means the time of the release of this
           Agreement from the escrow constituted by the Direction and Escrow
           Agreement Regarding the 1999 Green Line Reorganization (as specified
           in the Direction and Escrow Agreement Regarding the 1999 Green Line
           Reorganization);

      (y)  "REORGANIZATION AGREEMENTS" mean this Agreement and all other
           agreements, Specific Conveyances or Specific Assumptions to be
           entered into pursuant to this Agreement;

      (z)  "SALES TAXES" includes all federal, provincial, and other
           sales, goods and services, value added, use or other transfer taxes,
           and all other taxes whatsoever, including, without limitation, any
           goods and services tax and harmonized sales tax payable under the
           Excise Tax Act (Canada), and tax

<PAGE>   8

                                     - 5 -



            payable under An Act Respecting Quebec Sales Tax and any retail
            sales tax imposed by any Province in Canada;

      (aa) "SPECIFIC ASSUMPTIONS" mean all assumption instruments,
           novations and other documents or instruments that are reasonably
           required to effectively cause the Transferee to assume the TDSI
           Assumed Liabilities, to make the Transferee, in the place and stead
           of the TDSI Transferor, liable to satisfy the TDSI Assumed
           Liabilities to the Third Parties to whom they are owed, and to
           effect a release of the TDSI Transferor from the TDSI Assumed
           Liabilities;

      (bb) "SPECIFIC CONVEYANCES" mean all conveyances, assignments,
           transfers, novations and other documents or instruments that are
           reasonably required to convey, assign and transfer the TDSI Assets
           to the Transferee;

      (cc) "TAX" means: (a) taxes on income, profit or gains and (b) all
           other taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges and withholdings of
           any nature, including any Sales Taxes, any excise, property,
           capital, franchise and payroll taxes and any national or provincial
           insurance or social security contributions, together with all
           penalties, charges and interest relating to any of the foregoing or
           to any late or incorrect return in respect of any of them,
           regardless of whether such taxes, levies, duties, imposts, charges,
           withholdings, penalties and interest are chargeable directly or
           primarily against or attributable directly or primarily to the
           Transferred Business or any other Persons and of whether any amount
           in respect of them is recoverable from any other Person;

      (dd) "TAX ACT" means the Income Tax Act (Canada) 1985 R.S.C. (5th
           Supp.), c.1, as amended;

      (ee) "TDSI ASSETS" mean all of the assets, properties and
           undertakings owned, used or held by TDSI Transferor which
           exclusively relate to the Transferred Business, including but not
           limited to, to the extent they are owned, used or held by TDSI
           Transferor and exclusively relate to the  Transferred Business, the
           Transferred Business Goodwill, the Transferred Business Information,
           the Transferred Business IPR, Tangible Assets, Books and Records,
           the Accounts Receivable, cash and cash equivalents and the benefits
           of Commitments (including the rights and benefits of the TDSI
           Transferor under the master service agreement dated January 1, 1996
           between The Toronto-Dominion Bank and TDSI Transferor), but
           excluding the Excluded Assets;

      (ff) "TDSI ASSUMED LIABILITIES" mean all liabilities and
           obligations of TDSI Transferor relating to or in respect of the
           Transferred Business, whether direct or indirect, existing or
           contingent, accrued on or prior to, or accruing subsequent to, the
           Effective Time, including but not limited to liabilities relating to
           or incurred in connection with the TDSI Assets or the use thereof,

<PAGE>   9

                                    - 6 -



            Assurances, Commitments (including all payment obligations
            thereunder), Accounts Payable, causes of action, claims and
            lawsuits presently or hereafter in existence whether known or
            unknown which relate to or are in respect of the Transferred
            Business (including without limitation causes of action, claims and
            lawsuits made by Employees) but excluding the Excluded Liabilities;

      (gg) "TDSI EXCHANGEABLE SHARES" mean o exchangeable preferred
           shares of the Transferee having the share conditions set forth in
           Schedule "C" hereto;

      (hh) "TDSI PROMISSORY NOTE" means the promissory note in the
           principal amount of $o made and delivered by the Transferee in
           favour of TDSI Transferor;

      (ii) "TDSI PURCHASE CONSIDERATION" has the meaning ascribed
           thereto in Section 2.3;

      (jj) "TDSI PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning ascribed thereto in
           Section 2.3;

      (kk) "THIRD PARTY" means any Person other than a Party;

      (ll) "THIS AGREEMENT", "HEREIN", "HERETO", "HEREOF" and similar
           expressions refer to this Transfer and Assumption Agreement as
           amended from time to time; and

      (mm) "TRANSFEREE INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" has the meaning ascribed
           thereto in Section 6.2 hereof;

      (nn) "TRANSFEROR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" has the meaning ascribed
           thereto in section 6.1 hereof;

      (oo) "TRANSFERRED BUSINESS" means the Canadian discount brokerage
           business presently or heretofore carried on by TDSI Transferor
           through its division known as "Green Line Investor Services" and
           (ii) the Canadian brokerage clearing business presently and/or
           heretofore carried on by TDSI Transferor;

      (pp) "TRANSFERRED BUSINESS GOODWILL" means the goodwill of TDSI
           Transferor in relation to the Transferred Business, together with
           the right of the Transferee to represent itself as carrying on the
           Transferred Business in succession to TDSI Transferor;

      (qq) "TRANSFERRED BUSINESS INFORMATION" means all information that
           is used exclusively in the Transferred Business and is owned or the
           rights in which are owned by TDSI Transferor; and


<PAGE>   10

                                    - 7 -



      (rr) "TRANSFERRED BUSINESS IPR" means all Intellectual Property
           Rights owned by or on behalf of TDSI Transferor which is used
           exclusively in the Transferred Business.

1.2  ARTICLE, SECTION AND SCHEDULE REFERENCES

      Except as otherwise expressly provided, a reference in this Agreement to
      an "Article", "section", "subsection", "paragraph" or "Schedule" is a
      reference to an article, section, subsection, paragraph or schedule of or
      to this Agreement.

1.3  INTERPRETATION NOT AFFECTED BY HEADINGS

      The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not
      affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

1.4  INCLUDED WORDS

      When the context reasonably permits, words suggesting the singular shall
      be construed as suggesting the plural and vice versa, and words
      suggesting one gender shall be construed as suggesting other genders.

1.5   SCHEDULES

      The following Schedules are attached to and form a part of this Agreement:

      Schedule "A"  -     List of Employees;
      Schedule "B"  -     List of Independent Contractors; and
      Schedule "C"  -     Share Conditions of Transferee's Exchangeable Shares.

                                   ARTICLE 2
                               PURCHASE AND SALE

2.1  TRANSFER

      As of the Effective Time, TDSI Transferor hereby transfers, assigns,
      sells and conveys all of its right, title and interest in and to the TDSI
      Assets to the Transferee and the Transferee hereby purchases and accepts
      from TDSI Transferor all of TDSI Transferor's right, title and interest
      in and to the TDSI Assets subject to and in accordance with this
      Agreement including Section 7.8.  The Transferee acknowledges that the
      TDSI Assets may be subject to Encumbrances and it accepts the TDSI Assets
      in the condition in which they exist at the Effective Time.


<PAGE>   11

                                     - 8 -



2.2  ASSUMPTION OF ASSUMED LIABILITIES, ETC.

      The Transferee hereby assumes, and agrees to duly and fully perform,
      satisfy, pay and discharge the TDSI Assumed Liabilities.

2.3  PURCHASE PRICE

      The purchase price for the TDSI Assets shall be equal to the aggregate
      fair market value of the TDSI Assets (such price being herein referred to
      as the "TDSI Purchase Price").  TDSI Transferor hereby acknowledges the
      receipt from the Transferee, and the sufficiency of, the consideration
      for the TDSI Assets (the "TDSI Purchase Consideration") being the TDSI
      Exchangeable Shares, the assumption of the TDSI Assumed Liabilities and
      the TDSI Promissory Note.

2.4  ALLOCATION OF THE TDSI PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

      (a)  The TDSI Purchase Price shall be allocated among each of the
           TDSI Assets as to an amount equal to the fair market value of each
           of the TDSI Assets.

      (b)  The TDSI Assumed Liabilities and the TDSI Promissory Note
           shall be allocated as follows:

            (i)  to each of the TDSI Assets which is an Eligible
                 Property, to the extent of the amount agreed to by the TDSI
                 Transferor and the Transferee in their joint election under
                 subsection 85(1) of the Tax Act, in respect of the transfer of
                 the particular property; and

            (ii) to each of the TDSI Assets which is not an
                 Eligible Property, pro rata based on the fair market value of
                 each such property but in no event shall the amount so
                 allocated to a particular property exceed the fair market
                 value of the property.

      (c)  The TDSI Exchangeable Shares shall be allocated to each of
           the TDSI Assets to the extent that the fair market value of the
           particular property exceeds the principal amount of the liabilities
           allocated to the particular property as set out in Section 2.4(b)
           above.

2.5  GST

      (a)  The TDSI Purchase Price does not include any Sales Taxes,
           which are or may become exigible in connection with the transfer of
           the TDSI Assets.

      (b)  The Transferee shall pay to the TDSI Transferor any
           applicable goods and services tax or harmonized sales tax payable
           under the Excise Tax Act

<PAGE>   12

                                     - 9 -



            (Canada) and any applicable tax payable under An Act Respecting
            Quebec Sales Tax in connection with the transfer of the TDSI
            Assets.

2.6  BULK SALES ACT LEGISLATION

      The Parties hereto waive compliance with any and all applicable bulk
      sales legislation.


                                   ARTICLE 3
                                   TRANSFERS

3.1  SPECIFIC CONVEYANCES AND SPECIFIC ASSUMPTIONS

      The Transferee shall bear all costs incurred in preparing and entering
      into and, if necessary, registering any Specific Conveyances or Specific
      Assumptions and registering any further assurances required pursuant to
      this Agreement.  The Transferee shall register all such Specific
      Conveyances and Specific Assumptions promptly.


                                   ARTICLE 4
                                     TAXES

4.1  SECTION 85

      TDSI Transferor and the Transferee will jointly elect under subsection
      85(1) of the Tax Act and under any similar provincial legislation, in
      prescribed form and within the time provided, with respect to the
      transfer of each of the TDSI Assets which is an eligible property within
      the meaning of subsection 85(1.1) of the Tax Act and in respect of which
      TDSI Transferor designates, and the agreed amount for purposes of
      paragraph 85(1)(a) of the Tax Act and any similar provincial legislation
      in respect of each such property will be the amount as determined by TDSI
      Transferor.

4.2  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

      At the option of TDSI Transferor, the Transferee will jointly elect with
      TDSI Transferor under section 22 of the Tax Act and any similar
      provincial tax legislation, in prescribed form and within the time
      provided, with respect to the transfer of Accounts Receivable by the TDSI
      Transferor and will designate therein the applicable portion of the TDSI
      Purchase Price as the consideration paid by the Transferee therefor and
      will each file an election with Revenue Canada and the relevant
      provincial tax authority forthwith after the Effective Time.


<PAGE>   13

                                     - 10 -



4.3  UNEARNED AMOUNTS

      TDSI Transferor agrees with the Transferee that TDSI Transferor is
      transferring assets with a fair market value equal to the amount of TDSI
      Transferor's obligations in respect of undertakings which arise from the
      operations of the Transferred Business and to which paragraph 12(1)(a) of
      the Tax Act applies and, in respect of such transfer by TDSI Transferor
      to the Transferee at TDSI Transferor's option, the Transferee will
      jointly elect with TDSI Transferor under subsection 20(24) of the Tax
      Act, and any similar provision of any provincial legislation, to have the
      rules in subsection 20(24) apply.

4.4 TRANSFER TAXES

      All Sales Taxes that may be imposed or assessed solely in connection with
      the transfer of TDSI Assets shall, subject to Section 2.5(b) hereof, be
      paid by the Transferee directly to the relevant governmental authority.


                                   ARTICLE 5
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

5.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TDSI TRANSFEROR

      TDSI Transferor represents and warrants to the Transferee that:

      (a)  TDSI Transferor Standing: TDSI Transferor is a corporation,
           duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Ontario, and
           now has all the requisite corporate power and authority to perform
           its obligations in accordance with this Agreement;

      (b)  No Conflicts: the consummation of the transactions
           contemplated herein will not violate, nor be in conflict with, any
           of the constating documents, by-laws or governing documents of TDSI
           Transferor;

      (c)  Execution of Documents: this Agreement has been duly executed
           and delivered by TDSI Transferor and all other documents (including
           the Specific Conveyances) executed and delivered by TDSI Transferor
           pursuant hereto will be duly executed and delivered by TDSI
           Transferor, and  this Agreement does, and such documents will,
           constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the TDSI
           Transferor, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;

      (d)  Encumbrances: to the best of its knowledge, immediately after
           the transfer provided for in Section 2.1, any Encumbrances
           applicable to the TDSI Assets will not in any material way prevent
           the Transferee from carrying on the

<PAGE>   14

                                    - 11 -



            Transferred Business in the manner in which it was conducted
            immediately prior to such time.  Furthermore, TDSI Transferor has
            not created or permitted the creation of any Encumbrance on the
            TDSI Assets, except in connection with the conduct of the
            Transferred Business;

      (e)  Residency: TDSI Transferor is not a non-resident of Canada
           within the meaning of the provisions of the Tax Act; and

      (f)  Registration Numbers: TDSI Transferor is registered under the
           Excise Tax Act (Canada) and An Act Respecting Quebec Sales Tax and
           its respective registration numbers are 89865749 and 1018634925.

5.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRANSFEREE

      The Transferee represents and warrants TDSI Transferor, that:

      (a)  Standing: the Transferee is a taxable Canadian corporation as
           defined in subsection 89(1) of the Tax Act, duly organized and
           validly existing under  the laws of Ontario and now has the
           requisite corporate power and authority to perform its obligations
           in accordance with this Agreement;

      (b)  No Conflicts: the consummation of the transactions
           contemplated by this Agreement will not violate, nor be in conflict
           with, the constating documents, by-laws or governing documents of
           the Transferee;

      (c)  Execution of Documents: this Agreement has been duly executed
           and delivered by the Transferee and all other documents (including
           the Specific Conveyances) executed and delivered by the Transferee
           pursuant hereto will be duly executed and delivered by the
           Transferee, and this Agreement does, and such documents will,
           constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Transferee
           enforceable in accordance with their respective terms; and

      (d)  Exchangeable Shares: the TDSI Exchangeable Shares are validly
           created, allotted and issued as fully-paid and non-assessable
           shares, are registered in the name of TDSI Transferor, except for o
           , are the only issued and outstanding shares of the Transferee and
           are free and clear of any Encumbrance.

5.3  LIMITATION

      No claim under this Article 5 shall be made or be enforceable by the TDSI
      Transferor or by the Transferee, unless written notice of such claim,
      with reasonable particulars, is given by such Party to the Party against
      whom the claim is made.


<PAGE>   15

                                    - 12 -



5.4 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

(a)  The representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2
     shall survive the completion of the Transfer of the TDSI Assets herein
     provided for and, notwithstanding such completion, shall continue in full
     force and effect for a period of three (3) years from the Release Time.

(b)  The covenants and indemnities of a Party set forth in this Agreement
     shall survive the transfer of the TDSI Assets herein provided for and,
     notwithstanding such completion, shall continue in full force and effect
     in accordance with the terms thereof.



                                   ARTICLE 6
                                  INDEMNITIES

6.1  GENERAL INDEMNITY OF TRANSFEREE

      The Transferee covenants and agrees with TDSI Transferor to indemnify and
      save harmless TDSI Transferor, its directors, officers, agents, employees
      and their respective executors, heirs, administrators, successors and
      permitted assigns (collectively the "Transferor Indemnified Parties")
      from and against all Losses and Liabilities that any of the Transferor
      Indemnified Parties may suffer or incur directly or indirectly as a
      result of, or in connection with: (a) the TDSI Assumed Liabilities, (b)
      the use of any Transferred Business IPR in the Transferred Business,
      whether before or after the Effective Time, (c) the operation of the
      Transferred Business from and after the Effective Time, (d) any breach of
      the Transferee's representations and warranties and covenants set out
      herein, (e) Sales Taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the
      TDSI Assets, or (f) any misstatement or omission relating to the
      Transferred Business in the prospectus of TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. dated
      o , 1999.

6.2  GENERAL INDEMNITY OF TDSI TRANSFEROR

      TDSI Transferor covenants and agrees with the Transferee to indemnify and
      save harmless the Transferee, its directors, officers, agents, employees
      and their respective executors, heirs, administrators, successors and
      permitted assigns (collectively the "Transferee Indemnified Parties")
      from and against all Losses and Liabilities that any of the Transferee
      Indemnified Parties may suffer or incur directly or indirectly as a
      result of, or in connection with:

      (a)  the operation by TDSI Transferor of any business or
           operations other than the Transferred Business, whether before or
           after the Effective Time; or

      (b)  any breach of TDSI Transferor's representations warranties
           and covenants set out herein.

<PAGE>   16

                                    - 13 -



6.3 CONDUCT OF THIRD PARTY CLAIMS

      (a)  Unless otherwise notified by the beneficiary of an indemnity
           herein granted (an "Indemnified") in connection with any claim,
           demand or cause of action of, or asserted by a Third Party in
           respect of which a Party has given an indemnity under this Agreement
           (the "Indemnifier"), the Indemnifier shall take control of the
           defence or settlement of such claim, demand or cause of action;
           provided that the Indemnifier may not settle or make any admission
           of liability without having first obtained the Indemnified's written
           consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

      (b)  An Indemnifier shall not be entitled to exercise and hereby
           waives any rights or remedies the Indemnifier may now or in the
           future have against an Indemnified in respect of matters in respect
           of which it has indemnified the Indemnified, whether such rights and
           remedies are pursuant to the common law or statute or otherwise,
           including without limitation, the right to name the Indemnified as a
           third party to any action commenced by any Third Party against the
           Indemnifier.


                                   ARTICLE 7
                         CERTAIN RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS

7.1  THIRD PARTY CONSENTS

      The Transferee acknowledges and agrees that it has been responsible for
      ascertaining and obtaining prior to the Release Time all licenses,
      permits, consents and giving all notices necessary to permit the
      effective transfer of the TDSI Assets from TDSI Transferor to the
      Transferee, to ensure that no Commitments or Assurances relating to the
      Transferred Business are breached and that the Transferee may operate the
      Transferred Business.  In the event that it has failed to do so, the
      Transferee shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to do
      so.  The Transferee hereby indemnifies and saves harmless the Transferor
      Indemnified Parties from and against all Losses and Liabilities that any
      of the Transferor Indemnified Parties may suffer as a result of, or in
      connection with, its failure to have obtained such licences, permits,
      consents and given such notices prior to the Release Time.  After the
      Release Time, TDSI Transferor shall provide reasonable co-operation and
      assistance to the Transferee to obtain any outstanding licences, permits
      and consents. Each of the TDSI Transferor and the Transferee shall be
      responsible for their internal and professional costs in carrying out
      their respective obligations under this section.  The Transferee shall be
      liable for and shall pay all fees, charges, costs and expenses levied by
      a Person in granting, or as a condition to grant a license, permit or its
      consent or including assignment fees.


<PAGE>   17

                                     - 14 -



7.2 ABSENCE OF CONSENT

       (a)  Where any consent or agreement of any Third Party is required to the
            transfer of any of the TDSI Assets (other than in relation to the
            transfer of any Commitment (which is dealt with in Section 7.3)),
            and such consent or agreement has not been obtained at or before the
            Release Time, the transfer of the relevant asset shall not take
            effect, until that consent or agreement has been obtained.

       (b)  After the Release Time, and until such time as any consent
            or agreement referred to in Section 7.2 (a) is obtained, TDSI
            Transferor shall be deemed to hold the benefit of such asset for
            the Transferee.

7.3 COMMITMENTS

       (a)  Where any consent or agreement of any Third Party is required to
            enable the Transferee to enjoy or perform any Commitment or to
            enable TDSI Transferor to transfer the benefit or burden of any
            Commitment to the Transferee, then the following provisions shall
            apply:

              (i)   this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or an
                    attempted assignment of the relevant Commitment if, or to
                    the extent that, such an assignment or attempted assignment
                    would constitute a breach of such Commitment;

              (ii)  the Parties shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain the
                    consent or agreement of the Third Party to whatever
                    assignment, transfer or novation is necessary to enable the
                    Transferee to perform such Commitment after the Effective
                    Date or as the case may be to transfer the benefit and
                    burden of such Commitment to the Transferee;

              (iii) until the consent or agreement referred to in Section 7.3(a)
                    is obtained, the Transferee shall, unless the relevant
                    Commitment prohibits it, perform all the obligations of TDSI
                    Transferor under such Commitment, as agent for or
                    sub-contractor to TDSI Transferor and indemnify the
                    Transferor Indemnified Parties in respect of such
                    performance or, if the relevant Commitment prohibits the
                    Transferee from so acting as agent and sub-contractor or the
                    Transferee cannot be permitted to act as agent and
                    sub-contractor because of confidentiality obligations, the
                    Transferor Indemnified Parties shall, at the cost of the
                    Transferee and to the extent that the TDSI Transferor is
                    reasonably able, do all such acts and things as the

<PAGE>   18

                                    - 15 -



                    Transferee may reasonably require to enable due performance
                    of the Commitment and to provide for the Transferee the
                    benefits, subject to the burdens, of the Commitment and the
                    Transferee shall indemnify the Transferor Indemnified
                    Parties in respect of all such acts and things.

       (b)  Until such time as the consent or agreement referred to in
            Section 7.3(a) is obtained, TDSI Transferor shall be deemed to hold
            the benefit of the relevant Commitment referred to in Section
            7.3(a) for the Transferee.

       (c)  If the rights or obligations under the Commitment to which TDSI
            Transferor is a party extend to both the Transferred Business and
            any other operation or business of TDSI Transferor (in this Section
            7.3(c) a "Retained Business"), TDSI Transferor and the Transferee
            agree that:

                 (i)  the Commitment shall remain with the TDSI Transferor which
                      shall hold all rights under such Commitment to the extent
                      they relate to the Transferred Business for the benefit of
                      the Transferee;

                 (ii) to the extent that any rights under such Commitment are
                      held by TDSI Transferor for the benefit of the Transferee,
                      TDSI Transferor and the Transferee shall cooperate with
                      each other to ensure that:

                       (A)  the Transferee obtains the benefit of any such
                            rights and satisfies any associated or commensurate
                            obligations;

                       (B)  the Transferee's rights under such Commitment are
                            enforced against the issuer thereof or the other
                            party or parties thereto;

                       (C)  all such actions are taken and all such things are
                            done by TDSI Transferor as may reasonably be
                            requested by the Transferee, to the extent TDSI
                            Transferor can do so without prejudice to its own
                            rights under such Commitment;

                       (D)  all such actions are taken and all such things are
                            done by the Transferee as may reasonably be
                            requested by TDSI Transferor which are necessary to
                            ensure that all associated or commensurate
                            obligations are satisfied by the Transferee; and


<PAGE>   19

                                    - 16 -



                       (E)  all monies and properties collected by or paid or
                            transferred to TDSI Transferor in respect of such
                            rights are paid over or transferred to the
                            Transferee as appropriate, and all monies and
                            properties payable or transferable by the TDSI
                            Transferor, as applicable, in respect of such
                            obligations are first paid over or transferred to
                            TDSI Transferor by the Transferee, as appropriate;
                            and.

                 (iii) the Transferee shall indemnify and save harmless TDSI
                       Transferor from and against any claims in respect of any
                       such Commitments in connection with or arising as a
                       result of any action reasonably taken by TDSI Transferor
                       in its capacity as holder of the Commitment (including,
                       any such actions taken by TDSI Transferor in accordance
                       with this Section 7.3).

7.4  LETTERS TO SUPPLIERS

       The Transferee shall promptly following the Release Time send out
       notices and letters to all suppliers and customers of the Transferred
       Business and other business contacts relating to the Transferred
       Business informing them of the transfer of the Transferred Business and
       the Transferee's assumption of the TDSI Assumed Liabilities.

7.5  RELEASE OF THE ASSURANCES

       The Transferee covenants that, at the written request of TDSI Transferor
       made from time to time after the Release Time, the Transferee will use
       best efforts to execute and deliver all such instruments of assumption
       and acknowledgements in order to effect the release and discharge in
       full of any Assurance given by TDSI Transferor to any Person in respect
       of any obligation or liability of the Transferred Business, and shall
       procure the assumption of, and the substitution of the Transferee as the
       primary obligor in respect of, each such Assurance on a non-recourse
       basis to TDSI Transferor.  Pending such release and discharge, the
       Transferee hereby agrees with the TDSI Transferor that the Transferee
       will assume and pay and discharge when due, and indemnify each
       Transferor Indemnified Person against, all such Assurances.

7.6  EMPLOYEES AND INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

       (a)  The Transferee will, effective as of the Employee Transfer
            Date and on terms and conditions (including remuneration and
            benefits, if any) which in the aggregate are similar to those which
            they presently enjoy, (i) employ from and after such time the
            Employees and (ii) retain from and after the Employee Transfer Date
            the Independent Contractors.

<PAGE>   20

                                   - 17 -



       (b)  The Transferee will recognize, to the extent previously
            recognized by the TDSI Transferor, accrued vacation, and other
            similar entitlements of Employees and the past service of the
            Employees with the TDSI Transferor and any prior service for which
            the TDSI Transferor has given the Employees service credit for all
            purposes, including eligibility to participate and extent of
            participation in all benefit plans and entitlement to notice of
            termination of employment or pay in lieu thereof or severance pay.

       (c)  The Transferee will indemnify and save harmless the
            Transferor Indemnified Parties against any Losses and Liabilities
            arising from or relating to: (i) the employment by the TDSI
            Transferor or Transferee of an Employee or termination thereof by
            the TDSI Transferor or Transferee, except that the TDSI Transferor
            shall bear any termination costs owing as a direct result of the
            transfer of the Transferred Business, other than those termination
            costs attributable to an Employee's refusal to  accept employment
            with the Transferee; or (ii) the retainer by TDSI Transferor or the
            Transferee of an Independent Contractor or termination of that
            retainer by TDSI Transferor or the Transferee.

       (d)  Without limiting Section 7.6(a), the Transferee shall also
            employ or retain persons on short or long term disability or
            workers compensation leave, child care leave or any other approved
            paid or unpaid leave of absence who at the time of their
            disability, injury or the commencement of their leave were employed
            or retained in the Transferred Business.

7.7  AMOUNTS RECEIVED IN RESPECT OF THE TDSI ASSETS

     Where after the Effective Date any amount is paid to TDSI Transferor in
respect of a TDSI Asset, TDSI Transferor shall forthwith (and in any event,
within 30 days of the receipt of such amount) remit such amount to the
Transferee.

7.8  TRANSFER OF LEGAL TITLE
       All Parties acknowledge and agree that the legal transfer of the TDSI
       Assets will occur on the later of immediately after the IPO Closing Date
       and the date on which the last Material Consent is obtained, but in any
       event the Parties acknowledge that the TDSI Transferor is entitled to
       receive the net economic benefit derived from the operation of the
       Transferred Business from and after the Effective Time, as provided in
       Section 2.1.
<PAGE>   21

                                    - 18 -



                                   ARTICLE 8
                                    GENERAL

8.1  FURTHER ASSURANCES

       Each Party will, from time to time and at all times after the Effective
       Time, without further consideration, do such further acts and deliver
       all such further assurances, deeds and documents as shall be reasonably
       required in order to fully perform and carry out the terms of this
       Agreement.

8.2  NO MERGER

       Subject to any limitations set forth herein, the covenants,
       representations, warranties and indemnities contained in this Agreement
       shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and shall not merge in
       any assignments, conveyances, transfers or other documents executed and
       delivered at or after the date hereof, notwithstanding any rule of law,
       equity or statute to the contrary and such rules are hereby waived.

8.3  ENTIRE AGREEMENT

       The provisions contained in any and all documents and agreements
       collateral hereto shall at all times be read subject to the provisions
       of this Agreement and, in the event of conflict, the provisions of this
       Agreement shall prevail.

8.4  GOVERNING LAW

       This Agreement shall be subject to and interpreted, construed and
       enforced in accordance with the laws of Ontario and the laws of Canada
       applicable therein and shall be treated as a contract made in Ontario.
       The Parties irrevocably attorn and submit to the jurisdiction of the
       courts of Ontario and courts of appeal therefrom in respect of all
       matters arising out of this Agreement.

8.5  ASSIGNMENT, ENUREMENT, ETC.

       Neither the obligations nor the benefits under this Agreement shall be
       assignable unless:

       (a)  The assignor has given notice to the other party hereto;

       (b)  The assignment is an assignment of all of the assignor's
            rights, benefits and obligations hereunder; and

       (c)  The assignment is made in connection with or as part of a
            corporate reorganization of the assignor, a merger or amalgamation
            of the assignor

<PAGE>   22

                                     - 19 -



                      with one or more other corporations or the sale by the
                 assignor of all or substantially all of its assets.

       Notwithstanding any such assignment, the assignor shall continue to
       remain liable for its obligations hereunder jointly and severally with
       the assignee, and the assignee's rights and benefits hereunder shall be
       subject to any rights of set-off and equities existing as between the
       assignor and the other party hereto.  Any purported assignment in
       contravention of this section shall be void.  This Agreement shall be
       binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Transferee, TDSI
       Transferor, the Transferor Indemnified Parties, the Transferee
       Indemnified Parties and their respective heirs, executors,
       administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

8.6  TIME OF ESSENCE

     Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

8.7  NOTICES

The addresses and fax number of each Party for notices shall be as follows:

     TDSI Transferor:    c/o The Toronto-Dominion Bank
                         P.O. Box 1, 12th Floor
                         Toronto-Dominion Centre
                         Toronto, Ontario
                         M5K 1A2

                         Attention:Senior Vice-President, Compliance

                         Fax: (416) 944-6932


The Transferee:          c/o TD Waterhouse Group, Inc.
                         100 Wall Street
                         New York, NY
                         10005

                         Attention:Executive Vice-President and General Counsel

                         Fax:      (212) 509-8099

       Any notice, communication or statement (a "notice") required, permitted
       or contemplated hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered as
       follows:


<PAGE>   23

                                    - 20 -



       (a)  by delivery to a Party between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.
            local time on a Business Day at the address of such Party for
            notices, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been
            received by that Party when it is delivered; or

       (b)  by telecopier to a Party to the telecopier number of such
            Party for notices, in which case, if the notice was telecopied
            prior to 4:00 p.m. local time on a Business Day the notice shall be
            deemed to have been received by that Party when it was telecopied
            and if it was faxed on a day which is not a Business Day or is
            faxed after 4:00 p.m. local time on a Business Day, it shall be
            deemed to have been received on the next following Business Day.

       A Party may from time to time change its address for service or its fax
       number for service by giving written notice of such change to the other
       Party.

8.8  INVALIDITY OF PROVISIONS

       If at any time any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal,
       invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any
       jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

       (a)  the legality, validity or enforceability in that
            jurisdiction of any other provision of this Agreement; or

       (b)  the legality, validity or enforceability under the law of
            any other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this
            Agreement.

8.9  WAIVER

       No waiver by any Party of any breach (whether actual or anticipated) of
       any of the terms, conditions, representations or warranties contained
       herein shall take effect or be binding upon that Party unless the waiver
       is expressed in writing under the authority of that Party.  Any waiver
       so given shall extend only to the particular breach so waived and shall
       not limit or affect any rights with respect to any other or future
       breach.

8.10 REMEDIES GENERALLY

       No failure on the part of any Party in exercising any right or remedy
       hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
       partial exercise of any such right or remedy preclude any other or
       further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy in
       law or in equity or by statute or otherwise conferred.


<PAGE>   24

                                    - 21 -



8.11 AMENDMENT

       This Agreement shall not be varied in its terms or amended by oral
       agreement or by representations or otherwise other than by an instrument
       in writing dated subsequent to the date hereof, executed by a duly
       authorized representative of each Party.

8.12 COUNTERPART EXECUTION

       This Agreement may be executed in counterpart and all executed
       counterparts together shall constitute one agreement.

8.13 ACCESS TO BOOKS, RECORDS AND PERSONNEL

       After the Effective Time, the Transferee shall permit TDSI Transferor
       and its representatives to continue to have full and complete access to
       the books and records of the Transferred Business and its personnel as
       TDSI Transferor may require for the purpose of complying with all laws
       as well as its legitimate business purposes, including without
       limitation in connection with any claims, demands or litigation.  The
       Transferee shall provide TDSI Transferor with its full co-operation
       (including testimony if requested) in connection with such purposes.
       The Transferee shall preserve and maintain its books and records for the
       greater of: (i) 15 years or (ii) such other time as they may be
       relevant.

8.14 AGENCY FOR INDEMNITIES

       The Parties acknowledge and agree that TDSI Transferor has entered into
       the Agreement on its own behalf and as agent for and on behalf of the
       Transferor Indemnified Parties (whether or not formally appointed as
       agent on or before the date of this Agreement) and it is the express
       intention of the Parties that TDSI Transferor on behalf of the
       Transferor Indemnified Parties or the Transferor Indemnified Parties
       themselves may exercise and enforce all their rights and remedies
       provided herein in the same manner as if each were a signatory hereto.
       The Transferee shall be generally entitled to deal with TDSI Transferor
       on behalf of the Transferor Indemnified Parties in respect of all
       matters concerning this Agreement without any obligation whatsoever to
       investigate the authority of the TDSI Transferor and notwithstanding
       anything contained herein, TDSI Transferor will continue to be bound by
       all of its obligations under this Agreement as if no such agency
       relationship existed and shall remain liable to perform the obligations
       of the Transferor Indemnified Parties hereunder to the extent that such
       persons fail to do so.  The foregoing also applies mutatis mutandis to
       the Transferee in respect of the Transferee Indemnified Parties.



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Agreement.


<PAGE>   25

                                     - 22 -


TD SECURITIES INC.                TD WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES (CANADA), INC.


Per:____________________________  Per:__________________________________


Per:____________________________  Per:__________________________________


<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 2.3




                            SHARE TRANSFER AGREEMENT



                            THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
                                   (AS VENDOR)



                                     - AND -


                            TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
                                 (AS PURCHASER)











                               DATED JUNE  -, 1999




<PAGE>   2




                            SHARE TRANSFER AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------

     THIS AGREEMENT made the - day of June, 1999,

BETWEEN:

     THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK
     (a Canadian chartered bank)
     (hereinafter referred to as "Vendor")

                                                             OF THE FIRST PART,

                                     - and -

     TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.,
     a corporation incorporated under the laws of
     Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the "Purchaser")

                                                             OF THE SECOND PART.


WHEREAS Vendor wishes to transfer the shares of its United Kingdom, Australia
and Hong Kong discount broker subsidiaries to the Purchaser and Purchaser
wishes to acquire such shares from the Vendor, subject to and in accordance
with the terms and conditions hereof;

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES that in consideration of the premises,
the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth and for good and
valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Parties have agreed as follows:



                                    ARTICLE 1
                                 INTERPRETATION
                                 --------------

 1.1  DEFINITIONS

      In this Agreement, including the recitals and the Schedules, unless the
      context otherwise requires:

      (a)  "AGREEMENT" means this Agreement and all amendments made
           hereto by written agreement between the Vendor and the Purchaser;
<PAGE>   3

                                     - 2 -



      (b)  "BUSINESS DAY" means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday
           or statutory holiday in Toronto, Ontario;

      (c)  "DIRECTION AND ESCROW AGREEMENT REGARDING THE 1999 GREEN LINE
           REORGANIZATION" means the agreement entered into among Vendor,
           Purchaser, TD Securities Inc. and TD Waterhouse Investor Services
           (Canada) Inc., dated June -, 1999 setting out with respect to the
           transactions contemplated therein, the list of documents to be
           exchanged, the parties to whom such documents are to be delivered,
           the participants in the closing and the terms of escrow and release
           of escrow, including the times at which the various deliveries of
           documents are made and the transactions contemplated thereby become
           effective;

      (d)  "EFFECTIVE TIME" means the time of the transfer of the
           "Transferred Business", as that term is defined and as specified in
           the Direction and Escrow Agreement Regarding the 1999 Green Line
           Reorganization;

      (e)  "ENCUMBRANCES" means liens, charges, security interests,
           rights of others or other encumbrances;

      (f)  "GLH AUSTRALIA" means Green Line Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd
           ACN 077 306 319;

      (g)  "GLH AUSTRALIA PROMISSORY NOTE" means the promissory note in
           the principal amount of CAD15,000,000 to be made by the Purchaser as
           of the Effective Time in favour of the Vendor;

      (h)  "GLH AUSTRALIA SHARES" means all of the issued and
           outstanding shares in the capital stock of GLH Australia;

      (i)  "GLIS AUSTRALIA" means TD Waterhouse Investor Services
           (Australia) Limited;

      (j)  "GLIS EUROPE" means TD Waterhouse Investor Services (Europe) Limited;

      (k)  "GLIS HK1" means TD Waterhouse Investor Services (Hong Kong) Inc.;

      (l)  "GLIS HK2" means TD Waterhouse Investor Services (Hong Kong) Limited;

      (m)  "GLIS HK2 PROMISSORY NOTE" means the promissory note in the
           principal amount of CAD1,893,000 to be made by the Purchaser as of
           the Effective
<PAGE>   4

                                     - 3 -



           Time in favour of the Vendor in respect of the transfer of the GLIS
           HK2 Shares;

      (n)  "GLIS HK1 SHARES" means all of the issued and outstanding shares in
           the capital stock of GLIS HK1;

      (o)  "GLIS HK2 SHARES" means all of the issued and outstanding shares in
           the capital stock of GLIS HK2 other than the one (1) ordinary share
           of such corporation held by Tordom Nominees (H.K.) Limited;

      (p)  "GLIS UK" means TD Waterhouse Investor Services (U.K.) Limited;

      (q)  "GLIS UK PROMISSORY NOTE"means the promissory note in the principal
           amount of CAD20,600,000 to be made by the Purchaser as of the
           Effective Time in favour of the Vendor;

      (r)  "GLIS UK SHARES" means all of the issued and outstanding shares in
           the capital stock of GLIS UK;

      (s)  "PARTIES" means the parties to this Agreement and "PARTY" means any
           one of them;

      (t)  "PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.2;

      (u)  "PURCHASED SHARES" means the GLH Australia Shares, GLIS HK1 Shares,
           GLIS HK2 Shares, GLIS UK Shares and TDSS Shares;

      (v)  "SUBSIDIARIES" means GLH Australia, GLIS HK1, GLIS HK2, GLIS UK and
           TDSS;

      (w)  "TAX ACT" means the Income Tax Act (Canada) 1985 R.S.C. (5th Supp.),
           c.1, as amended;

      (x)  "TDSS" means TD Waterhouse Securities Services (Hong Kong) Limited;

      (y)  "TDSS SHARES" means all of the issued and outstanding shares in the
           capital stock of TDSS other than the one (1) ordinary share of such
           corporation held by Tordom Nominees (H.K.) Limited;

      (z)  "TDSS PROMISSORY NOTE" means the promissory note in the principal
           amount of CAD1,893,000 to be made by the Purchaser as of the
           Effective Time in favour of Vendor in respect of the transfer of the
           TDSS Shares;
<PAGE>   5

                                     - 4 -



     (aa)"THIRD PARTY" means any Person other than a Party; and

     (bb)"THIS AGREEMENT", "HEREIN", "HERETO", "HEREOF" and similar expressions
     refer to this Share Transfer Agreement as amended from time to time.

1.2   ARTICLE, SECTION AND SCHEDULE REFERENCES

      Except as otherwise expressly provided, a reference in this Agreement to
      an "Article", "section", "subsection", "paragraph" or "Schedule" is a
      reference to an article, section, subsection, paragraph or schedule of or
      to this Agreement.

1.3   INTERPRETATION NOT AFFECTED BY HEADINGS

      The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not
      affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

1.4   INCLUDED WORDS

      When the context reasonably permits, words suggesting the singular shall
      be construed as suggesting the plural and vice versa, and words
      suggesting one gender shall be construed as suggesting other genders.

1.5   SCHEDULES

      The following Schedules are attached to and form a part of this Agreement:

      Schedule "A"    -    Purchased Shares and Purchase Price
      Schedule "B"    -    Authorized and Outstanding Shares of Purchaser



                                    ARTICLE 2
                            PURCHASE AND SALEARTICLE
                            ------------------------

2.1   PURCHASE AND SALE

      As of the Effective Time and subject to the provisions of Article 5, the
      Vendor hereby sells to the Purchaser and the Purchaser hereby purchases
      from the Vendor the Purchased Shares.

2.2   PURCHASE PRICE
<PAGE>   6

                                     - 5 -


      The consideration (the "Purchase Price") for the purchase of the
      Purchased Shares shall be the aggregate of all consideration listed in
      Schedule "A".



                                    ARTICLE 3
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                         ------------------------------

3.1   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF VENDOR

      Vendor represents and warrants to the Purchaser that:

      (a)  Vendor Standing:  Vendor is a Canadian chartered bank, duly organized
           and validly existing under the laws of Canada and now has the
           requisite corporate power and authority to perform its obligations in
           accordance with the Agreement;

      (b)  Authorized Capital of the Subsidiaries:  the authorized capital of
           the Subsidiaries consists of the number and classes of shares listed
           in Schedule "A", of which the corresponding numbers of shares listed
           in Schedule "A" have been validly issued and are outstanding as fully
           paid and non-assessable shares;

      (c)  Ownership of Purchased Shares: Immediately prior to the purchase and
           sale of the Purchased Shares herein provided, the Vendor was the
           beneficial and registered owner of all of the issued and outstanding
           shares in the capital stock of the Subsidiaries except one (1)
           ordinary share  in the capital stock of GLIS HK2, of which Tordom
           Nominees (H.K.) Limited was the registered owner and the Vendor was
           the beneficial owner, and one (1) ordinary share in the capital stock
           of TDSS, of which Tordom Nominees (H.K.) Limited was the registered
           owner and the Vendor was the beneficial owner, free and clear of all
           Encumbrances;

      (d)  Ownership of GLIS Australia Shares: GLH Australia is the beneficial
           and registered owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares in
           the capital stock of GLIS Australia, free and clear of all
           Encumbrances;

      (e)  Ownership of GLIS Europe Shares: GLIS UK is the beneficial and
           registered owner of all of the issued and outstanding shares in the
           capital stock of GLIS Europe, free and clear of all Encumbrances;

      (f)  Authority, No Encumbrances:  the Vendor has good and sufficient
           power, authority and right to enter into and deliver this Agreement
           and to transfer


<PAGE>   7

                                     - 6 -


           the legal and beneficial title and ownership of the Purchased
           Shares to the Purchaser free and clear of all Encumbrances;

      (g)  No Options:  there is no contract, option or any other right of
           another binding upon or which at any time in the future may become
           binding upon:

           (i)  the Vendor to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, charge, mortgage
                or in any other way dispose of or encumber any of the Purchased
                Shares other than pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement,
                or

           (ii) any of the Subsidiaries, GLIS Europe or GLIS Australia to allot
                or issue any of its respective unissued shares or to create any
                additional class of shares;

      (h)  No Conflicts: the consummation of the transactions contemplated
           herein will not violate, nor be in conflict with, any of the
           constating documents, by-laws or governing documents of Vendor;

      (i)  Execution of Documents: this Agreement has been duly authorized,
           executed and delivered by Vendor and all other documents executed and
           delivered by Vendor pursuant hereto have been duly executed and
           delivered by Vendor, and this Agreement and such documents constitute
           legal, valid and binding obligations of the Vendor, enforceable in
           accordance with their respective terms;

      (j)  Residency: Vendor is not a non-resident of Canada within the meaning
           of the provisions of the Tax Act; and

      (k)  Associated Company Status: At the Effective Time, a wholly-owned
           subsidiary of the Vendor shall be the beneficial owner of 90% or more
           of the issued share capital of the Purchaser.

3.2   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

      The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Vendor that:

      (a)  Standing: the Purchaser is a corporation duly organized and validly
           existing under  the laws of the State of Delaware and has the
           requisite corporate power and authority to perform its obligations in
           accordance with this Agreement;
<PAGE>   8

                                     - 7 -


      (b)  No Conflicts: the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
           this Agreement will not violate, nor be in conflict with, the
           constating documents, by-laws or governing documents of the
           Purchaser;

      (c)  Execution of Documents: this Agreement has been duly authorized,
           executed and delivered by the Purchaser and all other documents
           (including the GLH Australia Promissory Note, GLIS HK2 Promissory
           Note, GLIS UK Promissory Note and TDSS Promissory Note) executed and
           delivered by the Purchaser pursuant hereto have been duly executed
           and delivered by the Purchaser, and this Agreement and such documents
           constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser
           enforceable in accordance with their respective terms;

      (d)  Authorized Capital of Purchaser: Immediately prior to the purchase
           and sale of the Purchased Shares herein provided, the authorized
           capital of the Purchaser consisted of the number and classes of
           shares listed in Schedule "B", of which the corresponding numbers of
           shares listed in Schedule "B" had been validly issued and were
           outstanding as fully paid and non-assessable shares;

      (e)  Shares of Purchaser: the - common shares in the capital stock of the
           Purchaser issued to the Vendor pursuant to Section 2.2 have been
           validly created, allotted and issued as fully-paid and non-assessable
           shares, are registered in the name of Vendor, and are free and clear
           of all Encumbrances; and

      (f)  Associated Company Status: At the Effective Time, a wholly-owned
           subsidiary of the Vendor shall be the legal owner of at least 90% of
           the issued share capital of the Purchaser.

3.3   LIMITATION

      No claim under this Article 3 shall be made or be enforceable by the
      Vendor or by the Purchaser, unless written notice of such claim, with
      reasonable particulars, is given by such Party to the Party against whom
      the claim is made.

3.4   SURVIVAL OF VENDOR'S REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

      (a)  The representations and warranties of the Vendor set forth in Section
           3.1 shall survive the completion of the sale and purchase of the
           Purchased Shares herein provided for and, notwithstanding such
           completion, shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit
           of the Purchaser for a period of three (3) years from the Effective
           Time.
<PAGE>   9

                                     - 8 -


      (b)  The covenants of the Vendor set forth in this Agreement shall
           survive the completion of the sale and purchase of the Purchased
           Shares herein provided for and, notwithstanding such completion,
           shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the
           Purchaser in accordance with the terms thereof.

3.5   SURVIVAL OF PURCHASER'S REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

      (a)  The representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth
           in Section 3.2 shall survive the completion of the sale and purchase
           of the Purchased Shares herein provided for and, notwithstanding
           such completion, shall continue in full force and effect for the
           benefit of the Vendor for a period of three (3) years from the
           Effective Time.

      (b)  The covenants of the Purchaser set forth in this Agreement shall
           survive the completion of the sale and purchase of the Purchased
           Shares herein provided for and, notwithstanding such completion,
           shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of the Vendor
           in accordance with the terms thereof.



                                    ARTICLE 4
                            COVENANTS AND INDEMNITIES
                            -------------------------

4.1   TAXES

      The Purchaser does not assume and shall not be liable for any taxes under
      the Tax Act or any other taxes whatsoever which may be or become payable
      by the Vendor including, without limiting the generality of the
      foregoing, any taxes resulting from or arising as a consequence of the
      sale by the Vendor to the Purchaser of the Purchased Shares herein
      contemplated, and the Vendor shall indemnify and save harmless the
      Purchaser from and against all such taxes.

      The Purchaser, and not the Vendor, shall be liable for and shall pay
      within the required periods all stamp duties and other transfer taxes
      which become payable by the Purchaser in connection with the purchase by
      the Purchaser from the Vendor of the Purchased Shares herein
      contemplated, and the Purchaser shall indemnity and save harmless the
      Vendor from and against all such taxes.

4.2   GENERAL INDEMNITY OF THE VENDOR

      The Vendor shall indemnify and save harmless the Purchaser from and
      against all losses, damages or expenses directly or indirectly suffered
      by the Purchaser resulting from any breach of any covenant of the Vendor
      contained in this
<PAGE>   10

                                     - 9 -



      Agreement or from any inaccuracy or misrepresentation in any
      representation or warranty set forth in Section 3.1.

4.3   GENERAL INDEMNITY OF THE PURCHASER

      The Purchaser shall indemnify and save harmless the Vendor from and
      against all losses, damages or expenses directly or indirectly suffered
      by the Vendor resulting from any breach of any covenant of the Purchaser
      contained in this Agreement or from any inaccuracy or misrepresentation
      in any representation or warranty set forth in Section 3.2.



                                    ARTICLE 5
                         CONDITIONS TO PURCHASE AND SALE
                         -------------------------------

5.1   ABSENCE OF FOREIGN INVESTMENT APPROVAL RE. GLH AUSTRALIA SHARES

      (a)  The sale and transfer of the GLH Australia Shares and the delivery of
           the portion of the Purchase Price payable in consideration thereof
           shall not proceed unless (i) a notice in writing is issued by or on
           behalf of the Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia stating that
           the Commonwealth Government does not object to the Purchaser and the
           Vendor entering into and completing this Agreement, either
           unconditionally or on terms reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser,
           or (ii) the Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia becomes
           precluded from making an order in respect of the transfer of the GLH
           Australia Shares under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act
           1975 (Cth).

      (b)  In the event that the notice referred to in Section 5.1(a) has not
           been given prior to the Effective Time, the Parties shall diligently
           seek to effect the sale and transfer of the GLH Australia Shares and
           the delivery of that portion of the Purchase Price deliverable in
           consideration thereof, as soon as practicable following the issuance
           of such a notice or the time following which the Treasurer of the
           Commonwealth is precluded from making an order in respect of such
           transfer.

5.2   OTHER ABSENCE OF CONSENT OR APPROVAL

      (a)  Where any consent, approval or agreement of any Third Party, other
           than the approval described in Section 5.1, is required to the
           transfer of any of the Purchased Shares, and such consent, approval
           or agreement has not been obtained at or before the Effective Time,
           the transfer of the affected
<PAGE>   11

                                     - 10 -



           Purchased Shares only shall not take effect, notwithstanding the
           passage of the Effective Time, until that consent, approval or
           agreement has been obtained.

      (b)  After the Effective Time, and until such time as any consent,
           approval or agreement referred to in Section 5.2(a) is obtained,
           Vendor shall be deemed to hold the benefit of such asset for the
           Purchaser.




                                    ARTICLE 6
                                     GENERAL
                                     -------

6.1   FURTHER ASSURANCES


      Each Party will, from time to time and at all times after the Effective
      Time, without further consideration, do such further acts and deliver all
      such further assurances, deeds and documents as shall be reasonably
      required in order to fully perform and carry out the terms of this
      Agreement.

6.2   NO MERGER

      Subject to any limitations set forth herein, the covenants,
      representations, warranties and indemnities contained in this Agreement
      shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and shall not merge in
      any assignments, conveyances, transfers or other documents executed and
      delivered at or after the date hereof, notwithstanding any rule of law,
      equity or statute to the contrary and such rules are hereby waived.

6.3   ENTIRE AGREEMENT

      The provisions contained in any and all documents and agreements
      collateral hereto shall at all times be read subject to the provisions of
      this Agreement and, in the event of conflict, the provisions of this
      Agreement shall prevail.

6.4   GOVERNING LAW

      This Agreement shall be subject to and interpreted, construed and
      enforced in accordance with the laws of Ontario and the laws of Canada
      applicable therein and shall be treated as a contract made in Ontario.
      The Parties irrevocably attorn and submit to the jurisdiction of the
      courts of Ontario and courts of appeal therefrom in respect of all
      matters arising out of this Agreement.

6.5   ASSIGNMENT, ENUREMENT, ETC.
<PAGE>   12

                                     - 11 -



      Neither the obligations nor the benefits under this Agreement shall be
      assignable unless:

      (a)  The assignor has given notice to the other party hereto;

      (b)  The assignment is an assignment of all of the assignor's
           rights, benefits and obligations hereunder; and

      (c)  The assignment is made in connection with or as part of a
           corporate reorganization of the assignor, a merger or amalgamation
           of the assignor with one or more other corporations or the sale by
           the assignor of all or substantially all of its assets.

      Notwithstanding any such assignment, the assignor shall continue to
      remain liable for its obligations hereunder jointly and severally with
      the assignee, and the assignee's rights and benefits hereunder shall be
      subject to any rights of set-off and equities existing as between the
      assignor and the other party hereto.  Any purported assignment in
      contravention of this section shall be void.  This Agreement shall be
      binding upon and enure to the benefit of the Purchaser, Vendor and their
      respective successors and permitted assigns.

6.6   TIME OF ESSENCE

      Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.


6.7   NOTICES

      The addresses and fax number of each Party for notices shall be as
      follows:

      Vendor:          Toronto-Dominion Centre
                       P.O. Box 1, 12th Floor
                       Toronto, Ontario M5K 1A2

                       Attention:   Senior Vice-President, Compliance
                       Fax:         (416) 944-6932


      Purchaser:       100 Wall Street
                       New York, New York 10005

                       Attention:   Executive Vice-President and General Counsel
                       Fax:         (212) 509-8099
<PAGE>   13

                                     - 12 -



      Any notice, communication or statement (a "notice") required, permitted
      or contemplated hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered as
      follows:

      (a)  by delivery to a Party between 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. local time on
           a Business Day at the address of such Party for notices, in which
           case the notice shall be deemed to have been received by that Party
           when it is delivered; or

      (b)  by telecopier to a Party to the telecopier number of such Party for
           notices, in which case, if the notice was telecopied prior to 4:00
           p.m. local time on a Business Day the notice shall be deemed to have
           been received by that Party when it was telecopied and if it was
           faxed on a day which is not a Business Day or is faxed after 4:00
           p.m. local time on a Business Day, it shall be deemed to have been
           received on the next following Business Day.

      A Party may from time to time change its address for service or its fax
      number for service by giving written notice of such change to the other
      Party.

6.8   INVALIDITY OF PROVISIONS

      If at any time any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal,
      invalid or unenforceable in any respect under the law of any
      jurisdiction, that shall not affect or impair:

      (a)  the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction
           of any other provision of this Agreement; or

      (b)  the legality, validity or enforceability under the law of any
           other jurisdiction of that or any other provision of this Agreement.

6.9   WAIVER

      No waiver by any Party of any breach (whether actual or anticipated) of
      any of the terms, conditions, representations or warranties contained
      herein shall take effect or be binding upon that Party unless the waiver
      is expressed in writing under the authority of that Party.  Any waiver so
      given shall extend only to the particular breach so waived and shall not
      limit or affect any rights with respect to any other or future breach.

6.10  REMEDIES GENERALLY

      No failure on the part of any Party in exercising any right or remedy
      hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or
      partial exercise of any
<PAGE>   14

                                     - 13 -



      such right or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
      the exercise of any other right or remedy in law or in equity or by
      statute or otherwise conferred.

6.11  AMENDMENT

      This Agreement shall not be varied in its terms or amended by oral
      agreement or by representations or otherwise other than by an instrument
      in writing dated subsequent to the date hereof, executed by a duly
      authorized representative of each Party.

6.12  COUNTERPART EXECUTION

      This Agreement may be executed in counterpart and all executed
      counterparts together shall constitute one agreement.

6.13  ACCESS TO BOOKS, RECORDS AND PERSONNEL

      After the Effective Time, the Purchaser shall permit Vendor and its
      representatives to continue to have full and complete access to the books
      and records of the Subsidiaries, GLIS Australia and GLIS Europe and their
      respective personnel as Vendor may require for the purpose of complying
      with all laws as well as its legitimate business purposes, including
      without limitation in connection with any claims, demands or litigation.
      The Purchaser shall provide Vendor with its full co-operation (including
      testimony if requested) in connection with such purposes.  The Purchaser
      shall ensure that each of the Subsidiaries, GLIS Australia and GLIS Europe
      preserves and maintains its books and records for the greater of: (i) 15
      years or (ii) such other time as they may be relevant.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Agreement.


THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK                       TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.


Per:                                            Per:
     ---------------------------                     ---------------------------


Per:                                            Per:
     ---------------------------                     ---------------------------

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2




                         SUPPORT AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT


           AGREEMENT made as of the      day of June, 1999


BETWEEN:

                  TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC., a corporation existing under the
                  laws of the State of Delaware ("TD Waterhouse"),

                                     - and -

                  TD WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES (CANADA) INC., a corporation
                  existing under the laws of Ontario (the "Corporation"),

                                     - and -

                  WATERHOUSE  INVESTOR SERVICES,  INC., a corporation  existing
                  under the laws of the State of Delaware ("WISI"),

                                     - and -

                  TD SECURITIES  INC., a corporation  incorporated  under the
                  laws of Ontario ("TDSI"),

                                     - and -

                  THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK, a chartered bank existing under the
                  laws of Canada (the "Bank").


         WHEREAS the Corporation proposes to issue the Exchangeable Shares (as
hereinafter defined) in connection with the acquisition by the Corporation of
certain assets from each of TDSI and the Bank (TDSI and the Bank being herein
referred to as the "Initial Holders");

         AND WHEREAS the Initial Holders may, at any time and from time to time,
transfer Exchangeable Shares to any Bank Affiliate (as defined herein);



<PAGE>   2
                                      -2-


         AND WHEREAS the Holders (as defined below) will be entitled, from time
to time, to require the Corporation to redeem such shares and, upon such
redemption, each Exchangeable Share shall be exchanged for that number of shares
of WISI Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) having an equivalent value at the
time of the exchange to one share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock (as hereinafter
defined);

         AND WHEREAS TD Waterhouse intends to grant to and in favour of WISI the
right to require TD Waterhouse or, at the option of TD Waterhouse, TD Waterhouse
Sub (as hereinafter defined) to purchase from WISI each Exchangeable Share held
by WISI for one share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock (as hereinafter defined);

         AND WHEREAS the parties desire to make appropriate provision and to
establish a procedure whereby WISI will take certain actions and make certain
payments and deliveries necessary to ensure that the Corporation will be able to
make certain payments and to deliver or cause to be delivered shares of WISI
Common Stock in satisfaction of the obligations of the Corporation under the
Exchangeable Share Provisions (as hereinafter defined) and this agreement and
that TD Waterhouse will take certain actions and make certain payments and
deliveries necessary to ensure that the Corporation will be able to make certain
payments under the Exchangeable Share Provisions and to deliver or cause to be
delivered shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock in satisfaction of the
obligations of TD Waterhouse and/or TD Waterhouse Sub under this agreement.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective covenants and
agreements provided in this agreement and for other good and valuable
consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged),
the parties agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1

                         DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1      DEFINITIONS

         In this agreement, unless something in the subject matter or context is
inconsistent therewith:

         "Affiliate" has the meaning set forth in the Bank Act (Canada).

         "Assets" means the discount brokerage assets comprising the Green Line
discount brokerage business operated by TDSI and related assets to be
transferred by TDSI and the Bank to the Corporation.



<PAGE>   3
                                      -3-

         "Automatic Exchange Rights" means the automatic exchange of shares of
WISI Common Stock for Exchangeable Shares pursuant to Section 5.3 of the
Exchangeable Share Provisions.

         "Bank Affiliate" means any Affiliate of the Bank.

         "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation.

         "Business Day" means any day other than: (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday;
and (iii) a day on which banks are not open for business in either or both of
New York City and Toronto, Ontario.

         "Canadian Dollar Equivalent" means, in respect of an amount expressed
in a foreign currency (the "Foreign Currency Amount") at any date, the product
obtained by multiplying (a) the Foreign Currency Amount by (b) the official noon
spot exchange rate on such date for such foreign currency as reported by the
Bank of Canada or, in the event that such spot exchange rate is not available,
such exchange rate on such date for such foreign currency as may be deemed by
the Board of Directors to be appropriate for such purpose.

         "Current Market Price" means, in respect of a share of TD Waterhouse
Common Stock on any date, the Canadian Dollar Equivalent of the average closing
sale price of shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock during a period of 20
consecutive trading days ending not more than five trading days before such date
on the NYSE or, if the shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock are not then listed
on the NYSE, on such other stock exchange or automated quotation system on which
the shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock are listed or quoted, as the case may
be, as may be selected by the Board of Directors for such purpose; provided,
however, that if in the opinion of the Board of Directors the public
distribution or trading activity of TD Waterhouse Common Stock during such
period is inadequate to create a market that reflects the fair market value of
TD Waterhouse Common Stock, then the Current Market Price of a share of TD
Waterhouse Common Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors based upon
the advice of such qualified independent financial advisors as the Board of
Directors may deem to be appropriate, and provided further that any such
selection, opinion or determination by the Board of Directors shall be
conclusive and binding.

         "Dividend Amount" has the meaning set out in Section 1.1 of the
Exchangeable Share Provisions.

         "Effective Date" means the date on which the Corporation first issues
the Exchangeable Shares in exchange for the Assets.

         "Exchange Right" has the meaning set out in section 2.1 hereof.

         "Exchangeable Share Provisions" means the rights, privileges,
restrictions and conditions attaching to the Exchangeable Shares.


<PAGE>   4
                                      -4-

         "Exchangeable Shares" means the Exchangeable Shares of the Corporation,
certain of which will be issued as consideration for the acquisition of the
Assets from TDSI and the Bank.

         "Holders" means the registered holders of Exchangeable Shares.

         "Initial Holders" means TDSI and the Bank.

         "Liquidation Amount" has the meaning set out in Section 5.1(1) of the
Exchangeable Share Provisions.

         "Liquidation  Call  Right"  has the  meaning  set out in  Section
5.2(1) of the  Exchangeable Share Provisions.

         "NYSE" means The New York Stock Exchange.

         "Officer's Certificate" means, with respect to WISI, TD Waterhouse or
the Corporation, as the case may be, a certificate signed by any one of the
Chairman of the Board, any Vice-Chair, the President, any Vice President or any
other executive officer of WISI, TD Waterhouse or the Corporation, as the case
may be.

         "Retracted Shares" has the meaning set out in section 2.8 hereof.

         "Retraction  Call  Right"  has the  meaning  set out in  Section
6.2(1)  of the  Exchangeable Share Provisions.

         "Retraction Price" has the meaning set out in Section 6.1(1) of the
Exchangeable Share Provisions.

         "Subsidiary" means, when used with reference to any corporation, any
corporation of which that corporation, one or more other Subsidiaries of that
corporation, or that corporation and one or more of its other Subsidiaries owns,
directly or indirectly, outstanding stock carrying more than 50% of the votes
attaching to all outstanding stock of such corporation.

         "Successor" has the meaning set out in section 4.1 hereof.

         "TD Waterhouse Board of Directors" means the board of directors of TD
Waterhouse.

         "TD Waterhouse Common Stock" means the shares of Common Stock of TD
Waterhouse having voting rights of one vote per share, and any other securities
into which such shares may be changed or for which such shares may be exchanged
(whether or not TD Waterhouse shall be the issuer of such other securities) or
any other consideration which may be received by the holders of such shares,
pursuant to a recapitalization, reconstruction, reorganization or
reclassification of, or amalgamation, merger, liquidation or similar
transaction, affecting such shares.



<PAGE>   5
                                      -5-

         "TD Waterhouse Sub" means TD Waterhouse Sub Limited, a wholly-owned
Subsidiary of TD Waterhouse existing under the laws of the Province of Ontario.

         "Tender Offer" has the meaning set out in section 3.10 hereof.

         "Transfer Agent" has the meaning set out in Section 1.1 of the
Exchangeable Share Provisions.

1.2      INTERPRETATION NOT AFFECTED BY HEADINGS, ETC.

         The division of this agreement into articles and sections and the
insertion of headings are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the
interpretation of this agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, any reference in
this agreement to an article or section refers to the specified article or
section of this agreement.

1.3      NUMBER, GENDER AND PERSONS

         In this agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, words
importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa, words importing
any gender include all genders and words importing persons include individuals,
corporations, partnerships, companies, associations, trusts, unincorporated
organizations, governmental bodies and other legal or business entities of any
kind.

1.4      DATE FOR ANY ACTION

         If any date on which any action is required to be taken under this
agreement is not a Business Day, such action shall be required to be taken on
the next succeeding Business Day.

1.5      PAYMENTS

         All payments to be made hereunder will be made without interest and
less any tax required by Canadian law to be deducted and withheld.

1.6      CURRENCY

         In this agreement, unless stated otherwise, all dollar amounts are in
Canadian dollars.




<PAGE>   6
                                      -6-

                                    ARTICLE 2

                  WISI EXCHANGE RIGHT AND TD WATERHOUSE SUPPORT

2.1      GRANT AND OWNERSHIP OF THE EXCHANGE RIGHT

         TD Waterhouse hereby grants to WISI the right (the "Exchange Right"),
at any time, to require TD Waterhouse to purchase or to cause TD Waterhouse Sub
to purchase from WISI all or any part of the Exchangeable Shares held by WISI,
all in accordance with the provisions of this agreement. TD Waterhouse hereby
acknowledges receipt from WISI of good and valuable consideration (and the
adequacy thereof) for the grant of the Exchange Right by TD Waterhouse.

2.2      PURCHASE PRICE

         The purchase price payable by TD Waterhouse or TD Waterhouse Sub for
each Exchangeable Share to be purchased by TD Waterhouse or TD Waterhouse Sub
under the Exchange Right shall be an amount per share equal to (a) the Current
Market Price of a share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock on the last Business Day
prior to the day of closing of the purchase and sale of such Exchangeable Share
under the Exchange Right, which shall be satisfied in full by causing to be
delivered to WISI one share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock, plus (b) the Dividend
Amount, if any. The purchase price for each such Exchangeable Share so purchased
may be satisfied only by TD Waterhouse or TD Waterhouse Sub delivering or
causing to be delivered to WISI, one share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock and a
cheque for the balance, if any, of the purchase price without interest.

2.3      EXERCISE INSTRUCTIONS

         Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, WISI shall be
entitled, at any time, to exercise the Exchange Right with respect to all or any
part of the Exchangeable Shares registered in the name of WISI on the books of
the Corporation. To exercise the Exchange Right, WISI shall deliver to the
registered office of TD Waterhouse, the certificates representing the
Exchangeable Shares which WISI desires TD Waterhouse to purchase, duly endorsed
in blank, and accompanied by such other documents and instruments as may be
required to effect a transfer of Exchangeable Shares under the Business
Corporations Act (Ontario) and such additional documents and instruments as TD
Waterhouse or the Corporation may reasonably require together with (a) a duly
completed form of notice of exercise of the Exchange Right, in the form attached
hereto as Schedule "A", stating (i) that WISI has elected to exercise the
Exchange Right so as to require TD Waterhouse to purchase from WISI the number
of Exchangeable Shares specified therein, (ii) that WISI has good title to and
owns all such Exchangeable Shares to be acquired by TD Waterhouse free and clear
of all liens, claims and encumbrances, (iii) the names in which the certificates
representing TD Waterhouse Common Stock issuable in connection with the exercise
of the Exchange Right are to be issued and (iv) the names and addresses of the
persons to whom such new certificates should be delivered and


<PAGE>   7
                                      -7-

(b) payment (or evidence satisfactory to the Corporation and TD Waterhouse of
payment) of the taxes (if any) payable as contemplated by section 2.5 of this
agreement. If only a portion of the Exchangeable Shares represented by any
certificate delivered to TD Waterhouse are to be purchased by TD Waterhouse or
TD Waterhouse Sub under the Exchange Right, a new certificate for the balance of
such Exchangeable Shares shall be issued to WISI at the expense of the
Corporation.

2.4      DELIVERY OF TD WATERHOUSE COMMON STOCK; EFFECT OF EXERCISE

         Promptly after receipt of the certificates representing the
Exchangeable Shares that WISI desires TD Waterhouse to purchase under the
Exchange Right (together with such documents and instruments of transfer and a
duly completed form of notice of exercise of the Exchange Right) duly endorsed
for transfer to TD Waterhouse, TD Waterhouse shall immediately thereafter
deliver or cause TD Waterhouse Sub to deliver to WISI (or to such other persons,
if any, properly designated by WISI), a share certificate representing the
number of shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock deliverable in connection with
such exercise of the Exchange Right (which shares shall be duly issued as fully
paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or
encumbrance, security interest or adverse claim) and a cheque for the balance,
if any, of the purchase price therefor, without interest; provided, however,
that no such delivery shall be made unless and until WISI shall have paid (or
provided evidence satisfactory to Corporation and TD Waterhouse of the payment
of) the taxes (if any) payable as contemplated by section 2.5 of this agreement.
Immediately upon the giving of notice by WISI to TD Waterhouse and the
Corporation of the exercise of the Exchange Right, as provided in this Article
2, the closing of the transaction of purchase and sale contemplated by the
Exchange Right shall be deemed to have occurred, and WISI shall be deemed to
have transferred to TD Waterhouse (or, at TD Waterhouse's option, to TD
Waterhouse Sub) all of its right, title and interest in and to such Exchangeable
Shares and the related interest hereunder and WISI shall not be entitled to
exercise any of the rights of a holder in respect thereof, other than the right
to receive its proportionate part of the total purchase price therefor, unless
the requisite number of shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock (together with a
cheque for the balance, if any, of the total purchase price therefor, without
interest) is not delivered by TD Waterhouse or TD Waterhouse Sub to WISI (or to
such other persons, if any, properly designated by WISI), within five Business
Days of the date of the giving of such notice, in which case the rights of WISI
shall remain unaffected until such shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock are so
delivered and any such cheque is so delivered and paid. Concurrently with the
closing of the transaction of purchase and sale contemplated by the Exchange
Right, WISI shall be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holder of
the shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock delivered to it pursuant to the
Exchange Right.

2.5      STAMP OR OTHER TRANSFER TAXES

         Upon WISI's sale of Exchangeable Shares to TD Waterhouse or TD
Waterhouse Sub pursuant to the Exchange Right, the share certificate or
certificates representing TD Waterhouse

<PAGE>   8
                                      -8-


Common Stock to be delivered in connection with the payment of the total
purchase price therefor shall be issued in the name of WISI or in such names as
WISI may otherwise direct in writing without charge to WISI, provided, however,
that WISI (a) shall pay (and none of TD Waterhouse, TD Waterhouse Sub or the
Corporation shall be required to pay) any documentary, stamp, transfer or other
similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the
issuance or delivery of such shares to a person other than WISI or (b) shall
have established to the satisfaction of TD Waterhouse and the Corporation that
such taxes, if any, have been paid.

2.6      CALL RIGHTS

         The Liquidation Call Right, the Retraction Call Right and the Automatic
Exchange Right are hereby agreed, acknowledged and confirmed, and it is agreed
and acknowledged that such rights are granted as part of the consideration for
the obligations of WISI under this agreement.

2.7      GRANT AND OWNERSHIP OF AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE RIGHTS

         WISI hereby grants the Automatic Exchange Rights to the Holders. WISI
hereby acknowledges receipt from the Holders of good and valuable consideration
(and the adequacy thereof) for the grant of the Automatic Exchange Rights.

2.8      DEEMED WISI RETRACTION CALL RIGHT SUBSEQUENT TO RETRACTION

         In the event that a Holder has exercised its right under Article 6 of
the Exchangeable Share Provisions to require the Corporation to redeem any or
all of the Exchangeable Shares held by the Holder (the "Retracted Shares") and
is notified by the Corporation pursuant to Section 6.1(4) of the Exchangeable
Share Provisions that the Corporation will not be permitted as a result of
solvency requirements of applicable law to redeem all such Retracted Shares,
subject to receipt by the Holder of written notice to that effect from the
Corporation and provided that WISI shall not have exercised its Retraction Call
Right with respect to the Retracted Shares and that the Holder shall not have
revoked the retraction request delivered by the Holder to the Corporation
pursuant to Section 6.1(5) of the Exchangeable Share Provisions, WISI shall be
deemed to have exercised the Retraction Call Right with respect to those
Retracted Shares that the Corporation is unable to redeem pursuant to a WISI
Call Notice which WISI shall be deemed to have delivered to the Corporation on
the same day the Holder receives written notice of the Corporation's inability
to redeem all such Retracted Shares and, as a consequence, WISI will be required
to purchase the Retracted Shares that the Corporation is unable to redeem at the
Retraction Price in the manner provided in Section 6.2 of the Exchangeable Share
Provisions. In any such event, the Corporation hereby agrees with the Holder
immediately to notify the Holder of such prohibition against the Corporation
redeeming all of the Retracted Shares and immediately to forward or cause to be
forwarded to the Holder all relevant materials delivered by the Holder to the
Corporation or to the Transfer Agent (including without limitation a copy of the
retraction request delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(1) of the Exchangeable
Share Provisions) in connection with such proposed redemption of the Retracted
Shares.


<PAGE>   9
                                      -9-





                                    ARTICLE 3

                    COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3.1      COVENANTS OF TD WATERHOUSE REGARDING EXCHANGEABLE SHARES

         So long as any Exchangeable Shares are outstanding, TD Waterhouse will:

         (a)      not declare or pay any dividend on TD Waterhouse Common Stock
                  unless (i) the Corporation will have sufficient money or other
                  assets or authorized but unissued securities available to
                  enable the due declaration and the due and punctual payment in
                  accordance with applicable law, of an equivalent dividend on
                  the Exchangeable Shares and (ii) the Corporation shall
                  simultaneously declare or pay, as the case may be, an
                  equivalent dividend on the Exchangeable Shares;

         (b)      advise the Corporation sufficiently in advance of the
                  declaration by TD Waterhouse of any dividend on TD Waterhouse
                  Common Stock and take all such other actions as are necessary,
                  in cooperation with the Corporation, to ensure that the
                  respective declaration date, record date and payment date for
                  a dividend on the Exchangeable Shares shall be the same as the
                  declaration date, record date and payment date for the
                  corresponding dividend on TD Waterhouse Common Stock;

         (c)      ensure that the record date for determining shareholders
                  entitled to receive any dividend declared on TD Waterhouse
                  Common Stock is not less than 10 Business Days after the
                  declaration date for such dividend or such shorter period
                  within which applicable law may be complied with; and

         (d)      not exercise its vote as a shareholder to initiate the
                  voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
                  Corporation or any other distribution of the assets of the
                  Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding
                  up its affairs nor take any action or omit to take any action
                  that is designed to result in the liquidation, dissolution or
                  winding up of the Corporation or any other distribution of the
                  assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the
                  purpose of winding up its affairs.



<PAGE>   10
                                      -10-

3.2      CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS

         TD Waterhouse hereby represents, warrants and covenants that it has
irrevocably reserved for issuance and will at all times keep available, free
from pre-emptive and other rights, out of its authorized and unissued capital
stock such number of shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock (or other shares or
securities into which TD Waterhouse Common Stock may be reclassified or changed
as contemplated by section 3.7 hereof) (i) as is equal to the sum of (x) the
number of Exchangeable Shares issued and outstanding from time to time and (y)
the number of Exchangeable Shares issuable upon the exercise of all rights to
acquire Exchangeable Shares outstanding from time to time and (ii) as is now and
may hereafter be required to enable and permit TD Waterhouse to meet its
obligations hereunder and under any other security or commitment pursuant to
which, TD Waterhouse or TD Waterhouse Sub may now or hereafter be required to
issue and/or deliver shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock.

3.3      NOTIFICATION OF CERTAIN EVENTS

         In order to assist each of WISI and TD Waterhouse to comply with their
respective obligations hereunder, the Corporation will give WISI and TD
Waterhouse notice of each of the following events at the time set forth below:

         (a)      in the event of any determination by the Board of Directors to
                  institute voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up
                  proceedings with respect to the Corporation or to effect any
                  other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its
                  shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, at
                  least 60 days prior to the proposed effective date of such
                  liquidation, dissolution, winding up or other distribution;

         (b)      immediately, upon the earlier of (i) receipt by the
                  Corporation of notice of, and (ii) the Corporation otherwise
                  becoming aware of, any threatened or instituted claim, suit,
                  petition or other proceeding with respect to the involuntary
                  liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or
                  to effect any other distribution of the assets of the
                  Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding
                  up its affairs;

         (c)      immediately, upon receipt by the Corporation of a Retraction
                  Request (as defined in the Exchangeable Share Provisions); and

         (d)      as soon as practicable upon the issuance by the Corporation of
                  any Exchangeable Shares or rights to acquire Exchangeable
                  Shares.



<PAGE>   11
                                      -11-

3.4      DELIVERY OF SHARES OF WISI COMMON STOCK

         Upon notice of any event that requires the Corporation to cause to be
delivered shares of WISI Common Stock to any holder of Exchangeable Shares, WISI
shall, in any manner deemed appropriate by it, provide such shares or cause such
shares to be provided to the Corporation, which shall forthwith deliver the
requisite shares of WISI Common Stock to or to the order of the former holder of
the surrendered Exchangeable Shares, as the Corporation shall direct. All such
shares of WISI Common Stock shall be duly issued as fully paid, non-assessable,
free of pre-emptive rights and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim,
encumbrance, security interest or adverse claim.

3.5      QUALIFICATION OF SHARES OF  WISI COMMON STOCK

         WISI covenants that it will make such filings and seek such regulatory
consents and approvals as are necessary so that the shares of WISI Common Stock
to be issued on the exchange of Exchangeable Shares will be issued in compliance
with applicable securities laws.

3.6      QUALIFICATION OF SHARES OF TD WATERHOUSE COMMON STOCK

         TD Waterhouse covenants that it will make such filings and seek such
regulatory consents and approvals as are necessary so that the shares of TD
Waterhouse Common Stock to be issued to WISI on the exercise of the Exchange
Right will be issued in compliance with applicable securities laws.

3.7      ECONOMIC EQUIVALENCE

(1) TD Waterhouse will not without the prior approval of the Corporation, the
Holders and WISI:

         (a)      issue or distribute shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock (or
                  securities  exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying
                  rights to acquire shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock) to the
                  holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding
                  TD Waterhouse Common Stock by way of stock dividend or other
                  distribution, other than an issue of shares of TD Waterhouse
                  Common Stock (or securities exchangeable for or convertible
                  into or carrying rights to acquire shares of TD Waterhouse
                  Common Stock) to holders of shares of TD Waterhouse Common
                  Stock who exercise an option to receive dividends in TD
                  Waterhouse Common Stock (or securities exchangeable for or
                  convertible into or carrying rights to acquire shares of TD
                  Waterhouse Common Stock) in lieu of receiving cash dividends;

         (b)      issue or distribute rights, options or warrants to the holders
                  of all or substantially all of the then outstanding shares of
                  TD Waterhouse Common Stock entitling
<PAGE>   12
                                      -12-


                  them to subscribe for or to purchase shares of TD Waterhouse
                  Common Stock (or securities exchangeable for or convertible
                  into or carrying rights to acquire shares of TD Waterhouse
                  Common Stock); or

         (c)      issue or distribute to the holders of all or substantially all
                  of the then outstanding shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock
                  (i) shares or securities of TD Waterhouse of any class other
                  than TD Waterhouse Common Stock (other than shares convertible
                  into or exchangeable for or carrying rights to acquire shares
                  of TD Waterhouse Common Stock), (ii) rights, options or
                  warrants other than those referred to in section 3.7(1) (b)
                  above, (iii) evidences of indebtedness of TD Waterhouse or
                  (iv) assets of TD Waterhouse;

unless (x) the Corporation is permitted under applicable law to issue or
distribute the economic equivalent on a per share basis of such rights, options,
securities, shares, evidences of indebtedness or other assets to the Holders and
(y) the Corporation shall issue or distribute such rights, options, securities,
shares, evidences of indebtedness or other assets simultaneously to the Holders.

(2) TD Waterhouse will not without the prior approval of the Corporation, the
Holders and WISI:

         (a)      subdivide, redivide or change the then outstanding shares of
                  TD Waterhouse Common Stock into a greater number of shares of
                  TD Waterhouse Common Stock; or

         (b)      reduce, combine or consolidate or change the then outstanding
                  shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock into a lesser number of
                  shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock; or

         (c)      reclassify or otherwise change the shares of TD Waterhouse
                  Common Stock or effect an amalgamation, merger, reorganization
                  or other transaction affecting the shares of TD Waterhouse
                  Common Stock;

unless (x) the Corporation is permitted under applicable law to simultaneously
make the same or an economically equivalent change to, or in the rights of
holders of, the Exchangeable Shares and (y) the same or an economically
equivalent change is made to, or in the rights of the holders of, the
Exchangeable Shares.

(3) TD Waterhouse will ensure that the record date for any event referred to in
section 3.7(1) or 3.7(2) above, or (if no record date is applicable for such
event) the effective date for any such event, is not less than 20 Business Days
after the date on which such event is declared or announced by TD Waterhouse
(with simultaneous notice thereof to be given by TD Waterhouse to the
Corporation).


<PAGE>   13
                                      -13-

(4) The Board of Directors shall determine, in good faith and in its sole
discretion (with the assistance of such reputable and qualified independent
financial advisors and/or other experts as the board may require), economic
equivalence for the purposes of any event referred to in section 3.7(1) or
3.7(2) and each such determination shall be conclusive and binding on TD
Waterhouse. In making each such determination, the following factors shall,
without excluding other factors determined by the board to be relevant, be
considered by the Board of Directors:

         (a)      in the case of any stock dividend or other distribution
                  payable in shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock, the number of
                  such shares issued in proportion to the number of shares of TD
                  Waterhouse Common Stock previously outstanding;

         (b)      in the case of the issuance or distribution of any rights,
                  options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase shares of TD
                  Waterhouse Common Stock (or securities exchangeable for or
                  convertible into or carrying rights to acquire shares of TD
                  Waterhouse Common Stock), the relationship between the
                  exercise price of each such right, option or warrant and the
                  current market value (as determined by the Board of Directors
                  in the manner above contemplated) of a share of TD Waterhouse
                  Common Stock;

         (c)      in the case of the  issuance  or  distribution  of any other
                  form of  property  (including, without limitation, any shares
                  or securities of TD Waterhouse of any class other than TD
                  Waterhouse Common Stock, any rights options or warrants other
                  than those referred to in section 3.7(4)(b) above, any
                  evidences of indebtedness of TD Waterhouse or any assets of
                  TD Waterhouse), the relationship between the fair market
                  value (as determined by the Board of Directors in the manner
                  above contemplated) of such property to be issued or
                  distributed with respect to each outstanding share of TD
                  Waterhouse Common Stock and the current market value (as
                  determined by the Board of Directors in the manner above
                  contemplated) of a share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock;

         (d)      in the case of any subdivision, redivision or change of the
                  then outstanding shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock into a
                  greater number of shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock or the
                  reduction, combination or consolidation or change of the then
                  outstanding shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock into a lesser
                  number of shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock or any
                  amalgamation, merger, reorganization or other transaction
                  affecting TD Waterhouse Common Stock, the effect thereof upon
                  the then outstanding shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock; and

         (e)      in all such cases, the general taxation consequences of the
                  relevant event to holders of Exchangeable Shares to the extent
                  that such consequences may differ from the taxation
                  consequences to holders of shares of TD Waterhouse Common
                  Stock as a result of differences between taxation laws of
                  Canada and the United
<PAGE>   14
                                      -14-

                  States (except for any differing consequences arising as a
                  result of differing marginal taxation rates and without regard
                  to the individual circumstances of holders of Exchangeable
                  Shares).

         For purposes of the foregoing determinations, the current market value
of any security listed and traded or quoted on a securities exchange shall be
the weighted average of the daily trading prices of such security during a
period of not less than 20 consecutive trading days ending not more than five
trading days before the date of determination on the principal securities
exchange on which such securities are listed and traded or quoted; provided,
however, that if in the opinion of the Board of Directors the public
distribution or trading activity of such securities during such period does not
create a market that reflects the fair market value of such securities, then the
current market value thereof shall be determined by the Board of Directors, in
good faith and in its sole discretion (with the assistance of such reputable and
qualified independent financial advisors and/or other experts as the board may
require), and provided further that any such determination by the Board of
Directors shall be conclusive and binding on TD Waterhouse.

3.8      DUE PERFORMANCE

         On and after the Effective Date, each of TD Waterhouse and WISI shall
duly and punctually perform all of their respective obligations provided for
herein and that may arise under the Exchangeable Share Provisions, and each of
TD Waterhouse and WISI shall be responsible for the due and punctual performance
of all of such obligations hereunder and under the Exchangeable Share
Provisions.

3.9      ISSUE OF ADDITIONAL SHARES

         During the term of this agreement, TD Waterhouse will not issue any
Special Voting Shares in addition to the Special Voting Share to be issued to
WISI concurrently herewith.

3.10     TENDER OFFERS, ETC.

         In the event that a cash offer, share exchange offer, issuer bid,
take-over bid or similar transaction with respect to TD Waterhouse Common Stock
(each, a "Tender Offer") is proposed by TD Waterhouse or is proposed to TD
Waterhouse or its shareholders and is recommended by the board of directors of
TD Waterhouse, or is otherwise effected or to be effected with the consent or
approval of the board of directors of TD Waterhouse, TD Waterhouse will use
reasonable efforts (to the extent, in the case of a Tender Offer by a third
party, within its control) expeditiously and in good faith to take all such
actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and
permit WISI to participate in such Tender Offer in respect of TD Waterhouse
Common Stock issuable upon the exercise by WISI of the Exchange Right to the
same extent and on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of
TD Waterhouse Common Stock, without discrimination. Without limiting

<PAGE>   15
                                      -15-


the generality of the foregoing, TD Waterhouse will use reasonable efforts
expeditiously and in good faith to ensure that WISI may participate in all such
Tender Offers without the holder of Exchangeable Shares being first required to
retract Exchangeable Shares as against the Corporation and without WISI being
first required to exercise its Retraction Call Right and without WISI being
first required to exercise the Exchange Right (or, if so required, to ensure
that any such retraction of Exchangeable Shares and exercise of the Retraction
Call Right and/or Exchange Right shall be effective only upon, and shall be
conditional upon, the closing of the Tender Offer and only to the extent
necessary to tender or deposit to the Tender Offer).


                                    ARTICLE 4

                        TD WATERHOUSE AND WISI SUCCESSORS

4.1      CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS IN RESPECT OF COMBINATION, ETC.

         Neither of TD Waterhouse nor WISI shall enter into any transaction
(whether by way of reconstruction, reorganization, consolidation, merger,
transfer, sale, lease or otherwise) whereby all or substantially all of its
undertaking, property and assets would become the property of any other person
or, in the case of a merger, of the continuing corporation resulting therefrom
unless, but may do so if:

         (a)      such other person or continuing  corporation (the
                  "Successor"), by operation of law, becomes, without more,
                  bound by the terms and provisions of this agreement or, if not
                  so bound, executes, prior to or contemporaneously with the
                  consummation of such transaction an agreement supplemental
                  hereto and such other instruments (if any) as are, necessary
                  or advisable to evidence the assumption by the Successor of
                  liability for all money payable and property deliverable
                  hereunder and the covenant of such Successor to pay and
                  deliver or cause to be delivered the same and its agreement to
                  observe and perform all the covenants and obligations of TD
                  Waterhouse or WISI, as the case may be, under this agreement;
                  and

         (b)      such transaction shall, be upon such terms as substantially to
                  preserve and not to impair in any material respect any of the
                  rights of any person hereunder.

4.2      WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES

         Nothing herein shall be construed as preventing the amalgamation or
merger of any wholly-owned Subsidiary of TD Waterhouse or WISI with or into TD
Waterhouse or WISI, as the case may be, or the winding up, liquidation or
dissolution of any wholly-owned Subsidiary of TD Waterhouse or WISI provided
that all of the assets of such Subsidiary are transferred to TD Waterhouse or
WISI, as the case may be, or another wholly-owned Subsidiary of TD

<PAGE>   16
                                      -16-

Waterhouse or WISI, as the case may be, and any such transactions are expressly
permitted by this Article 4.


                                    ARTICLE 5

                                   AMENDMENTS

5.1      AMENDMENTS, MODIFICATIONS, ETC.

         This agreement may not be amended or modified except by an agreement in
writing executed by the Corporation, WISI, TD Waterhouse and the Initial Holders
or their permitted assigns.

5.2      CHANGES IN CAPITAL OF TD WATERHOUSE AND THE CORPORATION

         At all times after the occurrence of any event effected pursuant to
section 3.7 of this agreement, as a result of which either TD Waterhouse Common
Stock or the Exchangeable Shares or both are in any way changed, this agreement
shall forthwith be amended and modified as necessary in order that it shall
apply with full force and effect, mutatis mutandis, to all new securities into
which TD Waterhouse Common Stock or the Exchangeable Shares or both are so
changed and the parties hereto (or, in the case of the Initial Holders, their
permitted assignees) shall execute and deliver a supplemental agreement giving
effect to and evidencing such necessary amendments and modifications.


                                    ARTICLE 6

                                   TERMINATION

6.1      TERM

         This agreement shall continue in effect until no Exchangeable Shares
remain outstanding.


                                    ARTICLE 7

                                     GENERAL

7.1      SEVERABILITY

         If any provision of this agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this
agreement shall not in any way be

<PAGE>   17
                                      -17-

affected or impaired thereby and this agreement shall be carried out as nearly
as possible in accordance with its original terms and conditions.

7.2      ENUREMENT

         This agreement shall be binding upon and enure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and to the
benefit of the Holders.

7.3      ASSIGNMENT

         Except as set forth in this section 7.3, no party may assign any
interest or right in this agreement without the prior written consent of the
other parties. Either of the Initial Holders may, at any time and from time to
time, assign all or any part of its interest hereunder to a Bank Affiliate to
which it transfers Exchangeable Shares without the requirement to obtain the
consent of the other parties (and any such Bank Affiliate may subsequently
assign its interest hereunder, in whole or in part, to any Bank Affiliate to
which it transfers Exchangeable Shares, and so on). Upon any such transfer of
Exchangeable Shares, the parties agree that the Bank Affiliate to whom such
Exchangeable Shares are transferred shall, immediately upon such transfer, be
entitled to enjoy the rights and privileges and be subject to the obligations of
an Initial Holder hereunder and, in such event, the parties agree to execute an
instrument supplemental to this agreement to evidence the foregoing.

7.4      NOTICES TO PARTIES

         All notices and other communications between the parties hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if delivered
personally or by confirmed telecopy to the parties at the following addresses
(or at such other address for such party as shall be specified in like notice):

         (a)      if to TD Waterhouse or to the Corporation, at:

                  TD Waterhouse Group, Inc.
                  100 Wall Street
                  New York, New York   10005
                  U.S.A.

                  Attention:        Richard H. Neiman, Executive Vice President
                                    and General Counsel
                  Telecopy:         (212) 509-9099



<PAGE>   18
                                      -18-

         (b)      if to the Bank or TDSI, at:

                  The Toronto-Dominion Bank
                  12th Floor
                  Toronto Dominion Bank Tower
                  Toronto-Dominion Centre
                  Toronto, Ontario
                  M5K 1A2

                  Attention:        R. Glenn Bumstead, Senior Vice President,
                                    General Counsel and Secretary
                  Telecopy:         (416) 868-0792

         (c)      if to WISI, at:

                  Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc.
                  100 Wall Street
                  New York, New York 10005
                  U.S.A.

                  Attention:        Richard H. Neiman, Executive Vice President
                                    and General Counsel
                  Telecopy:         (212) 509-9099

         Any notice or other communication given personally shall be deemed to
have been given and received upon delivery thereof and if given by telecopy
shall be deemed to have been given and received on the date of receipt thereof
unless such day is not a Business Day in which case it shall be deemed to have
been given and received upon the immediately following Business Day.

7.5      NOTICE TO HOLDERS

         Any notice, request or other communication to be given to a Holder
shall be in writing and shall be valid and effective if given by mail (postage
prepaid or by delivery to the address of the Holder recorded in the securities
register of the Corporation or, in the event of the address of any such Holder
not being so recorded, then at the last known address of such Holder. Any such
notice, request or other communication, if given by mail, shall be deemed to
have been given and received on the fifth day following the date of mailing and,
if given by delivery, shall be deemed to have been given and received on the
date of delivery. Accidental failure or omission to give any notice, request or
other communication to one or more Holders, or any defect in such notice, shall
not invalidate or otherwise alter or affect any action proceeding to be taken
pursuant thereto.



<PAGE>   19
                                      -19-

7.6      RISK OF PAYMENTS BY POST

         Whenever payments are to be made or certificates or documents are to be
sent hereunder, the making of such payment or sending of such certificate or
document sent through the post shall be at the risk of the sender.

7.7      COUNTERPARTS

         This agreement may be executed by manual or financial signature in
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

7.8      JURISDICTION

         This agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

7.9      ATTORNMENT

         The parties agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this agreement may be instituted in the courts of Ontario, waive any
objection which any such party may have now or hereafter to the venue of any
such action or proceeding, irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the said
courts in any such action or proceeding, agree to be bound by any judgment of
the said courts and agree not to seek, and hereby waive, any review of the
merits of any such judgment by the courts of any other jurisdiction and TD
Waterhouse and WISI hereby appoint the Corporation at its registered office in
the Province of Ontario as its attorney for service of process.


<PAGE>   20
                                      -20-


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be
duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                  TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.


                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                  TD WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES (CANADA) INC.


                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                  WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES, INC.


                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                  TD SECURITIES INC.


                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                  THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK


                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                  By:  _________________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:




<PAGE>   21
                                      -21-

                                  SCHEDULE "A"


                      NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF EXCHANGE RIGHT

To:      TD Waterhouse Group, Inc.

         This notice is given pursuant to Section 2.3 of a Support and Exchange
Agreement entered into between the Corporation, TD Waterhouse, the Bank, TDSI
and WISI (the "Exchange Agreement"). All capitalized words and expressions used
in this notice that are defined in the Exchange Agreement have the meanings
ascribed to such words and expressions in the Exchange Agreement.

         The undersigned hereby notifies TD Waterhouse that the undersigned
desires to have TD Waterhouse purchase, forthwith following receipt of this
notice by TD Waterhouse in accordance with Section 2.1 through 2.4 of the
Exchange Agreement:

         all share(s) represented by the accompanying certificate; or

         ______________ share(s) only.

         The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to TD Waterhouse that
the undersigned has good title to, and owns, the share(s) represented by this
certificate to be acquired by TD Waterhouse, free and clear of all liens,
claims, encumbrances, security interests and adverse claims.



____________________                        ______________________________
(Date)                                      (Signature of officer of WISI)

Please check box if the TD Waterhouse shares issuable in connection with the
exercise of the Exchange Right are to be held for pick-up by WISI at the
registered office of the Corporation in New York, failing which the securities
will be mailed to the registered office of WISI.


+-+
+-+      Hold for pick up





<PAGE>   22
                                      -22-

NOTE:         This panel must be completed and, together with such additional
              documents as TD Waterhouse may require, must be deposited with TD
              Waterhouse at its registered office. The securities issuable as
              consideration for the purchase of the Exchangeable Shares will be
              issued and registered in the name of WISI unless the form
              appearing below is duly completed and all exigible transfer taxes
              are paid.

                                                Date___________________________

________________________________
Name of Person in Whose Name
Securities Are To Be Registered,
Issued or Delivered (please print)


________________________________    _____________________________________
Street Address or P.O. Box          Signature of WISI


________________________________    _____________________________________
City -- Province -- State

NOTE:         If the notice of exercise of the Exchange Right is for less than
              all of the Exchangeable Shares represented by the tendered share
              certificate, TD Waterhouse will cause the Corporation to issue a
              certificate representing the remaining Exchangeable Shares and
              register such shares in the name of WISI or as WISI may otherwise
              direct.







<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.3

                  TD WATERHOUSE INVESTOR SERVICES (CANADA) INC.
                            EXCHANGEABLE SHARE TERMS


                  The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching
to the Exchangeable Shares are as follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1

                                 INTERPRETATION

1.1      DEFINITIONS

         In these Exchangeable Share Provisions, unless something in the subject
matter or context is inconsistent therewith:

         "Automatic Exchange Right" has the meaning set out in Section 5.3(2).

         "Bank" means The Toronto-Dominion Bank.

         "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation.

         "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day
on which banks are not open for business in either or both of New York City and
Toronto.

         "Canadian Dollar Equivalent" means in respect of an amount expressed in
a foreign currency (the "Foreign Currency Amount") at any date the product
obtained by multiplying (a) the Foreign Currency Amount by (b) the official noon
spot exchange rate on such date for such foreign currency as reported by the
Bank of Canada or, in the event that such spot exchange rate is not available,
such exchange rate on such date for such foreign currency as may be deemed by
the Board of Directors to be appropriate for such purpose.

         "Common Shares" means the Common Shares of the Corporation.

         "Corporation" means TD Waterhouse Investor Services (Canada) Inc., a
corporation incorporated under the OBCA.

         "Current Market Price" means, in respect of a share of TD Waterhouse
Common Stock on any date, the Canadian Dollar Equivalent of the average closing
sale price of a share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock during a period of 20
consecutive trading days ending not more than five trading days before such date
on the NYSE or, if the shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock are not then listed
on the NYSE, on such other stock exchange or automated quotation

<PAGE>   2
                                     - 2 -


system on which the shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock are listed or quoted,
as the case may be, as may be selected by the Board of Directors for such
purpose: provided, however, that if in the opinion of the Board of Directors the
public distribution or trading activity of shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock
during such period is inadequate to create a market that reflects the fair
market value of a share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock then the Current Market
Price of a share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock shall be determined by the Board
of Directors based upon the advice of such qualified independent financial
advisors as the Board of Directors may deem to be appropriate. and provided
further that any such selection, opinion or determination by the Board of
Directors shall be conclusive and binding.

         "Dividend Amount" means, at any time, an amount equal to the full
amount of all dividends and distributions then declared and unpaid on each
Exchangeable Share and all dividends and distributions then declared on a share
of TD Waterhouse Common Stock that have not been declared on each Exchangeable
Share in accordance with Section 3.1, in each case, with a record date prior to
the effective date of the event giving rise to the requirement under these
Exchangeable Share Provisions to pay the Dividend Amount.

         "Exchange Agreement" means the Support and Exchange Agreement dated   ,
1999 between the Corporation, WISI, TD Waterhouse, TDSI and the Bank;

         "Exchangeable Share Provisions" means the rights, privileges,
restrictions and attaching to the Exchangeable Shares as set out in these
Articles of Amendment.

         "Exchangeable Shares" mean the Exchangeable Shares of the Corporation
to which are attached the Exchangeable Share Provisions.

         "Liquidation Amount" has the meaning set out in Section 5.1(1).

         "Liquidation Call Purchase Price" has the meaning set out in
Section 5.2(1).

         "Liquidation Call Right" has the meaning set out in Section 5.2(l).

         "Liquidation Date" has the meaning set out in Section 5.1(l).

         "NYSE" means The New York Stock Exchange.

         "OBCA" means the Business Corporations Act (Ontario), as amended.

         "Officer's Certificate" means, with respect to WISI, TD Waterhouse or
the Corporation, as the case may be, a certificate signed by any one of the
Chairman of the Board, Deputy Chairman, a Vice Chairman, the President, any Vice
President or any other senior officer of WISI, TD Waterhouse or the Corporation,
as the case may be.


<PAGE>   3
                                     - 3 -



         "Retracted Shares" has the meaning set out in Section 6.1(1).

         "Retraction Call Purchase Price" has the meaning set out in
Section 6.2(l).

         "Retraction Call Right" has the meaning set out in Section 6.2(l).

         "Retraction Date" has the meaning set out in Section 6.1(1).

         "Retraction Price" has the meaning set out in Section 6.1(1).

         "Retraction Request" has the meaning set out in Section 6.1(1).

         "Subsidiary" means, when used with reference to any corporation, any
corporation of which that corporation, one or more other Subsidiaries of that
corporation, or that corporation and one or more of its other Subsidiaries own,
directly or indirectly, outstanding stock carrying more than 50% of the votes
attaching to all outstanding stock of such corporation.

         "TD Waterhouse" means TD Waterhouse Group, Inc., a corporation existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor corporation.

         "TD Waterhouse Common Stock" means the shares of Common Stock of TD
Waterhouse having voting rights of one vote per share, and any other securities
into which such shares may be changed or for which such shares may be exchanged
(whether or not TD Waterhouse shall be the issuer of such other securities) or
any other consideration which may be received by the holders of such shares
pursuant to a recapitalization, reconstruction, reorganization or
reclassification of, or amalgamation, merger, liquidation or similar transaction
affecting such shares.

         "TD Waterhouse Dividend Declaration Date" means the date on which the
board of directors of TD Waterhouse declares any dividend on the shares of TD
Waterhouse Common Stock.

         "TD Waterhouse Sub" means TD Waterhouse Sub Limited, a wholly-owned
Subsidiary of TD Waterhouse incorporated under the laws of Canada.

         "Transfer Agent" means ChaseMellon Shareholder Services L.L.C., or such
other person as may from time to time be the registrar and transfer agent for
the shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock.

         "WISI" means Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc., a corporation existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor corporation.

         "WISI Call Notice" has the meaning set out in Section 6.2(2).



<PAGE>   4
                                     - 4 -




         "WISI Common Stock" means the shares of Common Stock of WISI having
voting rights of one vote per share, and any other securities into which such
shares may be changed or for which such shares may be exchanged (whether or not
WISI shall be the issuer of such securities) or any other consideration which
may be received by the holders of such shares pursuant to a recapitalization,
reconstruction, reorganization or reclassification of, or amalgamation, merger,
liquidation or similar transaction affecting such shares.

         "WISI Liquidation Event" has the meaning set out in Section 5.3(1).

         "WISI Liquidation Event Effective Date" has the meaning set out in
Section 5.3(3).

1.2      SECTIONS AND HEADINGS

         The division of these Exchangeable Share Provisions into articles and
sections and the insertion of headings are for reference purposes only and shall
not affect the interpretation of these Exchangeable Share Provisions. Unless
otherwise indicated, any reference in these Exchangeable Share Provisions to an
article or section refers to the specified article or section of these
Exchangeable Share Provisions.

1.3      NUMBER, GENDER AND PERSONS

         In these Exchangeable Share Provisions, unless the context otherwise
requires, words importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa,
words importing any gender include all genders and words importing persons
include individuals, corporations, partnerships, companies, associations,
trusts, unincorporated organizations, governmental bodies and other legal or
business entities of any kind.

1.4      PAYMENTS

         All payments to be made hereunder shall be made without interest and
less any tax required by Canadian law to be deducted and withheld.

1.5      CURRENCY

         In these Exchangeable Share Provisions, unless stated otherwise, all
dollar amounts are in Canadian dollars.



<PAGE>   5
                                     - 5 -



                                    ARTICLE 2

                         RANKING OF EXCHANGEABLE SHARES

2.1      RANKING

         The Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled to a preference over the
Common Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares
with respect to the payment of dividends as and to the extent provided in
Article 3 and with respect to the distribution of assets in the event of the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or
involuntary, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among
its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs as and to the extent
provided in Article 5.


                                    ARTICLE 3

                                    DIVIDENDS

3.1      DIVIDENDS

         A holder of an Exchangeable Share shall be entitled to receive and the
Board of Directors shall, subject to applicable law, on each TD Waterhouse
Dividend Declaration Date, declare a dividend on each Exchangeable Share (a) in
the case of a cash dividend or distribution declared on the shares of TD
Waterhouse Common Stock, in an amount in cash for each Exchangeable Share as is
equal to the Canadian Dollar Equivalent on the TD Waterhouse Dividend
Declaration Date of the cash dividend or distribution declared on each share of
TD Waterhouse Common Stock, (b) in the case of a stock dividend or distribution
declared on the shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock to be paid in shares of TD
Waterhouse Common Stock, in such number of Exchangeable Shares for each
Exchangeable Share as is equal to the number of shares of TD Waterhouse Common
Stock to be paid on each share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock, (c) in the case of
a dividend or distribution declared on the shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock
to be paid in property other than cash or securities of TD Waterhouse in such
type and amount of property for each Exchangeable Share as is the same as or
economically equivalent to (to be determined by the Board of Directors as
contemplated by section 3.7(4) of the Exchange Agreement) the type and amount of
property declared as a dividend or distribution on each share of TD Waterhouse
Common Stock, or (d) in the case of a dividend or distribution declared on the
shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock to be paid in securities of TD Waterhouse
other than shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock, in such type and amount of
property for each Exchangeable Share as is the same as or economically
equivalent to (to be determined by the Board of Directors as contemplated by
section 3.7(4) of the Exchange Agreement) the type and amount of property
declared as a dividend or distribution on each share of TD Waterhouse Common
Stock. Such dividends shall be paid out of the assets of the Corporation
properly applicable to the payment of dividends, or out of authorized but
unissued shares or other securities of the Corporation.



<PAGE>   6
                                     - 6 -





3.2      PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

         Cheques of the Corporation payable at par at any branch of the bankers
of the Corporation shall be issued in respect of any cash dividends or
distributions contemplated by Section 3.1(a) hereof and the sending of such a
cheque to each holder of an Exchangeable Share shall satisfy the cash dividend
represented thereby unless the cheque is not paid on presentation. Certificates
registered in the name of the registered holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be
issued or transferred in respect of any stock dividends or other distribution of
Exchangeable Shares contemplated by Section 3.l (b) or (d) hereof and the
sending of such a certificate to each holder of an Exchangeable Share shall
satisfy the stock dividend or other distribution of Exchangeable Shares
represented thereby. Such other type and amount of property in respect of any
dividends or distributions contemplated by Section 3.1(c) hereof shall be
issued, distributed or transferred by the Corporation in such manner as it shall
determine and the issuance, distribution or transfer thereof by the Corporation
to each holder of an Exchangeable Share shall satisfy the dividend or
distribution represented thereby. No holder of an Exchangeable Share shall be
entitled to recover by action or other legal process against the Corporation any
dividend that is represented by a cheque that has not been duly presented to the
Corporation's bankers for payment or that otherwise remains unclaimed for a
period of six years from the date on which such dividend or distribution was
payable.

3.3      RECORD AND PAYMENT DATES

         The record date for the determination of the holders of Exchangeable
Shares entitled to receive payment of, and the payment date for, any dividend or
distribution declared on the Exchangeable Shares under Section 3.1 hereof shall
be the same as the record date and payment date, respectively, for the
corresponding dividend or distribution declared on the shares of TD Waterhouse
Common Stock.

3.4      PARTIAL PAYMENT

         If on any payment date for any dividends or distributions declared on
the Exchangeable Shares under Section 3.1 hereof the dividends or distributions
are not paid in full on all of the Exchangeable Shares then outstanding, any
such dividends or distributions that remain unpaid shall be paid on a subsequent
date or dates determined by the Board of Directors on which the Corporation
shall have sufficient money or other assets properly applicable to the payment
of such dividends or distributions.

3.5      NO FURTHER ENTITLEMENT

         Except is provided in this Article 3, the holders of Exchangeable
Shares shall not be entitled to receive dividends in respect thereof.




<PAGE>   7
                                     - 7 -




                                    ARTICLE 4

                              CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS

4.1      CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS

         (1) Except as provided in Section 4.1(2), so long as any of the
Exchangeable Shares are outstanding, the Corporation shall not at any time
without, but may at any time with, the approval of the holders of the
Exchangeable Shares given as specified in Section 8.2 hereof:

                  (a) pay any dividends on the Common Shares or any other shares
         ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, other than stock dividends
         payable in Common Shares or any such other shares ranking junior to the
         Exchangeable Shares, as the case may be;

                  (b) redeem or purchase or make any capital distribution in
         respect of Common Shares or any other shares ranking junior to the
         Exchangeable Shares;

                  (c) redeem or purchase any other shares of the Corporation
         ranking equally with the Exchangeable Shares with respect to the
         payment of dividends or on any liquidation distribution; or

                  (d) issue any shares other than (i) Exchangeable Shares, (ii)
         Common Shares, and (iii) any other shares not ranking superior to the
         Exchangeable Shares.

         (2) The restrictions in Sections 4.l(l)(a), 4.1(1)(b) and 4.l(l)(c)
shall not apply if all dividends and distributions on the outstanding
Exchangeable Shares corresponding to dividends and distributions declared to
date on the TD Waterhouse Common Stock shall have been declared on the
Exchangeable Shares and paid in full and the Corporation shall have sufficient
assets, funds and other property available to enable the due and punctual
payment (i) in accordance with applicable law of such dividends in accordance
with these Exchangeable Share Provisions and (ii) in accordance with the
provisions of Article 5 hereof of the Liquidation Amount for each Exchangeable
Share in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its
shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs.





<PAGE>   8
                                     - 8 -




                                    ARTICLE 5

                                   LIQUIDATION

5.1      PARTICIPATION UPON LIQUIDATION OR WINDING UP OF THE CORPORATION

         (1) Subject to applicable law and the due exercise by WISI of a
Liquidation Call Right, in the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Corporation or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation
among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, a holder of
Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled to receive from the assets of the
Corporation in respect of each Exchangeable Share held by such holder on the
effective date of such liquidation, dissolution or winding up or other
distribution (the "Liquidation Date"), before any distribution of any part of
the assets of the Corporation among the holders of the Common Shares or any
other shares ranking junior to the Exchangeable Shares, an amount per share
equal to (a) the Current Market Price of a share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock
on the last Business Day prior to the Liquidation Date, which shall be satisfied
in full by the Corporation causing to be delivered to such holder that number of
shares of WISI Common Stock having an equivalent value, plus (b) the Dividend
Amount, if any (collectively, the "Liquidation Amount").

         (2) In the case of a distribution on Exchangeable Shares under this
Section 5.1, on or promptly after the Liquidation Date, the Corporation shall
cause to be delivered to the holders of the Exchangeable Shares the Liquidation
Amount for each such Exchangeable Share upon presentation and surrender of the
certificates representing such Exchangeable Shares, together with such other
documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of
Exchangeable Shares under the OBCA and such additional documents and instruments
as the Corporation may reasonably require, at the registered office of the
Corporation or at such other location as may be specified by the Corporation by
notice to the holder of the Exchangeable Shares. Payment of the aggregate
Liquidation Amount for such Exchangeable Shares shall be made by delivery to
each holder, at the address of the holder recorded in the securities register of
the Corporation for the Exchangeable Shares or by holding for pick-up by the
holder at the registered office of the Corporation or at such other location as
may be specified by the Corporation by notice to the holders of Exchangeable
Shares, certificates representing the aggregate number of shares of WISI Common
Stock deliverable by the Corporation to such holder (which shall be duly issued
as fully paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim,
encumbrance, security interest or adverse claim) and a cheque of the Corporation
payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the Corporation in payment of the
remaining portion, if any, of the aggregate Liquidation Amount payable to such
holder, without interest. On or before the Liquidation Date, the Corporation
shall deposit or cause to be deposited the total Liquidation Amount in respect
of the Exchangeable Shares in a custodial account with any chartered bank or
trust company in Canada named in such notice. Upon such deposit being made, the
rights of the holders of Exchangeable Shares as such shall be limited to
receiving their proportionate part of the total Liquidation Amount for such
Exchangeable Share so deposited against presentation and surrender of the said
certificates held by them, respectively,


<PAGE>   9
                                     - 9 -



in accordance with the foregoing provisions and any interest allowed on such
deposit shall belong to the Corporation. Upon such payment or deposit of the
total Liquidation Amount, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall
thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the holders of the
shares of WISI Common Stock delivered to them.

         (3) After the Corporation has satisfied its obligations to pay the
holders of the Exchangeable Shares the total Liquidation Amount pursuant to this
Section 5.1, such holders shall not be entitled to share in any further
distribution of the assets of the Corporation.

5.2      LIQUIDATION CALL RIGHTS

         (1) Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5.2(2), WISI shall
have the overriding right (a "Liquidation Call Right"), in the event of and
notwithstanding the proposed liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, to purchase from all but not less
than all of the holders of Exchangeable Shares on the Liquidation Date (other
than WISI, TD Waterhouse and TD Waterhouse Sub) all but not less than all of the
Exchangeable Shares held by each such holder on payment by WISI of an amount per
share equal to (a) the Current Market Price of a share of TD Waterhouse Common
Stock on the last Business Day prior to the Liquidation Date, which shall be
satisfied in full by causing to be delivered to such holder that number of
shares of WISI Common Stock having an equivalent value, plus (b) the Dividend
Amount, if any (collectively, the "Liquidation Call Purchase Price"). In the
event of the exercise of a Liquidation Call Right, each holder of Exchangeable
Shares (other than WISI, TD Waterhouse and TD Waterhouse Sub) shall be obligated
to sell all the Exchangeable Shares held by such holder to WISI, on the
Liquidation Date on payment by WISI to the holder of the Liquidation Call
Purchase Price for each such share.

         (2) In order to exercise its Liquidation Call Right, WISI must notify
in writing the Transfer Agent, as agent for the holders of Exchangeable Shares
and the Corporation of its intention to exercise such right at least 10 Business
Days before the Liquidation Date in the case of a voluntary liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and at least five Business Days
before the Liquidation Date in the case of an involuntary liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. The Corporation will notify the
holders of Exchangeable Shares as to whether or not a Liquidation Call Right has
been exercised forthwith after the expiry of the date by which the same may be
exercised. If WISI duly exercises its Liquidation Call Right in accordance with
this Section 5.2, all obligations of the Corporation under Section 5.1 shall
terminate and on the Liquidation Date WISI will purchase and the holders of
Exchangeable Shares (other than WISI, TD Waterhouse and TD Waterhouse Sub) will
sell all of their Exchangeable Shares then outstanding for a price per share
equal to the Liquidation Call Purchase Price.

         (3) For the purposes of completing a purchase of the Exchangeable
Shares pursuant to the exercise of a Liquidation Call Right, WISI shall deposit
with the Transfer Agent, on or before the Liquidation Date, certificates
representing the total number of shares of WISI

<PAGE>   10
                                     - 10 -



Common Stock deliverable by WISI (which shares shall be duly issued as fully
paid and non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim,
encumbrance, security interest or adverse claim) in payment of the total
Liquidation Call Purchase Price and a cheque in the amount of the remaining
portion, if any, of the total Liquidation Call Purchase Price and any interest
allowed on such deposit shall belong to WISI. Provided that the total
Liquidation Call Purchase Price has been so deposited with the Transfer Agent,
on and after the Liquidation Date the rights of each holder of Exchangeable
Shares (other than WISI, TD Waterhouse and TD Waterhouse Sub) will be limited to
receiving such holder's proportionate part of the total Liquidation Call
Purchase Price payable by WISI, upon presentation and surrender by the holder of
Exchangeable Shares of certificates representing the Exchangeable Shares held by
such holder in accordance with the following provisions and such holder shall on
and after the Liquidation Date be considered and deemed for all purposes to be
the holder of the shares of WISI Common Stock delivered to such holder. Upon
surrender to the Transfer Agent of a certificate representing Exchangeable
Shares, together with such other documents and instruments as may be required to
effect a transfer of Exchangeable Shares under the OBCA and such additional
documents and instruments as the Transfer Agent and the Corporation may
reasonably require, the holder of such surrendered certificate shall be entitled
to receive in exchange therefor, and the Transfer Agent on behalf of WISI shall
deliver to such holder, a certificate representing the shares of WISI Common
Stock to which such holder is entitled and a cheque in payment of the remaining
portion, if any, of the holder's proportionate part of the total Liquidation
Call Purchase Price. If WISI does not exercise its Liquidation Call Right in the
manner described above, on the Liquidation Date the holders of Exchangeable
Shares shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor the Liquidation Amount
otherwise payable by the Corporation in connection with the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

5.3      AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE ON LIQUIDATION OF TD WATERHOUSE OR WISI

         (1) WISI shall give the Corporation written notice of each of the
following events (each a "WISI Liquidation Event") at the time set forth below:

                  (a) in the event of any determination by the board of
         directors of TD Waterhouse to institute voluntary liquidation,
         dissolution or winding up proceedings with respect to TD Waterhouse or
         to effect any other distribution of assets of TD Waterhouse among its
         shareholders for the purpose of winding up its affairs, at least 60
         days prior to the proposed effective date of such liquidation,
         dissolution, winding up or other distribution;

                  (b) immediately, upon the earlier of (i) receipt by TD
         Waterhouse of notice of and (ii) TD Waterhouse otherwise becoming aware
         of any threatened or instituted claim, suit, petition or other
         proceeding with respect to the involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
         winding up of WISI or to effect any other distribution of assets of TD
         Waterhouse among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its
         affairs;



<PAGE>   11
                                     - 11 -




                   (c) in the event of a determination by the board of directors
         of WISI to institute voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up
         proceedings with respect to WISI or to effect any other distribution of
         assets of WISI among its shareholders for the purpose of winding up its
         affairs, at least 60 days prior to the proposed effective date of such
         liquidation, dissolution, winding up or other distribution; and

                  (d) immediately, upon the earlier of (i) receipt by WISI of
         notice of and (ii) WISI otherwise becoming aware of any threatened or
         instituted claim, suit, petition or other proceeding with respect to
         the involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of WISI or to
         effect any other distribution of assets of WISI among its shareholders
         for the purpose of winding up its affairs.

         (2) Immediately following receipt by the Corporation from WISI of
notice of any WISI Liquidation Event contemplated by Section 5.3(1), the
Corporation will give notice thereof to the holders of Exchangeable Shares. Such
notice shall include a brief description of the automatic exchange of
Exchangeable Shares for shares of WISI Common Stock provided for in Section
5.3(4) below (the "Automatic Exchange Right").

         (3) On the fifth Business Day prior to the effective date (the "WISI
Liquidation Event Effective Date") of a WISI Liquidation Event all of the then
outstanding Exchangeable Shares (other than Exchangeable Shares held by WISI, TD
Waterhouse or TD Waterhouse Sub) shall be automatically exchanged for shares of
WISI Common Stock. To effect such automatic exchange, WISI shall purchase each
Exchangeable Share outstanding on the fifth Business Day prior to the WISI
Liquidation Event Effective Date and held by a holder of Exchangeable Shares
(other than WISI, TD Waterhouse or TD Waterhouse Sub), and each such holder
shall sell the Exchangeable Shares held by it at such time, for a purchase price
per share equal to (a) the Current Market Price of a share of TD Waterhouse
Common Stock on the fifth Business Day prior to the WISI Liquidation Event
Effective Date, which shall be satisfied in full by WISI delivering to such
holder that number of shares of WISI Common Stock having an equivalent value,
plus (b) the Dividend Amount, if any.

         (4) On the fifth Business Day prior to the WISI Liquidation Event
Effective Date, the closing of the transaction of purchase and sale contemplated
by the automatic exchange of Exchangeable Shares for WISI Common Stock shall be
deemed to have occurred, and each holder of Exchangeable Shares (other than
WISI, TD Waterhouse and TD Waterhouse Sub) shall be deemed to have transferred
to WISI all of such holder's right, title and interest in and to such
Exchangeable Shares and shall cease to be a holder of such Exchangeable Shares
and WISI shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Transfer Agent, for
delivery to such holders, the certificates for the number of shares of WISI
Common Stock deliverable upon the automatic exchange of Exchangeable Shares for
WISI Common Stock (which shares shall be duly issued as fully paid and
non-assessable and shall be free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance,
security interest or adverse claim) and a cheque for the balance, if any, of the
total purchase price for such Exchangeable Shares and any interest on such
deposit shall belong to WISI.


<PAGE>   12
                                     - 12 -



Concurrently with each such holder ceasing to be a holder of Exchangeable
Shares, such holder shall be considered and deemed for all purposes to be the
holder of the shares of WISI Common Stock delivered to it, or to the Transfer
Agent on its behalf, pursuant to the automatic exchange of Exchangeable Shares
for shares of WISI Common Stock and the certificates held by such holder
previously representing the Exchangeable Shares exchanged by such holder with
WISI pursuant to such automatic exchange shall thereafter be deemed to represent
the shares of WISI Common Stock delivered to such holder by WISI pursuant to
such automatic exchange. Upon the request of any such former holder of
Exchangeable Shares and the surrender by such holder of Exchangeable Share
certificates deemed to represent shares of WISI Common Stock, duly endorsed in
blank and accompanied by such instruments of transfer as WISI may reasonably
require, the Transfer Agent shall deliver or cause to be delivered to such
holder certificates representing the shares of WISI Common Stock of which such
holder is the holder and a cheque in payment of the remaining portion, if any,
of the purchase price.


                                    ARTICLE 6

                         RETRACTION AT OPTION OF HOLDER

6.1      RETRACTION AT OPTION OF HOLDER

         (1) Subject to applicable law and the due exercise by WISI of a
Retraction Call Right, a holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be entitled at any
time to require the Corporation to redeem on the fifth Business Day after the
date on which the Retraction Request is received by the Corporation (the
"Retraction Date"), any or all of the Exchangeable Shares registered in the name
of such holder for an amount per share equal to (a) the Current Market Price of
a share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock on the last Business Day prior to the
Retraction Date, which shall be satisfied in full by the Corporation causing to
be delivered to such holder that number of shares of WISI Common Stock having an
equivalent value, plus (b) the Dividend Amount, if any (collectively, the
"Retraction Price"). The holder must give notice of a requirement to redeem by
presenting and surrendering at the registered office of the Corporation or at
such other location as may be specified by the Corporation by notice to the
holders of Exchangeable Shares the certificate representing the Exchangeable
Shares that the holder desires to have the Corporation redeem, together with
such other documents and instruments as may be required to effect a transfer of
Exchangeable Shares under the OBCA and such additional documents and instruments
as the Corporation may reasonably require, together with a duly executed
statement (the "Retraction Request") in the form of Schedule A hereto or in such
other form as may be acceptable to the Corporation specifying that the holder
desires to have all or any number specified therein of the Exchangeable Shares
represented by such certificate (the "Retracted Shares") redeemed by the
Corporation.

         (2) In the case of a redemption of Exchangeable Shares under this
Section 6.1, upon receipt by the Corporation in the manner specified in Section
6.1(1) hereof of a certificate

<PAGE>   13
                                     - 13 -


representing the number of Exchangeable Shares which the holder desires to have
the Corporation redeem, together with a Retraction Request, and provided that
the Retraction Request is not revoked by the holder in the manner specified in
Section 6.1(5), the Corporation shall redeem the Retracted Shares effective at
the close of business on the Retraction Date. On the Retraction Date, the
Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the relevant holder, at
the address of the holder recorded in the securities register of the Corporation
for the Exchangeable Shares or at the address specified in the holder's
Retraction Request or by holding for pick-up by the holder at the registered
office of the Corporation or at any other location as may be specified by the
Corporation by notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares a certificate
representing the number of shares of WISI Common Stock to which such holder is
entitled (which shares shall be duly issued as fully paid and non-assessable and
shall be free and clear of any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or
adverse claim) registered in the name of the holder or in such other name as the
holder may request in payment of the Retraction Price and a cheque of the
Corporation payable at par at any branch of the bankers of the Corporation in
payment of the remaining portion, if any, of the aggregate Retraction Price to
which such holder is entitled and such delivery of such certificate and cheque
by or on behalf of the Corporation shall be deemed to be payment of and shall
satisfy and discharge all liability for the Retraction Price to the extent that
the same is represented by such share certificates and, unless such cheque is
not paid on due presentation. If only a part of the Exchangeable Shares
represented by any certificate is redeemed, a new certificate for the balance of
such Exchangeable Shares shall be issued to the holder at the expense of the
Corporation.

         (3) On and after the close of business on the Retraction Date, the
holder of the Retracted Shares shall cease to be a holder of such Retracted
Shares and shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a holder in
respect thereof, other than the right to receive its proportionate part of the
total Retraction Price, unless upon presentation and surrender of certificates
in accordance with the foregoing provisions, payment of the aggregate Retraction
Price payable to such holder shall not be made, in which case the rights of such
holder shall remain unaffected until such aggregate Retraction Price has been
paid in the manner hereinbefore provided. On and after the close of business on
the Retraction Date, provided that presentation and surrender of certificates
and payment of such aggregate Retraction Price has been made in accordance with
the foregoing provisions, the holder of the Retracted Shares so redeemed by the
Corporation shall thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be a
holder of the shares of WISI Common Stock delivered to such holder.

         (4) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the
Corporation shall not be obligated to redeem Retracted Shares specified by a
holder in a Retraction Request to the extent that such redemption of Retracted
Shares would be contrary to solvency requirements or other provisions of
applicable law. If the Corporation believes that on any Retraction Date it would
not be permitted by any of such provisions to redeem the Retracted Shares
tendered for redemption on such date, and WISI shall not have exercised its
Retraction Call Right with respect to the Retracted Shares, the Corporation
shall only be obligated to redeem Retracted Shares specified by a holder in a
Retraction Request to the extent of the maximum number that


<PAGE>   14
                                     - 14 -


may be so redeemed (rounded down to a whole number of shares) as would not be
contrary to such provisions and shall notify the holder at least two Business
Days prior to the Retraction Date as to the number of Retracted Shares which
will not be redeemed by the Corporation. In any case in which the redemption by
the Corporation of Retracted Shares would be contrary to solvency requirements
or other provisions of applicable law and more than one holder has delivered a
Retraction Request, the Corporation shall redeem Retracted Shares in accordance
with Section 6.1(2) on a pro rata basis and shall issue to each such holder of
Retracted Shares a new certificate, at the expense of the Corporation,
representing the Retracted Shares not redeemed by the Corporation pursuant to
Section 6.1(2) hereof. In any case in which the redemption by the Corporation of
Retracted Shares would be contrary to solvency requirements or other provisions
of applicable law, if the Retraction Request is not revoked by the holder in the
manner specified in Section 6.1(5) and WISI shall not have exercised its
Retraction Call Right in respect of any such Retracted Shares, WISI shall be
deemed to have exercised the Retraction Call Right, pursuant to a WISI Call
Notice, with respect to those Retracted Shares that the Corporation is unable to
redeem and WISI shall be deemed to have delivered a WISI Call Notice to the
Corporation on the same day that the Holder receives written notice of the
Corporation's inability to redeem all such Retracted Shares and, as a
consequence, WISI will be required to purchase the Retracted Shares that the
Corporation is unable to redeem at the Retraction Price in the manner provided
in Section 6.2 hereof.

         (5) A holder of Retracted Shares may, by notice in writing given by the
holder to the Corporation before the close of business on the Business Day
immediately preceding the Retraction Date, withdraw its Retraction Request in
which event such Retraction Request shall be null and void.

6.2      RETRACTION CALL RIGHTS

         (1) In the event that a holder of Exchangeable Shares delivers a
Retraction Request pursuant to Section 6.1 and subject to the limitations set
forth in Section 6.2(2), WISI shall have the overriding right (a "Retraction
Call Right"), notwithstanding the proposed redemption of the Exchangeable Shares
by the Corporation pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, to purchase from such holder
on the Retraction Date all but not less than all of the Retracted Shares held by
such holder on payment by WISI of an amount per share equal to (a) the Current
Market Price of a share of TD Waterhouse Common Stock on the last Business Day
prior to the Retraction Date, which shall be satisfied in full by WISI causing
to be delivered to such holder that number of shares of WISI Common Stock having
an equivalent value, plus (b) the Dividend Amount, if any (the "Retraction Call
Purchase Price"). In the event of the exercise of a Retraction Call Right, a
holder of Exchangeable Shares who has delivered a Retraction Request shall be
obligated to sell all the Retracted Shares to WISI on the Retraction Date on
payment by WISI of an amount per share equal to the Retraction Call Purchase
Price for each such share.

         (2) Upon receipt by the Corporation of a Retraction Request, the
Corporation shall immediately notify WISI thereof. In order to exercise its
Retraction Call Right, WISI must notify the Corporation in writing of its
determination to do so (a "WISI Call Notice") within two


<PAGE>   15
                                     - 15 -


Business Days of notification to WISI by the Corporation of the receipt by the
Corporation of the Retraction Request. If WISI does not so notify the
Corporation within such two Business Day period, the Corporation shall notify
the holder as soon as possible thereafter as to the exercise of a Retraction
Call Right. If WISI delivers a WISI Call Notice within such two Business Day
period and duly exercises its Retraction Call Right in accordance with this
Section 6.2, the obligation of the Corporation to redeem the Retracted Shares
shall terminate and, provided that the Retraction Request is not revoked by the
holder in the manner specified in Section 6.1(5), WISI shall purchase from such
holder and such holder shall sell to WISI on the Retraction Date the Retracted
Shares for the Retraction Call Purchase Price. Provided that the aggregate
Retraction Call Purchase Price has been so deposited with the Transfer Agent as
provided in Section 6.2(3), the closing of the purchase and sale of the
Retracted Shares pursuant to the Retraction Call Right shall be deemed to have
occurred as at the close of business on the Retraction Date and, for greater
certainty, no redemption by the Corporation of such Retracted Shares shall take
place on the Retraction Date. In the event that WISI does not deliver a WISI
Call Notice within such two Business Day period, and provided that the
Retraction Request is not revoked by the holder in the manner specified in
Section 6.1(5), the Corporation shall redeem the Retracted Shares on the
Retraction Date and in the manner otherwise contemplated in Section 6.1.

         (3) For the purpose of completing a purchase of Exchangeable Shares
pursuant to the exercise of a Retraction Call Right, WISI shall deliver or cause
the Transfer Agent to deliver to the relevant holder, at the address of the
holder recorded in the securities register of the Corporation for the
Exchangeable Shares or at the address specified in the holder's Retraction
Request or by holding for pick-up by the holder at the registered office of the
Corporation or at any office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the
Corporation by notice to the holders of Exchangeable Shares, a certificate
representing the number of shares of WISI Common Stock to which such holder is
entitled (which shares shall be duly issued as fully paid and non-assessable and
shall be free and clear of any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or
adverse claim) registered in the name of the holder or in such other name as the
holder may request in payment of the Retraction Call Purchase Price and a cheque
of WISI payable at par and in Canadian dollars at any branch of the bankers of
WISI or of the Corporation in Canada in payment of the remaining portion, if
any, of such aggregate Retraction Call Purchase Price and such delivery of such
certificate and cheque on behalf of WISI by the Transfer Agent shall be deemed
to be payment of and shall satisfy and discharge all liability for the
Retraction Call Purchase Price to the extent that the same is represented by
such share certificates and cheque, unless such cheque is not paid on due
presentation.

         (4) On and after the close of business on the Retraction Date, the
holder of the Retracted Shares shall not be entitled to exercise any of the
rights of a holder in respect thereof, other than the right to receive its
proportionate part of the total Retraction Call Purchase Price unless upon
presentation and surrender of certificates in accordance with the foregoing
provisions, payment of the aggregate Retraction Call Purchase Price payable to
such holder shall not be made, in which case the rights of such holder shall
remain unaffected until such aggregate



<PAGE>   16
                                     - 16 -


Retraction Call Purchase Price has been paid in the manner hereinbefore
provided. On and after the close of business on the Retraction Date, provided
that presentation and surrender of certificates and payment of such aggregate
Retraction Call Purchase Price has been made in accordance with the foregoing
provisions, the holder of the Retracted Shares so purchased by WISI shall
thereafter be considered and deemed for all purposes to be a holder of the
shares of WISI Common Stock delivered to such holder.


6.3      FRACTIONAL SHARES

         Fractional shares of WISI Common Stock will not be issued, in any
circumstance, to a holder of Exchangeable Shares and, in lieu thereof, such
holder will be paid by cheque an amount equivalent to the value of any such
fractional share of WISI Common Stock.



                                    ARTICLE 7

                                  VOTING RIGHTS

7.1      VOTING RIGHTS

         Except as required by applicable law and the provisions of Sections
8.1, 9.1 and 10.2, the holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall not be entitled
as such to receive notice of or to attend any meeting of the shareholders of the
Corporation or to vote at any such meeting.



                                    ARTICLE 8

                             AMENDMENT AND APPROVAL

8.1      AMENDMENT AND APPROVAL

         The rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the
Exchangeable Shares may be added to, changed or removed only with the approval
of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given as hereinafter specified.

8.2      IDEM

         Any approval given by the holders of the Exchangeable Shares to add to,
change or remove any right, privilege, restriction or condition attaching to the
Exchangeable Shares or any other matter requiring the approval or consent of the
holders of the Exchangeable Shares shall be deemed to have been sufficiently
given if it shall have been given in accordance with applicable law subject to a
minimum requirement that such approval be evidenced by resolution passed by not
less than two-thirds of the votes cast on such resolution at a meeting of
holders of Exchangeable Shares duly called and held at which the holders of at
least 50% of the outstanding Exchangeable Shares at that time are present or
represented by proxy; provided that such approval may also be evidenced by a
resolution in writing signed by holders of 100% of the outstanding Exchangeable
Shares. If at any such meeting the holders of at least 50% of the outstanding
Exchangeable Shares at that time are not present or represented by proxy within
one-half hour after the time appointed for such meeting then the meeting shall
be adjourned to such


<PAGE>   17
                                     - 17 -


date not less than 10 days thereafter and to such time and place as may be
designated by the chairman of such meeting. At such adjourned meeting the
holders of Exchangeable Shares present or represented by proxy thereat may
transact the business for which the meeting was originally called and a
resolution passed thereat by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of
the votes cast on such resolution at such meeting shall constitute the approval
or consent of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares.



                                    ARTICLE 9

                            RECIPROCAL CHANGES, ETC.

                    IN RESPECT OF TD WATERHOUSE COMMON STOCK

9.1      RECIPROCAL CHANGES

         (1) Each holder of an Exchangeable Share acknowledges that the Exchange
Agreement provides, in part, that TD Waterhouse will not, except as provided in
the Exchange Agreement, without the prior approval of the Corporation and WISI
and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in
accordance with Section 8.2 hereof:

                  (a) issue or distribute shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock
         (or securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights
         to acquire TD Waterhouse Common Stock) to the holders of all or
         substantially all of the then outstanding shares of TD Waterhouse
         Common Stock by way of stock dividend or other distribution, other than
         an issue of shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock (or securities
         exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire TD
         Waterhouse Common Stock) to holders of shares of TD Waterhouse Common
         Stock who exercise an option to receive dividends in shares of TD
         Waterhouse Common Stock (or securities exchangeable for or convertible
         into or carrying rights to acquire shares of TD Waterhouse Common
         Stock) in lieu of receiving cash dividends;

                  (b) issue or distribute rights, options or warrants to the
         holders of all or substantially all of the then outstanding shares of
         TD Waterhouse Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or to
         purchase shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock (or securities
         exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying rights to acquire TD
         Waterhouse Common Stock); or

                  (c) issue or distribute to the holders of all or substantially
         all of the then outstanding shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock (i)
         shares or securities of TD Waterhouse of any class other than TD
         Waterhouse Common Stock (other than shares convertible into or
         exchangeable for or carrying rights to acquire shares of TD Waterhouse
         Common Stock), (ii) rights, options or warrants other than those
         referred to



<PAGE>   18
                                     - 18 -


         in Section 9.l(1)(b) above, (iii) evidences of indebtedness
         of TD Waterhouse or (iv) assets of TD Waterhouse;

unless the economic equivalent on a per share basis of such rights, options,
securities, shares, evidences of indebtedness or other assets is issued or
distributed simultaneously to holders of the Exchangeable Shares.

         (2) Each holder of an Exchangeable Share acknowledges that the Exchange
Agreement further provides, in part, that TD Waterhouse will not, except as
provided in the Exchange Agreement, without the prior approval of the
Corporation and WISI and the prior approval of the holders of the Exchangeable
Shares given in accordance with Section 8.2 of these share provisions:

                  (a) subdivide, redivide or change the then outstanding shares
         of TD Waterhouse Common Stock into a greater number of shares of TD
         Waterhouse Common Stock; or

                  (b) reduce, combine or consolidate or change the then
         outstanding shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock into a lesser number
         of shares of TD Waterhouse Common Stock; or

                  (c) reclassify or otherwise change the shares of TD Waterhouse
         Common Stock or effect an amalgamation, merger, reorganization or other
         transaction affecting the TD Waterhouse Common Stock;

unless the same or an economically equivalent change shall simultaneously be
made to, or in the rights of the holders of, the Exchangeable Shares.

         The Exchange Agreement further provides, in part, that the aforesaid
provisions of the Exchange Agreement shall not be changed without the approval
of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares given in accordance with Section 8.2
hereof.


                                   ARTICLE 10

                                     NOTICES

10.1 NOTICES

         Subject to applicable law, any notice, request or other communication
to be given to the Corporation by a holder of Exchangeable Shares shall be in
writing and shall be valid and effective if given by mail (postage paid) or by
telecopy or by delivery to the registered office of




<PAGE>   19
                                     - 19 -


the Corporation and addressed to the attention of the President. Any such
notice, request or other communication, if given by mail, telecopy or delivery,
shall only be deemed to have been given and received upon actual receipt thereof
by the Corporation.

10.2     PRESENTATION AND SURRENDER

         Any presentation and surrender by a holder of Exchangeable Shares to
the Corporation or the Transfer Agent of certificates representing Exchangeable
Shares in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation or the retraction of Exchangeable Shares shall be made by registered
mail (postage prepaid) or by delivery to the registered office of the
Corporation or to such office of the Transfer Agent as may be specified by the
Corporation, in each case addressed to the attention of the President of the
Corporation. Any such presentation and surrender of certificates shall only be
deemed to have been made and to be effective upon actual receipt thereof by the
Corporation or the Transfer Agent, as the case may be. Any such presentation and
surrender of certificates made by registered mail shall be at the sole risk of
the holder mailing the same.

10.3     IDEM

         Subject to applicable law, any notice, request or other communication
to be given to a holder of Exchangeable Shares by or on behalf of the
Corporation shall be in writing and shall be valid and effective if given by
mail (postage prepaid) or by delivery to the address of the holder recorded in
the securities register of the Corporation or, in the event of the address of
any such holder not being so recorded, then at the last known address of such
holder. Any such notice, request or other communication, if given by mail, shall
be deemed to have been given and received on the fifth Business Day following
the date of mailing and, if given by delivery, shall be deemed to have been
given and received on the date of delivery. Accidental failure or omission to
give any notice, request or other communication to one or more holders of
Exchangeable Shares, or any defect in such notice, shall not invalidate or
otherwise alter or affect any action or proceeding to be taken by the
Corporation pursuant thereto.



<PAGE>   20
                                     - 20 -




                                   SCHEDULE A


                              NOTICE OF RETRACTION

To: Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. and TD Waterhouse Investor Services
    (Canada) Inc.

         This notice is given pursuant to Article 6 of the provisions (the
"Share Provisions") attaching to the Exchangeable Shares of TD Waterhouse
Investor Services (Canada) Inc. All capitalized words and expressions used in
this notice that are defined in the Share Provisions have the meanings ascribed
to such words and expressions in such Share Provisions.

         The undersigned hereby notifies the Corporation that, subject to the
Retraction Call Right referred to below, the undersigned desires to have the
Corporation redeem on the Retraction Date (being the fifth Business Day after
the date upon which this notice is received by the Corporation) in accordance
with Article 6 of the Share Provisions:

         all share(s) represented by this certificate; or

         __________________ share(s) only.

         The undersigned acknowledges the Retraction Call Right of WISI to
purchase all but not less than all the Retracted Shares from the undersigned and
that this notice, in addition to being a notice to have the Corporation redeem
the Retracted Shares, shall be deemed to be a revocable offer by the undersigned
to sell the Retracted Shares to WISI in accordance with the Retraction Call
Right on the Retraction Date for the Retraction Call Purchase Price and on the
other terms and conditions set out in Section 6.2 of the Share Provisions. If
WISI determines not to exercise its Retraction Call Right, the Corporation will
notify the undersigned of such fact as soon as possible. This notice of
retraction, and offer to sell the Retracted Shares to WISI, may be revoked and
withdrawn by the undersigned by notice in writing given to the Corporation at
any time before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding
the Retraction Date.

         The undersigned acknowledges that if, as a result of solvency
requirements or other provisions of applicable law, the Corporation is unable to
redeem all Retracted Shares WISI will be deemed, pursuant to Section 6.1(4) of
the Share Provisions, to have exercised the Retraction Call Right so as to
require WISI to purchase the unredeemed Retracted Shares on the terms and
conditions set out in Sections 6.1(4) and 6.2 of the Share Provisions.




<PAGE>   21
                                     - 21 -




         The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Corporation, and
WISI that the undersigned has good title to, and owns, the share(s) represented
by this certificate to be acquired by the Corporation or WISI as the case may
be, free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances, security interests and
adverse claims.



____________        ____________________________
(Date)               (Signature of Shareholder)

Please check box if the securities and any cheque(s) resulting from the
retraction or purchase of the Retracted Shares are to be held for pick-up by the
shareholder at the registered office of the Corporation in Toronto, failing
which the securities and any cheque will be mailed to the last address of the
shareholder as it appears on the register.

          +-+
          +-+  Hold for pick up.

NOTE:     This panel must be completed and this certificate, together with such
          additional documents as the Corporation may require must be deposited
          with the Corporation at its registered office. The securities and any
          cheque resulting from the retraction or purchase of the Retracted
          Shares will be issued and registered and made payable to,
          respectively, the name of the shareholder as it appears on the
          register of the Corporation and the securities and cheque resulting
          from such retraction or purchase will be delivered to such shareholder
          as indicated above, unless the form appearing immediately below is
          duly completed and all exigible transfer taxes are paid.

                                                  Date _________________________


___________________________________________
Name of Person in Whose Name Securities and
Cheque Are To Be Registered, Issued or
Delivered (please print)



___________________________________________     ________________________________
Street Address or P.O. Box                        Signature of Registered Holder



___________________________________________     ________________________________
City - Province                                          Signature Guaranteed by



<PAGE>   22
                                     - 22 -



NOTE:     If the notice of retraction is for less than all of the shares(s)
          represented by this certificate, a certificate representing the
          remaining shares of the Corporation will be issued and registered in
          the name of the shareholder as it appears on the register of the
          Corporation, unless the Share Transfer Power on the share certificate
          is duly completed in respect of such shares.






<PAGE>   1




                                                                     Exhibit 4.4


                            TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.

                          CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS,
                     PREFERENCES, RIGHTS AND LIMITATIONS OF
                         SPECIAL VOTING PREFERRED STOCK

                     Pursuant to Section 151 of the General
                    Corporation Law of the State of Delaware


     TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation"),
a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, does HEREBY
CERTIFY that the following resolution has been duly adopted by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation:

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority expressly granted to and vested
in the Board of Directors of the Corporation by the provisions of the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate
of Incorporation"), there is hereby created, out of the 100,000,000 shares of
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation authorized in
Article Fourth of the Certificate of Incorporation (the "Preferred Stock"), a
series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, to be designated "Special Voting
Preferred Stock," consisting of one (1) share, which series shall have the
following voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional and other rights, and the following qualifications, limitations and
restrictions (in addition to the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional and other rights, and the qualifications,
limitations and restrictions, set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation
which are applicable to the Preferred Stock):

     SECTION 1.  DESIGNATION AND SIZE OF ISSUE; RANKING.

     (A) The designation of the series of Preferred Stock shall be "Special
Voting Preferred Stock" (herein referred to as the "Special Voting Preferred
Stock"), and the number of shares constituting the Special Voting Preferred
Stock shall be one (1) share.

     (B) Any share of Special Voting Preferred Stock which at any time has been
redeemed or otherwise reacquired by the Corporation shall, after such
redemption or other acquisition, resume the status of authorized and unissued
shares of Preferred Stock, without designation as to series, until such share
is once more designated as part of a particular series by the Board of

<PAGE>   2


                                                                            2


Directors.

     (C) The share of Special Voting Preferred Stock shall rank senior to the
shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the
"Common Stock"), and any shares of the Corporation's series common stock that
may hereafter be issued, and junior to any future series of Preferred Stock that
may hereafter be issued by the Corporation that by its terms ranks senior to the
Special Voting Preferred Stock.

     SECTION 2. VOTING RIGHTS OF SPECIAL VOTING PREFERRED STOCK.

     (A) GENERAL.  Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of
Incorporation, the holder of record of the share of Special Voting Preferred
Stock shall have a number of votes equal to the number of exchangeable
preference shares ("Exchangeable Shares") of TD Waterhouse Investor Services
(Canada) Inc., an Ontario corporation ("TD Waterhouse Canada"), outstanding
from time to time which are not owned by the Corporation or any of its
subsidiaries, in each case for the election of directors and on all matters
submitted generally to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

     (B) COMMON STOCK AND SPECIAL VOTING PREFERRED STOCK IDENTICAL IN VOTING
RIGHTS.  Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of
Incorporation, in respect of all matters concerning the voting of shares of
capital stock of the Corporation, the Common Stock (and any other class or
series of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally with the
Common Stock) and the Special Voting Preferred Stock shall vote as a single
class and such voting rights shall be identical in all respects.

     (C) SPECIAL CLASS VOTE.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other
provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall not,
without the consent of the holder of the Special Voting Preferred Stock, voting
as a separate class, (i) alter or change the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation (whether by amendment, merger or otherwise) so as to adversely
affect the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Special Voting
Preferred Stock, or (ii) create or issue additional shares of Special Voting
Preferred Stock.

     SECTION 3. LIQUIDATION.  In the event of any

<PAGE>   3


                                                                             3


liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holder of the
share of Special Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in
any distribution of assets of the Corporation.  For the purposes of this
Section 3, neither the sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer (for cash, shares
of stock, securities or other consideration) of all or substantially all of the
property or assets of the Corporation, nor the consolidation or merger of the
Corporation with or into one or more other entities, shall be deemed to be a
liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation.

     SECTION 4. DIVIDENDS.  The holder of the Special Voting Preferred Stock
shall not be entitled to receive any dividends, whether payable in cash, in
property or in shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

     SECTION 5. CONVERSION OR EXCHANGE.  The holder of the share of Special
Voting Preferred Stock shall not have any rights hereunder to convert such
share into, or exchange such share for, shares of any other series or class of
capital stock of the Corporation or of any other person.

     SECTION 6. REDEMPTION.  The share of Special Voting Preferred Stock shall
not be subject to redemption, except that at such time as no Exchangeable
Shares (other than Exchangeable Shares owned by the Corporation or any of its
subsidiaries), shall be outstanding, and there are no shares of stock, debt,
options or other agreements of TD Waterhouse Canada which could give rise to
the issuance of any Exchangeable Shares to any person (other than to the
Corporation or any of its subsidiaries), the Special Voting Preferred Stock
shall automatically be redeemed by the Corporation without the payment of any
consideration by the Corporation and shall thereupon be cancelled and retired
in accordance with Section 1(B) hereof.

     SECTION 7. TRANSFER PROVISIONS.  The share of Special Voting Preferred
Stock, and any interest therein, may not be transferred, assigned or otherwise
disposed of without the prior approval of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation.  Any attempted transfer, assignment or other disposition in
violation of this provision shall be void and of no force or effect.


<PAGE>   4


                                                                             4


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to be
signed and attested this      day of                 , 1999.

                                               TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.


                                               By:______________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 4.5



[LOGO]                                                                   [LOGO]
                                     [LOGO]

              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
                           TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.

THIS CERTIFIES THAT Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc. IS THE OWNER OF ONE (1)
SHARES OF THE Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of
TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. TRANSFERABLE ONLY ON THE BOOKS OF THE CORPORATION BY
THE HOLDER HEREOF IN PERSON OR BY DULY AUTHORIZED ATTORNEY UPON SURRENDER OF
THIS CERTIFICATE PROPERLY ENDORSED.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE SAID CORPORATION HAS CAUSED THIS CERTIFICATE TO BE SIGNED
BY ITS DULY AUTHORIZED OFFICERS AND TO BE SEALED WITH THE SEAL OF THE
CORPORATION

                            THIS                  DAY OF              A.D. 1999
                                 ----------------        ------------



                                     [SEAL]



_______________________________                  _______________________________
Richard H. Neiman                                Stephen D. McDonald
Secretary                                        Chief Executive Officer
<PAGE>   2







FOR VALUE RECEIVED            HEREBY SELL, ASSIGN AND TRANSFER UNTO
                  -----------

NOTICE THE SIGNATURES OF THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS
WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT
ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER


PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                          SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

REPRESENTED BY THE WITHIN CERTIFICATE, AND DO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTE AND
APPOINT

                                                                       ATTORNEY
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------

TO TRANSFER THE SAID SHARES ON THE BOOKS OF THE WITHIN NAMED CORPORATION WITH
FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION IN THE PREMISES.


DATED
     -------------------------


          IN PRESENCE OF


- -----------------------------------           ----------------------------------

<PAGE>   1


                                                                     Exhibit 5.1


                           Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
                              425 Lexington Avenue
                            New York, NY 10017-3954
                                 (212) 455-2000



                                                                   June __, 1999


TD Waterhouse Group, Inc.
100 Wall Street
New York, NY 10005

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel to TD Waterhouse Group, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), relating to the issuance by the Company of up
to 36,800,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (together with
any additional shares of such stock that may be issued by the Company and
registered pursuant to Rule 462(b) (as prescribed by the Commission pursuant to
the Act) in connection with the offering described in the Registration
Statement, the "Shares").

     We have examined the Registration Statement and a form of the share
certificate which has been filed with the Commission as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.  We also have examined the originals, or duplicates or
certified or conformed copies, of such records, agreements, instruments and
other documents and have made such other and further investigations as we have
deemed relevant and necessary in connection with the opinions expressed herein.
As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon
certificates of public officials and of officers and representatives of the
Company.





<PAGE>   2




                                             TD Waterhouse Group, Inc,-2__, 1999





     In such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures,
the legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all
documents submitted to us as duplicates or certified or conformed copies, and
the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.

     Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications and
limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that:

          1.  When the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has taken
     all necessary corporate action to authorize and approve the issuance of the
     Shares, and upon payment and delivery in accordance with the applicable
     definitive underwriting agreements approved by the Board, the Shares will
     be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

          2.  We hereby confirm our opinion appearing in the Prospectus included
     in the Registration Statement under the caption "Material U.S. Federal
     Income Tax Consequences To Non-U.S. Holders."

     We are members of the Bar of the State of New York and we do not express
any opinion herein concerning any law other than the Delaware General
Corporation Law and the federal law of the United States.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5 to the
Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the captions "Legal
Matters" and "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences To Non-U.S. Holders"
in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement.

                                        Very truly yours,


<PAGE>   3




                                             TD Waterhouse Group, Inc,-3__, 1999





                                        SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT



<PAGE>   1



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.1

                         1999 TD WATERHOUSE GROUP, INC.
                              STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN



1.       PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

                  The purpose of the Plan is to aid the Company and its
Affiliates in recruiting and retaining employees or directors of outstanding
ability and to motivate such employees or directors to exert their best efforts
on behalf of the Company and its Affiliates by providing incentives through the
granting of Awards. The Company expects that it will benefit from the added
interest which such employees or directors will have in the welfare of the
Company as a result of their proprietary interest in the Company's success.

2.       DEFINITIONS

         The following capitalized terms used in the Plan have the respective
meanings set forth in this Section:

                  (a)      Act:     The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
                           amended, or any successor thereto.

                  (b)      Administrator: The chief executive officer of the
                           Company or any person designated by such chief
                           executive officer.

                  (c)      Affiliate: With respect to the Company, any entity
                           directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by,
                           or under common control with, the Company or any
                           other entity designated by the Board in which the
                           Company or an Affiliate has an interest.

                  (d)      Award: An Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other
                           Stock-Based Award granted pursuant to the Plan.

                  (e)      Beneficial Owner: A "beneficial owner", as such term
                           is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act (or any
                           successor rule thereto).

                  (f)      Board: The Board of Directors of the Company.

                  (g)      Change in Control: The occurrence of any of the
                           following events:

                           (i) any Person (other than a Person holding
                           securities representing 10% or more of the combined
                           voting power of the Company's outstanding securities
                           as of the Effective Date, the Company, any trustee or
                           other fiduciary holding securities under an employee
                           benefit plan of the Company, or any company owned,
                           directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the
                           Company in substantially the same proportions as
                           their ownership of stock of the Company), becomes the
                           Beneficial Owner,


<PAGE>   2
                                                                               2




                           directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company,
 ...........................representing 35% or more of the combined voting power
                           of the Company's then-outstanding securities and such
                           voting power is greater than the voting power held by
                           Toronto-Dominion Bank;

                           (ii) during any period of twenty-four consecutive
                           months (not including any period prior to the
                           Effective Date), individuals who at the beginning of
                           such period constitute the Board, and any new
                           director (other than a director nominated by any
                           Person (including the Company) who publicly announces
                           an intention to take or to consider taking actions
                           (including, but not limited to, an actual or
                           threatened proxy contest) which if consummated would
                           constitute a Change in Control) whose election by the
                           Board or nomination for election by the Company's
                           shareholders was approved by a vote of at least
                           two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in
                           office who either were directors at the beginning of
                           the period or whose election or nomination for
                           election was previously so approved, cease for any
                           reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;

                           (iii) the consummation of any transaction or series
                           of transactions under which the Company is merged or
                           consolidated with any other company, other than a
                           merger or consolidation which would result in (A) the
                           shareholders of the Company immediately prior thereto
                           continuing to own (either by remaining outstanding or
                           by being converted into voting securities of the
                           surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined
                           voting power of the voting securities of the Company
                           or such surviving entity outstanding immediately
                           after such merger or consolidation or (B) Toronto
                           Dominion continuing to hold at least 35% of the
                           combined voting power of the voting securities of the
                           Company or such surviving entity outstanding
                           immediately after such merger or consolidation unless
                           a Person holds a greater percentage of such combined
                           voting power; or

                           (iv) the complete liquidation of the Company or the
                           sale or disposition by the Company of all or
                           substantially all of the Company's assets, other than
                           a liquidation of the Company into a wholly-owned
                           subsidiary.

                  (h)      Code: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
                           or any successor thereto.

                  (i)      Committee: The Management Resources Committee of the
                           Board.

                  (j)      Company: TD Waterhouse Group, Inc., a Delaware
                           corporation.
<PAGE>   3
                                                                               3




                           determination shall be in the sole discretion of the
                           Committee and a Participant (or his representative)
                           shall furnish the Committee with medical evidence
                           documenting the Participant's disability or infirmity
                           which is satisfactory to the Committee.

                  (k)      Effective Date: The date the Board approves the Plan,
                           or such later date as is designated by the Board.

                  (l)      Fair Market Value: with respect to the Shares, means,
                           on any given date, the fair market value of a Share
                           as determined pursuant to subsection (i) or (ii)
                           below:

                                    (i) the weighted average of the high and low
                           prices of the Shares as reported on such date on the
                           Composite Tape of the principal national securities
                           exchange on which such Shares are listed or admitted
                           to trading, or, if no Composite Tape exists for such
                           national securities exchange on such date, then on
                           the principal national securities exchange on which
                           such Shares are listed or admitted to trading, or, if
                           the Shares are not listed or admitted on a national
                           securities exchange, the weighted average of the per
                           Share closing bid price and per Share closing asked
                           price on such date as quoted on the National
                           Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation
                           System (or such market in which such prices are
                           regularly quoted), or, if there is no market on which
                           the Shares are regularly quoted, the Fair Market
                           Value shall be the value established by the Committee
                           in good faith. If no sale of Shares shall have been
                           reported on such Composite Tape or such national
                           securities exchange on such date or quoted on the
                           National Association of Securities Dealer Automated
                           Quotation System on such date, then the immediately
                           preceding date on which sales of the Shares have been
                           so reported or quoted shall be used.

                                    (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Fair
                           Market Value on the First Award Date shall be the
                           initial public offering price of the Shares.

                  (m)      First Award Date: means the date that the
                           registration statement relating to the Company's
                           initial public offering of Shares are declared
                           effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                  (n)      ISO: An Option that is also an incentive stock option
                           granted pursuant to Section 6(d) of the Plan.

                  (o)      LSAR: A limited stock appreciation right granted
                           pursuant to Section 7(d) of the Plan.

                  (p)      Other Stock-Based Awards: Awards granted pursuant to
                           Section 8 of the Plan.


<PAGE>   4
                                                                               4




                  (q)      Option: A stock option granted pursuant to Section
                           6 of the Plan.

                  (r)      Option Price: The purchase price per Share of an
                           Option, as determined pursuant to Section 6(a) of the
                           Plan.

                  (s)      Participant: An employee or director who is selected
                           by the Committee to participate in the Plan.

                  (t)      Performance-Based Awards: Certain Other Stock-Based
                           Awards granted pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Plan.

                  (u)      Person: A "person", as such term is used for purposes
                           of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Act (or any
                           successor section thereto).

                  (v)      Plan: The 1999 TD Waterhouse Group, Inc. Stock
                           Incentive Plan.

                  (w)      Shares: Shares of common stock of the Company.

                  (x)      Stock Appreciation Right: A stock appreciation right
                           granted pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.

                  (y)      Subsidiary: A subsidiary corporation, as defined in
                           Section 424(f) of the Code (or any successor section
                           thereto).

3.       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

                  Subject to Section 9(a), the total number of Shares which may
be issued under the Plan shall equal 9% of the outstanding Shares on the First
Award Date. Subject to Section 9(a), the maximum number of Shares for which
Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted during a calendar year to
any Participant shall be one million. The Shares may consist, in whole or in
part, of unissued Shares or treasury Shares. The issuance of Shares or the
payment of cash upon the exercise of an Award shall reduce the total number of
Shares available under the Plan, as applicable. Shares which are subject to
Awards which terminate or lapse may be granted again under the Plan.

4.       ADMINISTRATION

<PAGE>   5
                                                                               5


                  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which may
delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to any subcommittee thereof
consisting solely of at least two individuals who are intended to qualify as
"non-employee directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Act (or any
successor rule thereto) and "outside directors" within the meaning of Section
162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto). Awards may, in the
discretion of the Committee, be made under the Plan in assumption of, or in
substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an Affiliate of the
Company or a company acquired by the Company or with which the Company
combines. The number of Shares underlying such substitute awards shall be
counted against the aggregate number of Shares available for Awards under the
Plan. The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and
rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to make any other
determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of
the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or
reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent the
Committee deems necessary or desirable. Any decision of the Committee in the
interpretation and administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall lie
within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and
binding on all parties concerned (including, but not limited to, Participants
and their beneficiaries or successors). The Committee shall have the full power
and authority to establish the terms and conditions of any Award consistent with
the provisions of the Plan and to waive any such terms and conditions at any
time (including, without limitation, accelerating or waiving any vesting
conditions). The Committee shall require payment of any amount it may determine
to be necessary to withhold for federal, state, local or other taxes as a result
of the exercise of an Award. Unless the Committee specifies otherwise, the
Participant may elect to pay a portion or all of such withholding taxes by (a)
delivery in Shares or (b) having Shares withheld by the Company from any Shares
that would have otherwise been received by the Participant. The Committee, by
specific resolution, may constitute the Administrator as a committee of one
which shall have the authority to grant Awards equal to a number of Shares
established by the Committee in each calendar year to Participants who are not
"covered employees" as defined in Section 162(m) of the Code or expected to be
covered employees; provided, however, that the Administrator shall notify the
Committee of any such grants made pursuant to this Section 4

5.       LIMITATIONS

                  No Award may be granted under the Plan after the tenth
anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend
beyond that date.

6.       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

                  Options granted under the Plan shall be, as determined by the
Committee, non-qualified or incentive stock options for federal income tax
purposes, as evidenced by the related Award agreements, and shall be subject to
the foregoing and the following terms and conditions and to such other terms and
conditions, not inconsistent therewith, as the Committee shall determine:


<PAGE>   6
                                                                               6


                  (a) Option Price. The Option Price per Share shall be
determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market
Value of the Shares on the date an Option is granted.

                  (b) Exercisability. Options granted under the Plan shall be
exercisable at such time and upon such terms and conditions as may be determined
by the Committee, but in no event shall an Option be exercisable more than ten
years after the date it is granted.

                  (c) Exercise of Options. Except as otherwise provided in the
Plan or in an Award agreement, an Option may be exercised for all, or from time
to time any part, of the Shares for which it is then exercisable. For purposes
of Section 6 of the Plan, the exercise date of an Option shall be the later of
the date a notice of exercise is received by the Company and, if applicable, the
date payment is received by the Company pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii)
in the following sentence. The purchase price for the Shares as to which an
Option is exercised shall be paid to the Company in full at the time of exercise
at the election of the Participant, subject to the approval of the Company,
(i) in cash or its equivalent (e.g., by check), (ii) in Shares having a Fair
Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Price for the Shares being purchased
and satisfying such other requirements as may be imposed by the Committee;
provided, that such Shares have been held by the Participant for no less than
six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the
Committee or generally accepted accounting principles), (iii) partly in cash and
partly in such Shares or (iv) through the delivery of irrevocable instruments to
a broker to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the aggregate
option price for the shares being purchased. No Participant shall have any
rights to dividends or other rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares
subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of exercise
of the Option, paid in full for such Shares and, if applicable, has satisfied
any other conditions imposed by the Committee pursuant to the Plan.

                  (d) ISOs. The Committee may grant Options under the Plan that
are intended to be ISOs. Such ISOs shall comply with the requirements of Section
422 of the Code (or any successor section thereto). No ISO may be granted to any
Participant who at the time of such grant, owns more than ten percent of the
total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any
Subsidiary, unless (i) the Option Price for such ISO is at least 110% of the
Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the ISO is granted and (ii) the date on
which such ISO terminates is a date not later than the day preceding the fifth
anniversary of the date on which the ISO is granted. Any Participant who
disposes of Shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO either (i) within two
years after the date of grant of such ISO or (ii) within one year after the
transfer of such Shares to the Participant, shall notify the Company of such
disposition and of the amount realized upon such disposition.

                  (e) Attestation. Wherever in this Plan or any agreement
evidencing an Award a Participant is permitted to pay the exercise price of an
Option or taxes relating to the exercise of an Option by delivering Shares, the
Participant may, subject to procedures satisfactory to the Committee, satisfy
such delivery requirement by presenting proof of beneficial ownership of such
Shares, in which case the Company shall treat the Option as


<PAGE>   7
                                                                              7

exercised without further payment and shall withhold such number of Shares from
the Shares acquired by the exercise of the Option.

7.       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

                  (a) Grants. The Committee also may grant (i) a Stock
Appreciation Right independent of an Option or (ii) a Stock Appreciation Right
in connection with an Option, or a portion thereof. A Stock Appreciation Right
granted pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence (A) may be granted at
the time the related Option is granted or at any time prior to the exercise or
cancellation of the related Option, (B) shall cover the same Shares covered by
an Option (or such lesser number of Shares as the Committee may determine) and
(C) shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as such Option except for
such additional limitations as are contemplated by this Section 7 (or such
additional limitations as may be included in an Award agreement).

                  (b) Terms. The exercise price per Share of a Stock
Appreciation Right shall be an amount determined by the Committee but in no
event shall such amount be less than the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value of
a Share on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted or, in the case of a
Stock Appreciation Right granted in conjunction with an Option, or a portion
thereof, the Option Price of the related Option and (ii) an amount permitted by
applicable laws, rules, by-laws or policies of regulatory authorities or stock
exchanges. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted independent of an Option shall
entitle a Participant upon exercise to an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A)
the Fair Market Value on the exercise date of one Share over (B) the exercise
price per Share, times (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Stock
Appreciation Right. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted in conjunction with an
Option, or a portion thereof, shall entitle a Participant to surrender to the
Company the unexercised Option, or any portion thereof, and to receive from the
Company in exchange therefor an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the Fair
Market Value on the exercise date of one Share over (B) the Option Price per
Share, times (ii) the number of Shares covered by the Option, or portion
thereof, which is surrendered. The date a notice of exercise is received by the
Company shall be the exercise date. Payment shall be made in Shares or in cash,
or partly in Shares and partly in cash (any such Shares valued at such Fair
Market Value), all as shall be determined by the Committee. Stock Appreciation
Rights may be exercised from time to time upon actual receipt by the Company of
written notice of exercise stating the number of Shares with respect to which
the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. No fractional Shares will be
issued in payment for Stock Appreciation Rights, but instead cash will be paid
for a fraction or, if the Committee should so determine, the number of Shares
will be rounded downward to the next whole Share.

                  (c) Limitations. The Committee may impose, in its discretion,
such conditions upon the exercisability or transferability of Stock Appreciation
Rights as it may deem fit.

                  (d) Limited Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may grant
LSARs that are exercisable upon the occurrence of specified contingent events.
Such LSARs may provide for a different method of determining appreciation, may
specify that payment will be
<PAGE>   8
                                                                               8

made only in cash and may provide that any related Awards are not exercisable
while such LSARs are exercisable. Unless the context otherwise requires,
whenever the term "Stock Appreciation Right" is used in the Plan, such term
shall include LSARs.

8.       OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

                  (a) Generally. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may
grant Awards of Shares, Awards of restricted Shares and Awards that are valued
in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the Fair Market
Value of, Shares ("Other Stock-Based Awards"). Such Other Stock-Based Awards
shall be in such form, and dependent on such conditions, as the Committee shall
determine, including, without limitation, the right to receive one or more
Shares (or the equivalent cash value of such Shares) upon the completion of a
specified period of service, the occurrence of an event and/or the attainment of
performance objectives. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in
addition to any other Awards granted under the Plan. Subject to the provisions
of the Plan, the Committee shall determine to whom and when Other Stock-Based
Awards will be made, the number of Shares to be awarded under (or otherwise
related to) such Other Stock-Based Awards; whether such Other Stock-Based Awards
shall be settled in cash, Shares or a combination of cash and Shares; and all
other terms and conditions of such Awards (including, without limitation, the
vesting provisions thereof and provisions ensuring that all Shares so awarded
and issued shall be fully paid and non-assessable).


                  (b) Performance-Based Awards. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, certain Other Stock-Based Awards granted under this Section 8
may be granted in a manner which is deductible by the Company under Section
162(m) of the Code (or any successor section thereto) ("Performance-Based
Awards"). A Participant's Performance-Based Award shall be determined based on
the attainment of written performance goals approved by the Committee for a
performance period established by the Committee (i) while the outcome for that
performance period is substantially uncertain and (ii) no more than 90 days
after the commencement of the performance period to which the performance goal
relates or, if less, the number of days which is equal to 25 percent of the
relevant performance period. The performance goals, which must be objective,
shall be based upon one or more of the following criteria: (i) consolidated
earnings before or after taxes (including earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation and amortization); (ii) net income; (iii) operating income; (iv)
earnings per Share; (v) book value per Share; (vi) return on shareholders'
equity; (vii) expense management; (viii) return on investment; (ix) improvements
in capital structure; (x) profitability of an identifiable business unit or
product; (xi) maintenance or improvement of profit margins; (xii) stock price;
(xiii) market share; (xiv) revenues or sales; (xv) costs; (xvi) cash flow;
(xvii) working capital and (xviii) return on assets. The foregoing criteria may
relate to the Company, one or more of its Subsidiaries or one or more of its
divisions or units, or any combination of the foregoing, and may be applied on
an absolute basis and/or be relative to one or more peer group companies or
indices, or any combination thereof, all as the Committee shall determine. In
addition, to the degree consistent with Section 162(m) of the Code (or any
successor section thereto), the performance goals may be calculated without
regard to extraordinary items. The maximum amount of a Performance-Based Award
during a calendar year to any Participant shall be:
<PAGE>   9
                                                                               9


(x) with respect to Performance-Based Awards that are denominated in Shares, one
million Shares and (y) with respect to Performance-Based Awards that are not
denominated in Shares, $5,000,000. The Committee shall determine whether, with
respect to a performance period, the applicable performance goals have been met
with respect to a given Participant and, if they have, to so certify and
ascertain the amount of the applicable Performance-Based Award. No
Performance-Based Awards will be paid for such performance period until such
certification is made by the Committee. The amount of the Performance-Based
Award actually paid to a given Participant may be less than the amount
determined by the applicable performance goal formula, at the discretion of the
Committee. The amount of the Performance-Based Award determined by the Committee
for a performance period shall be paid to the Participant at such time as
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion after the end of such
performance period; provided, however, that a Participant may, if and to the
extent permitted by the Committee and consistent with the provisions of Section
162(m) of the Code, elect to defer payment of a Performance-Based Award.


9.       ADJUSTMENTS UPON CERTAIN EVENTS

                  Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan to the
contrary, the following provisions shall apply to all Awards granted under the
Plan:

                  (a) Generally. In the event of any change in the outstanding
Shares after the Effective Date by reason of any Share dividend or split,
reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination,
combination or transaction or exchange of Shares or other corporate exchange, or
any distribution to shareholders of Shares other than regular cash dividends or
any transaction similar to the foregoing, the Committee in its sole discretion
and without liability to any person may make such substitution or adjustment, if
any, as it deems to be equitable, as to (i) the number or kind of Shares or
other securities issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan or
pursuant to outstanding Awards, (ii) the maximum number of Shares for which
Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted during a calendar year to
any Participant, (iii) the Option Price or exercise price of any stock
appreciation right and/or (iv) any other affected terms of such Awards.

                  (b) Change in Control. In the event of a Change of Control
after the Effective Date, (i) any outstanding Awards then held by Participants
which are unexercisable or otherwise unvested shall automatically be deemed
exercisable or otherwise vested, as the case may be, as of immediately prior to
such Change of Control and (ii) the Committee may, but shall not be obligated
to, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award in
consideration for the cancellation of such Award which, in the case of Options
and Stock Appreciation Rights, shall equal the excess, if any, of the Fair
Market Value of the Shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights
over the aggregate exercise price of such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

10.      NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT OR AWARDS


<PAGE>   10
                                                                              10
                  The granting of an Award under the Plan shall impose no
obligation on the Company or any Subsidiary to continue the employment or
service or consulting relationship of a Participant and shall not lessen or
affect the Company's or Subsidiary's right to terminate the employment or
service or consulting relationship of such Participant. No Participant or other
Person shall have any claim to be granted any Award, and there is no obligation
for uniformity of treatment of Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of
Awards. The terms and conditions of Awards and the Committee's determinations
and interpretations with respect thereto need not be the same with respect to
each Participant (whether or not such Participants are similarly situated).

11.      SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

                  The Plan shall be binding on all successors and assigns of the
Company and a Participant, including without limitation, the estate of such
Participant and the executor, administrator or trustee of such estate, or any
receiver or trustee in bankruptcy or representative of the Participant's
creditors.

12.      NONTRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

                  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, an Award shall
not be transferable or assignable by the Participant otherwise than by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution. An Award exercisable after the death of
a Participant may be exercised by the legatees, personal representatives or
distributees of the Participant.

13.      AMENDMENTS OR TERMINATION

                  The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no
amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which, (a) without the
approval of the shareholders of the Company, would (except as is provided in
Section 9 of the Plan), increase the total number of Shares reserved for the
purposes of the Plan or change the maximum number of Shares for which Awards may
be granted to any Participant or (b) without the consent of a Participant, would
impair any of the rights or obligations under any Award theretofore granted to
such Participant under the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee may amend
the Plan in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Awards
meeting the requirements of the Code or other applicable laws.

14.      INTERNATIONAL PARTICIPANTS

                  With respect to Participants who reside or work outside the
United States of America and who are not (and who are not expected to be)
"covered employees" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the
Committee may, in its sole discretion, amend the terms of the Plan or Awards
with respect to such Participants in order to conform such terms with the
requirements of local law.


<PAGE>   11
                                                                              11
15.      CHOICE OF LAW

                   The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws.

16.      EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PLAN

                  The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date, subject
to the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

<PAGE>   1



                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

     We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 2 to the Prospectus
constituting part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated
April 29, 1999 relating to the combined financial statements of TD Waterhouse
Securities, Inc. (a combination of certain businesses of The Toronto-Dominion
Bank), which appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to the use in such
Prospectus of our report dated April 29, 1999 relating to the combined financial
statements of Waterhouse Securities Group (a combination of certain businesses
of Waterhouse Investor Services, Inc.) for the twelve-months ended October 31,
1996, which appears as supplemental information in such prospectus. We also
consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such prospectus.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, New York
June 17, 1999



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission